The full text on this page is automatically extracted from the file linked above and may contain errors and inconsistencies.
Chronology of Selected Events Related to JPMorgan
Date
2007
Summary
JPMC does not require
haircuts on triparty repos.
Early
2008
JPMC begins to impose
haircuts on triparty repos
to reduce risk.
2/26/08
Lehman emails re JPMC
imposing haircuts.
3/17/08
JPMC takes additional steps
to reduce risk after the
near‐collapse of Bear
Stearns; Triparty repo
market peaks at $2.8
trillion.
Spring
and
Summer
of 2008
JPMC works with
“CRMPGIII” to address
triparty repo risks.
Description
JPMC’s Chief Risk Office Barry Zubrow states in his written FCIC testimony that “as of late 2007, JPMorgan took no margin
on the large discretionary loans it made each morning in connection with the triparty repo unwind. Whereas the triparty
investors would take a ‘haircut’ overnight — paying less that 100 cents for each dollar of securities — JPMorgan took no
such haircut when it took over the investors’ position each morning. This enhanced the risk that JPMorgan would be unable
to recoup the full amount of its advances through the liquidation of collateral, since it was advancing 100 cents on the dollar
to LBI intraday.”
TAB 1 Written Statement of Barry Zubrow Before the Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission, September 1, 2010 at 2‐3.
Zubrow states in his written FCIC testimony that “[i]n consultation with the Federal Reserve, JPMorgan decided in early
2008 to begin mitigating this risk by taking haircuts on its intraday advances to broker‐dealer clients, including Lehman.
JPMorgan determined that it would be appropriate to take, at a minimum, the same haircuts during the day that the triparty
repo investors took overnight. However, in order to allow its clients time to adjust to this change, JPMorgan implemented
the haircuts gradually.”
TAB 1 Written Statement of Barry Zubrow Before the Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission, September 1, 2010 at 3.
Lehman’s Craig Jones and Dan Fleming exchange emails about JPMC’s proposal to hold back margin on collateral, to impose
the requirement incrementally, and that it will be a problem for Lehman.
TAB 2 E‐mail from Janet Birney, Lehman, to Daniel J. Fleming, Lehman, et al. (Feb. 26, 2008) [LBEX‐DOCID 280175]. [Valukas FN 3990]
Zubrow states in his written FCIC testimony that “on March 17, 2008 — shortly after the near‐collapse of Bear Stearns —
JPMorgan began by increasing the margin it required from Lehman by 20 percent of the haircut that the triparty investors
had been requiring, with an expectation that it would ramp up to 100 percent by the end of June.” The increased margin
was deceased by Lehman officials in a 3/17/08 email: “Chase just notified us that they will begin charging us intra day
margin (20% of the 2%).” According to a FRBNY White Paper, the triparty repo market peaked at $2.8 trillion in March
2008. Zubrow also states this in his written FCIC testimony.
TAB 1 Written Statement of Barry Zubrow Before the Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission, September 1, 2010 at 3.
TAB 3 E‐mail from Jack Fondacaro, Lehman, to Janet Birney, Lehman, et al. (Mar. 17, 2008) [LBEX‐DOCID 280168) [Valukas FN 4000]
TAB 4 Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure Reform, A White Paper Prepared by The Federal Reserve Bank of New York, May 17, 2010.
Zubrow states in his written FCIC testimony that “throughout the spring and summer of 2008, JPMorgan participated as a
member of the Counterparty Risk Management Policy Group III (“CRMPGIII”), an industry led group of large bank, broker‐
dealer and investor firms, formed to discuss best practices and structural risks in the market. CRMPGIII specifically
addressed the issues inherent in the triparty repo marketplace and articulated a series of best practices to be adopted by
broker dealers, investors, and agent banks — including practices relating to clearing bank intraday margin. JPMorgan
discussed these best practices with each of its broker‐dealer clients, including Lehman, and strongly recommended to its
clients the importance of conforming to the recommendations. These recommended best practices were discussed with the
Federal Reserve Bank of New York and other regulators.”
TAB 1 Written Statement of Barry Zubrow Before the Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission, September 1, 2010 at 4.
Page 1 of 9
Date
6/2/08
Summary
JPMC and Lehman meet to
discuss triparty repo risks
and agree JPMC will delay
the time in which Lehman
must post additional
collateral.
Description
Zubrow states in his FCIC written testimony that “around June 2008, JPMorgan held high‐level meetings with its large
broker dealer clients to discuss these risks. For Lehman, such a meeting was held on June 2, 2008. JPMorgan explained the
unique risks it faced and pointed to an approximately $6 billion dollar margin shortfall. In response, Lehman executives
agreed to pledge additional collateral. Meanwhile, JPMorgan agreed at Lehman’s request to begin taking only 40 percent of
investor margin by the beginning of July, and not to reach 100 percent until mid‐August.”
TAB 1 Written Statement of Barry Zubrow Before the Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission, September 1, 2010 at 3.
Lehman agrees to post $5 billion in securities in response to this request, which the parties attempted to reduce to writing
in July.
TAB 5 E‐mail from Daniel J. Fleming, Lehman, to Mark G. Doctoroff, JPMorgan, et al. (July 16, 2008) [LBEX‐AM 001354)
TAB 6 Letter from JPMorgan to Paolo R. Tonucci, Lehman, re: Delivery to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. of $5 billion of Securities [Draft] (July 2008) [LBEXAM 001356]. [Valukas FN 4019]
7/10/08
7/11/08
7/12/08
Federated tells Lehman it
will no longer provide repo
financing to Lehman
because JPMC is unwilling
to negotiate in good faith
with Federated.
FRBNY concerned that
Federated (along with
Dreyfus) pulled their repo
lines from Lehman.
Fed is concerned
throughout the summer
that JPMC might not
unwind.
Lehman achieves 100 percent triparty‐investor margin on August 14, 2008.
TAB 7 E‐mail from Daniel J. Fleming, Lehman, to Paolo R. Tonucci, Lehman (Sept. 3, 2008) [LBEX‐AM 000870] [Valukas FN 4032]
Federated’s Karl Mocharko writes to Lehman and JPMC that “Because JP Chase the triparty clearing bank is unwilling to
negotiate in good faith with Federated, we will no longer pursue additional business with Lehman. We will also do as much
current REPO as possible with dealers that utilize BONY as their custodian and only back with JP Chase as necessary.”
TAB 8 George V. Van Schaick, Lehman, to John Feraca et al. (July 10, 2008) [LBEX‐DOCID 110245]
In response to reports that Federated and Dreyfus pulled their repo lines from Lehman, Fed Research Director Pat
Parkinson writes that “there are other such reports but overall LB’s funding seems to have held up thus far. Lots of anxiety
nonetheless.”
TAB 9 7/11/08 email, FCIC‐155481.
Fed Research Director Pat Parkinson notes that the Fed should be willing to lend to Lehman under the PDCF with
conservative haircuts if Lehman was judged to be sound and that the Fed should tell JPMC that with the PDCF in place, JPM’s
“refusing to unwind is unnecessary and would be unforgiveable.”
TAB 10 7/12‐13/08 email, FCIC‐155510‐12.
Page 2 of 9
Date
8/18/08
Summary
JPMC sends amendments to
Lehman so that the holding
company can guarantee
subsidiaries.
Description
JPMC presents Lehman with a set of documents that altered the clearance relationship between the parties, including
adding Lehman as a guarantor of the obligations of LBI and other Lehman subsidiaries under their 2000 Clearance
Agreement. JPM’s Executive Director of Financial Institutions Mark Doctoroff emailed these documents to Lehman’s Daniel
Fleming to “allow for the lien in all the clearance accounts in Lehman’s broker/dealer group.” These agreements – the “8/08
Amendment,” “8/08 Guaranty,” “8/08 Security Agreement” – were executed on 8/26/08.
TAB 11 E‐mail from Mark G. Doctoroff, JPMorgan, to Daniel J. Fleming, Lehman (Aug. 18, 2008) [LBEXDOCID 451527]. [Valukas FN 4079]
TAB 12 Amendment to Clearance Agreement (Aug. 26, 2008) [JPM‐2004 0005856]. [Valukas FN 4092].
TAB 13 Security Agreement (Aug. 26, 2008) [JPM‐2004 0005867]. [Valukas FN 4092].
TAB 14 Guaranty (Aug. 26. 2008) [JPM‐2004 0005879]. [Valukas FN 4092].
Lehman Position. The Estate alleges that “[w]hile the August Agreements purported to give JPMorgan significant new
rights against LBHI, they gave LBHI nothing of value in exchange,” and “LBHI did not even receive reasonably equivalent
value from guaranteeing its subsidiaries’ obligations because, among other things, on information and belief, certain of
those subsidiaries, including LBI, were insolvent at the time the August Agreements were executed.”
TAB 15 Lehman Estate Complaint at pp. 10‐12.
9/1/08
JPMC pitches itself as a
financial advisor to KDB on
Lehman deal.
JPMC Position. Zubrow states in his written FCIC testimony that when Lehman pledged additional securities in July, “LBI’s
corporate parent, Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (‘LBHI’), was the source of these additional securities, [and thus] LBHI
entered into appropriate documentation in late August 2008 to grant JPMorgan a security interest in the collateral.”
TAB 1 Written Statement of Barry Zubrow Before the Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission, September 1, 2010 at 4‐5.
Steve Black, co‐CEO of JPMC’s Invest Banking, forwards an email to CEO Jamie Dimon regarding JPMC’s pitch to be a
“financial advisor” to Korean Development Bank deal given that “JPM knows Lehman best as the largest liquidity provider
and #1 financing bank for Lehman.” JPMC also tells KDB that “[Steve Black] and Jamie Dimon know Dick Fuld CEO very well,
are also close to Hank Paulson of US Treasury to discuss any potential support to the deal / KDB.”
TAB 16 E‐mail from Steven Lim, JPMorgan, to Steven D. Black, JPMorgan, et al. (Sept. 1, 2008) [JPM‐2004 0006139)
TAB 17 E‐mail from Steven D. Black, JPMorgan, to Jamie L. Dimon, JPMorgan, et al. (Sept. 1, 2008) [JPM‐2004 0006152]. [Valukas FN 2557]
TAB 15 Lehman Estate Complaint at pp. 13‐14.
Lehman Position. The Estate alleges that “As early as August 2008, JPMorgan’s top management had also reached out to
KDB’s Chairman, in the hope of representing KDB in connection with its proposed investment in Lehman…. As a result of its
relationship with KDB, JPMorgan’s leadership learned on the morning of September 5, 2008 that KDB was unlikely to press
forward with the transaction.”
TAB 15 Lehman Estate Complaint, at 13‐14.
JPMC Position. Black states that “in late‐August 2008, JPMC offered to serve as KDB's financial advisor in connection with a
potential equity investment by KDB in Lehman, pending a conflicts check. KDB never retained JPMC and did not pursue the
potential transaction with Lehman.” He adds, “I first was made aware of KDB's decision not to invest in Lehman on the same
day that KDB's decision was reported publicly in the media.”
Page 3 of 9
Date
9/4/08
Summary
JPMC meets with Lehman re
3Q and Fitch presentation
preview.
Description
Zubrow and other JPMC senior executives meet with Lehman to discuss Lehman’s “upcoming 3Q results” and plans going
forward (KDB; sale of investment management division; sale of real estate assets; good bank / bad bank). JPM’s briefing
memorandum states that “we expect they will have further significant asset write‐downs primarily originating from their
commercial and residential real estate related assets.”
TAB 18 JPMorgan, Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. Briefing Memorandum (Sept. 4, 2008), at p. 1 [JPM‐2004 0006171]
TAB 19 See also Lehman, JP Morgan Agenda (Sept. 4, 2008) [LBEX‐DOCID 445367]. [Valukas FN 3132].
TAB 15 Lehman Estate Complaint at p. 13.
At lunch, JPMC asks to preview Lehman’s presentation to Fitch. Later that night, Lehman’s Treasurer Paolo Tonucci emails
the draft presentation to JPM’s Mark Doctoroff and Jane Buyers‐Russo, asking them to forward to Zubrow. Tonucci’s email
states, “there is a lot of confidential info so please keep to the minimum people.” Lehman CFO Ian Lowitt emails Zubrow the
following day stating that “the materials we sent you are obviously very sensitive, and trust they will be kept to the limited
group we met with and your rating advisory team.”
TAB 20 E‐mail from Paolo R. Tonucci, Lehman, to Mark G. Doctoroff, JPMorgan, et al. (Sept. 4, 2008) [JPM‐2004 0006300]. Lehman highlighted the sensitive nature of these documents
multiple times.
9/9/08
JPMC executives meet with
Paulson and Bernanke.
TAB 21 E‐mail from Ian T. Lowitt, Lehman, to Barry L. Zubrow, JPMorgan (Sept. 5, 2008) [JPM‐2004 0006314]
TAB 22 E‐mail from Ian T. Lowitt, Lehman, to Barry L. Zubrow, JPMorgan (Sept. 7, 2008) [JPM‐2004 0006317].
TAB 15 Lehman Estate Complaint at p. 13.
During day, JPM’s Dimon, Black and Zubrow meet with Paulson and Bernanke in DC (separately).
FCIC Interview of Zubrow.
Lehman Position. The Estate alleges that “On the morning of September 9, 2008, Jamie Dimon and other senior officers of
JPMorgan met in Washington D.C., with the Chairman of the Federal Reserve, Ben Bernanke. That same morning Dimon also
met with the Secretary of the United States Treasury, Henry Paulson.” It was also alleged that “Dimon and the JPMorgan
team discussed the financial state and future prospects of Lehman, as well as the United States government’s intent not to
rescue Lehman should it be forced to file for bankruptcy. From those conversations, the JPMorgan leadership determined
that they would accelerate their efforts to secure LBHI collateral and capitalize on a Lehman bankruptcy.”
TAB 15 Lehman Estate Complaint at 14.
JPMC Position. In his written response to FCIC questions, Black states, “I was in Washington DC on 9/9/08 with other JPMC
executives, and met with Secretary Paulson and members of his staff. I am not aware of any discussions between JPMC
personnel, on the one hand, and Secretary Paulson or any other government officials, on the other hand, regarding Lehman
on September 9, 2008.”
Page 4 of 9
Date
9/9/08
Summary
JPMC executives meet with
Lehman executives.
Description
JPMC sends team (Braunstein, Hogan, Dellosso, Wilsey, Zajkowki, Zames, Molluso) to meet with Lehman regarding “capital
raise options.” After the meeting, JPMC’s Hogan emails Black that “They [Lehman] sent the Junior Varsity – they have no
proposal and are looking to us for ideas/credit to bridge them to the first quarter when they intend to split into good bank /
bad bank.” Black responds, copying Dimon on the email, that “Let’s give them an order for the same drugs they have
apparently been taking to think that we would do something like that.”
TAB 23 E‐mail from Jane Buyers‐Russo, JPMorgan, to Tim Main, JPMorgan (Sept. 9, 2008) [JPM‐2004 0006361]. [Valukas FN 4203]
TAB 24 E‐mail from John J. Hogan, JPMorgan, to Steven D. Black, JPMorgan (Sept. 9, 2008) [JPM‐2004 0006362]. [Valukas FN 4204]
Lehman Position. The Estate alleges that “Black and Fuld followed up on a discussion Dimon had with Fuld two days earlier
in which Dimon suggested JPMorgan might be willing to provide funding to Lehman by purchasing preferred shares. Black
agreed to send a team to a diligence session.” “Rather than sending the dealmakers Lehman expected, JPMorgan sent a team
that included senior risk managers. The risk team was not there to conduct due diligence on a potential acquisition, as
portrayed to Lehman, but rather to probe into Lehman’s confidential records and plans.”
TAB 15 Lehman Estate Complaint at 14‐15.
JPMC Position. In his written response to FCIC questions, Black states, “I am not aware that JPMC ever offered to provide
funding to Lehman (apart from continued discretionary extensions of credit under JPMC's Clearance Agreement with
Lehman's broker‐dealer subsidiary). I recall that Richard Fuld, the CEO of Lehman, requested on a September 9, 2008
phone call that JPMC consider making an investment in Lehman. Later that night, in response to another request by Fuld,
JPMC bankers attended a meeting with Lehman employees to consider whether there was any additional assistance that
JPMC could provide to Lehman. I am not aware that JPMC agreed to take any action as a result of that meeting.”
Page 5 of 9
Date
9/9/08
Summary
JPMC demands additional
collateral.
Description
JPMC’s Black demands $5 billion in additional collateral from Lehman to cover its lending positions. Fuld persuades Black
to settle for $3 billion right away, leaving the $5 billion request unresolved. Although Zubrow states in his FCIC written
testimony that JPMC asked for $5 billion on 9/9, contemporaneous notes of the meeting by JPM’s Buyers‐Russo state that
“Black called Dick [,] asked for $3 b – said OK,” and her email to Doctoroff that day states, “Black spoke with Fuld who
agreed to the $3B.”
TAB 25 E‐mail from Daniel J. Fleming, Lehman, to Mark G. Doctoroff, JPMorgan (Sept. 12, 2008) [LBEX‐DOCID 405652] [Valukas FN 4132]
TAB 26 E‐mail from Jane Buyers‐Russo, JPMorgan, to Susan Stevens, JPMorgan, et al. (Sept. 9, 2008) [JPM‐2004 0006331]
TAB 27 Jane Buyers‐Russo, JPMorgan, Unpublished Notes (Sept. 9, 2008), at p. 3 [JPM‐EXAMINER00006052]
Lehman Position. The Estate alleges that “in response to JPMorgan's demands, on September 9, 2008, LBHI posted $1
billion in cash and $1.67 billion in money market funds. On September 10, 2008, LBHI delivered to JPMorgan approximately
$200 million of cash. Similarly, on September 11, 2008, LBHI posted additional cash in the amount of $600 million in
collateral for JPMorgan. Even though JPMorgan did not intend to secure intra‐day clearing exposure with this collateral, the
demands were made under color of the September Agreements, and were backed by the improper threat that, if LBHI did
not comply, JPMorgan would immediately stop extending intra‐day credit to, and clearing trades for, Lehman, in violation of
its obligations under the 2000 Clearance Agreement. Although LBHI protested these demands, it had no choice but to
comply."
TAB 15 Lehman Estate Complaint at 22.
JPMC Position. In his written response to FCIC questions, Black states, “I called Richard Fuld of Lehman on September 9,
2008 and requested that Lehman pledge $5 billion in cash collateral. It is my understanding that Lehman pledged $3.6
billion in response to that request.” In his written FCIC testimony, Zubrow states, “A primary impetus for the decision to
request additional collateral was JPMorgan’s growing derivatives exposure. The $5 billion figure was far from sufficient to
cover all of JPMorgan’s potential exposures to Lehman — including triparty repo and clearance and settlement‐related
exposures — but JPMorgan believed that it was an amount that Lehman reasonably could provide. When JPMorgan
conveyed its request to Lehman on September 9, 2008, Lehman executives agreed to pledge additional collateral, and
delivered approximately $3.6 billion worth of collateral to JPMorgan over the next few days. Lehman did not indicate that
JPMorgan’s request was putting undue pressure on Lehman.”
TAB 1 Zubrow Testimony at 6.
Page 6 of 9
Date
9/9/08
8:50‐11:30
p.m.
Summary
JPMC demands that Lehman
execute amendments to
broaden protection.
Description
JPMC demands that Lehman amend its operative agreements, with the effect that Lehman would guarantee all exposures of
all JPMC entities to all Lehman entities (“September Agreements”). JPMC demands that Lehman sign before the 3Q08
earnings call scheduled for 9/10/08 at 7:30 a.m.
Valukas Report at 1134‐39. PIR at 35‐37.
TAB 28 E‐mail from Jeffrey Aronson, JPMorgan, to Andrew Yeung, Lehman, et al. (Sept. 9, 2008) [JPM‐2004 0005594] [Valukas FN 4223];
TAB 29 E‐mail from Jeffrey Aronson, JPMorgan, to Andrew Yeung, Lehman, et al. (Sept. 9, 2008) [JPM‐2004 0005039] [Valukas FN 4224]
TAB 30 Email from Charles Witek, Lehman, to George V. Van Schaick, Lehman, et al. (April 23, 2008) [LBEX‐DOCID 110245] [Valukas FN 4239]
TAB 31 E‐mail from Andrew Yeung, Lehman, to Gail Inaba, JPMorgan, et al. (Sept. 10, 2008) [JPM‐2004 0002032]
TAB 32 E‐mail from Daniel J. Fleming, Lehman, to Mark G. Doctoroff, JPMorgan (Sept. 10, 2008) [LBEXDOCID 457582]
TAB 33 E‐mail from Andrew Yeung, Lehman, to Gail Inaba, JPMorgan, et al. (Sept. 10, 2008) [JPM‐2004 0005218] [Valukas FN 4255, 4257, 4258]
Lehman Position. The Estate alleges that “JPMorgan executives led Fleming and other LBHI personnel to believe that if
LBHI did not execute the proposed agreements before LBHI’s earnings call, JPMorgan would immediately stop extending
intra‐day credit to, and clearing trades for Lehman.” “The September Agreements radically altered the relationship between
JPMorgan and LBHI. Pursuant to these documents, JPMorgan required that LBHI guarantee and secure all exposures of all
JPMorgan entities to all Lehman entities… and to convert all unsecured and unguaranteed exposures into guaranteed and
secured exposures.”)
TAB 15 Lehman Estate Complaint at 15‐20.
JPMC Position. In Black’s written response to FCIC questions, Black states that they were “concerned that, in the absence of
a plan to resolve Lehman’s problems that the market would find credible, Lehman's situation might deteriorate further.
JPMC always desired to remain supportive of Lehman during this period. It requested that Lehman execute the September
Agreements so that it could continue to do so.” He adds, “JPMC never told Lehman that it would stop extending credit and
clearing if the September Agreements were not executed before the markets opened on September 10, 2008.” Zubrow
states in his written FCIC testimony, “As part of JPMorgan’s attempt to obtain appropriate protection for the entirety of its
exposure to Lehman, on the morning of September 10, LBHI executed new documentation granting JPMorgan a security
interest in the new collateral to cover all obligations of all Lehman entities to JPMorgan. This protection allowed JPMorgan
to continue making tens of billions of dollars in advances to Lehman, to continue trading with Lehman on its own behalf and
for prime brokerage customers, and to accept novations.”
TAB 1 Zubrow Testimony at 6.
Page 7 of 9
Date
9/11/08
Summary
JPMC demands $5 billion in
cash or it will not clear for
Lehman.
Description
JPMC demands another $5 billion in cash during call between JPMC’s Dimon, Black, and Zubrow and Lehman’s Fuld,
McDade, Lowitt, and Tonucci in which JPMC threatened not to unwind Lehman’s trades. According to Tonucci, when he
asked why JPMorgan wanted the collateral, a participant, perhaps Dimon responded “no reason.” When Tonucci further
asked “What is to keep you from asking for $10 billion tomorrow?”, Dimon responded: “nothing” and “maybe we will.”
Tonucci told FCIC staff that JPMorgan’s response was along the line, “that’s not your problem. We just want the cash.” That
evening, JPMC sends written notice to Lehman that it will “decline to extend credit” the following day if it does not receive
$5 billion cash before open of business. Contemporaneous documents support their belief.
FCIC Interview of Paolo Tonucci.
TAB 34 E‐mail from Jane Buyers‐Russo, JPMorgan, to Bryn Thomas, JPMorgan, et al. (Sept. 12, 2008) [JPM‐2004 0050095]
TAB 35 E‐mail from Jane Buyers‐Russo, JPMorgan, to Paolo R. Tonucci, Lehman (Sept. 11, 2008) [JPM‐2004 0005411]. [Valukas FN 4320]
TAB 36 E‐mail from Ian T. Lowitt, Lehman, to Paolo R. Tonucci, Lehman (Sept. 12, 2008) [LBEX‐DOCID 70144] (September 12, Ian Lowitt e‐mailed Paolo Tonucci to ask “Deposit to jpm. Do we have
ability to call it back at end of the day or could they hold it over weekend?”)
E‐mail from Paolo R. Tonucci, Lehman, to Ian T. Lowitt, Lehman (Sept. 12, 2008) [LBEX‐DOCID 70144] (Tonucci responded, “We should be be able to call back.”) [Valukas FN 4306]
Lehman Position. The Estate alleges that “internal JPMorgan documents demonstrate that it made the improper demand
simply because JPMorgan desired to have an ‘extra cushion.’” In addition, “JPMorgan promised that it would return the $5
billion at the close‐of‐settlement on Friday, September 12, 2008.”
TAB 15 Lehman Estate Complaint at pp. 20‐23.
9/12/08
JPMC has $8.6 billion of
cash and collateral from
Lehman.
JPMC Position. Zubrow states in his written FCIC testimony that “[w]hen the true nature of Lehman’s collateral came to
light on September 11, 2008, it became apparent that JPMorgan was holding a substantial amount of inappropriate
collateral, and that it would need additional collateral if it were to continue supporting Lehman. JPMorgan decided that $5
billion in cash was an appropriate request, even though its potential collateral shortfall was greater, as it was a number that
JPMorgan believed Lehman could handle.” He adds, “JPMorgan sent Lehman a letter stating that, if Lehman did not post the
collateral by the open of business the next day, JPMC would exercise its right to decline to extend credit to Lehman.” Black
states that “JPMC analysts conducted a broad review of Lehman's collateral securities on September 11, 2008. This review
indicated that some of the largest pieces of collateral pledged to JPMC were illiquid, could not reasonably be valued, and
were supported largely by Lehman's own credit. When JPMC realized that a substantial portion of those securities were
inappropriate as collateral, it determined that it would require an additional $5 billion in collateral in order to continue
supporting Lehman. Jamie Dimon, Barry Zubrow, and I conveyed this request to Lehman on a phone call with Richard Fuld,
Ian Lowitt, and others.”
TAB 1 Zubrow Testimony at 7.
After receiving the $8.6 billion that week, JPMC sweeps the funds out of the Lehman accounts on which JPMC had a lien and
into other accounts held by JPMC. JPMC goes radio silent and allegedly refuses to return the $5 billion in cash.
Lehman Position. The Estate alleges, “On Friday, September 12, 2008, and throughout the weekend until Monday morning,
LBHI repeatedly requested access to this excess collateral for use overnight and over the weekend. However, during this
period, JPMorgan locked down and denied LBHI access to its collateral.”
TAB 15 Lehman Estate Complaint at 24‐25.
JPMC Position. In his written response to FCIC questions, Black responds that “I do not recall any discussion with Lehman
regarding the return of the $5 billion in collateral at the close‐of‐settlement on 9/12/08.” “I do not recall requests from
Lehman for return of the $5 billion in cash collateral received on 9/12/08.”
Page 8 of 9
Date
9/14/08
Summary
Question whether JPMC
threatens not to unwind.
Description
In his written response to FCIC questions, Black states that “In response to the question of “whether you know if JPMC ever
said to the Fed, NY Fed, or any other government official in 9/08 that JPMC would not unwind Lehman's tri‐party repo” “I do
not have any knowledge or recollection of JPMC making such comments.” Zubrow states in his written testimony, “Even
after LBHI filed for bankruptcy on September 15, 2008, JPMorgan continued, at the urging of LBHI and the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York, to extend many tens of billions of dollars of credit to LBI on a daily basis, without imposing any
additional collateral requirements.”)
TAB 1 Zubrow Testimony at 9.
4829‐3822‐5415, v. 4
Page 9 of 9
TAB 1
Written Statement of Barry Zubrow
Before the Financial Crisis Inquiry Commission
September 1, 2010
Chairman Angelides, Vice-Chairman Thomas, and Members of the Commission,
my name is Barry Zubrow. I am the Chief Risk Officer of JPMorgan Chase & Co., and have
served in that role since I began working for the bank in December 2007. I thank the
Commission for the invitation to appear, and I hope that my testimony will assist the
Commission in its efforts to examine the causes of the financial crisis.
The Commission has asked me to address several topics related to JPMorgan,
including its triparty repo program generally and its relationship with Lehman Brothers
specifically. This is an important topic of inquiry for the Commission, as the triparty repo
market is of vital importance to broker-dealers and others in the financial industry. It contributes
significantly to the liquidity and efficiency of the securities markets in the United States. Indeed,
the average daily volume of the triparty repo market grew to $2.8 trillion in 2008. The
importance of the U.S. triparty repo market is underscored by the fact that it facilitates the
financing by dealers of their U.S. Government and Agency securities inventories, an important
source of liquidity through which the Federal Reserve operationally implements U.S. monetary
policy.
JPMorgan is one of two major banks providing triparty repo clearing services in
the United States. In its role as clearing bank, JPMorgan serves as the agent between a brokerdealer, on the one hand, and repo investors, such as money-market funds, on the other. In a
typical transaction, the broker-dealer sells securities to repo investors in the evening with a
promise to buy them back at a slight premium in the morning. JPMorgan provides services such
as obtaining prices for the collateral pledged by the broker-dealers, applying and enforcing
specific rules dictated by the investors regarding collateralization, and moving cash and
collateral among accounts belonging to the broker-dealers and the investors.
JPMorgan served as triparty agent for Lehman’s broker-dealer subsidiary,
Lehman Brothers Inc. (“LBI”). At the beginning of each trading day, in a process known as the
“unwind,” JPMorgan would repay LBI’s triparty repo investors the cash they had provided
overnight, and move LBI’s securities into accounts on which JPMorgan held a lien. JPMorgan
thus would advance for LBI the large amounts of cash needed to buy back the securities LBI had
sold the night before. These advances always were entirely discretionary, as JPMorgan was not
contractually obligated to make them. In addition, as LBI’s principal clearing bank, JPMorgan
typically made substantial discretionary advances on LBI’s behalf in connection with other
repurchase agreement and financing activity, as well as advances in connection with the
clearance and settlement of other LBI securities trading activity. Before LBI’s final week,
JPMorgan’s intraday advances typically exceeded $100 billion daily.
JPMorgan’s intraday exposure from the triparty repo program would last until the
triparty investors and other financing sources returned in the evening for a new round of repos.
During the day, JPMorgan thus faced the risk that the securities it held as collateral would drop
in value, that the broker-dealer would default, and that the triparty investors and other financing
sources would not re-invest with the broker-dealer in the evening to allow the broker-dealer to
repay JPMorgan.
As of late 2007, JPMorgan took no margin on the large discretionary loans it
made each morning in connection with the triparty repo unwind. Whereas the triparty investors
-2-
would take a “haircut” overnight — paying less that 100 cents for each dollar of securities —
JPMorgan took no such haircut when it took over the investors’ position each morning. This
enhanced the risk that JPMorgan would be unable to recoup the full amount of its advances
through the liquidation of collateral, since it was advancing 100 cents on the dollar to LBI
intraday.
In consultation with the Federal Reserve, JPMorgan decided in early 2008 to
begin mitigating this risk by taking haircuts on its intraday advances to broker-dealer clients,
including Lehman. JPMorgan determined that it would be appropriate to take, at a minimum, the
same haircuts during the day that the triparty repo investors took overnight. However, in order to
allow its clients time to adjust to this change, JPMorgan implemented the haircuts gradually. On
March 17, 2008 — shortly after the near-collapse of Bear Stearns — JPMorgan began by
increasing the margin it required from Lehman by 20 percent of the haircut that the triparty
investors had been requiring, with an expectation that it would ramp up to 100 percent by the end
of June.
Increasing margin requirements, however, still did not protect JPMorgan fully
from the risks it faced in extending tens of billions of dollars of credit to broker-dealers each
morning as part of the unwind. JPMorgan, unlike any single triparty investor, took on a brokerdealer’s entire triparty repo book each day. This meant it would face far greater risks in a
liquidation scenario. Furthermore, JPMorgan had no assurance that investors would return to
fund the broker-dealer in the evening, such that the broker-dealer would be provided with the
cash necessary to repay JPMorgan’s intraday advances. Moreover, the haircuts negotiated
between investors and the broker-dealers did not, in many cases, fully reflect the liquidation risk
-3-
for the increasingly large amount of structured, difficult-to-value securities that were being
financed through the triparty repo program.
In addition, throughout the spring and summer of 2008, JPMorgan participated as
a member of the Counterparty Risk Management Policy Group III (“CRMPGIII”), an industryled group of large bank, broker-dealer and investor firms, formed to discuss best practices and
structural risks in the market. CRMPGIII specifically addressed the issues inherent in the
triparty repo marketplace and articulated a series of best practices to be adopted by brokerdealers, investors, and agent banks — including practices relating to clearing bank intraday
margin. JPMorgan discussed these best practices with each of its broker-dealer clients, including
Lehman, and strongly recommended to its clients the importance of conforming to the
recommendations. These recommended best practices were discussed with the Federal Reserve
Bank of New York and other regulators.
Around June 2008, JPMorgan held high-level meetings with its large brokerdealer clients to discuss these risks. For Lehman, such a meeting was held on June 2, 2008.
JPMorgan explained the unique risks it faced and pointed to an approximately $6 billion dollar
margin shortfall. In response, Lehman executives agreed to pledge additional collateral.
Meanwhile, JPMorgan agreed at Lehman’s request to begin taking only 40 percent of investor
margin by the beginning of July, and not to reach 100 percent until mid-August.
In mid-June 2008, Lehman pledged various structured securities (not cash) —
which it valued at approximately $6 billion — in response to JPMorgan’s request for additional
margin. Because LBI’s corporate parent, Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. (“LBHI”), was the
-4-
source of these additional securities, LBHI entered into appropriate documentation in late August
2008 to grant JPMorgan a security interest in the collateral.
By late August and early September 2008, Lehman’s deteriorating financial
condition was becoming increasingly apparent. It became widely recognized by market
participants that Lehman was encountering large losses and would face serious problems over
the coming weeks absent a significant transaction. In addition, it came to light that many of the
securities Lehman had pledged to JPMorgan in June were illiquid, structured debt instruments
that appeared to have been assigned overstated values. Nevertheless, JPMorgan was determined
to remain supportive of Lehman. It continued to unwind the triparty repo book each morning
and otherwise act on a business-as-usual basis.
But JPMorgan’s exposure to Lehman was growing. This included exposure in
areas unrelated to triparty repo clearing. For example, JPMorgan faced Lehman entities as a
counterparty to derivatives transactions, and in each instance where JPMorgan held a position
that was “in the money,” it incurred the risk of a Lehman default. This included not only
derivatives transactions for JPMorgan’s own account, but also derivatives transactions between
JPMorgan and Lehman entered into for their respective prime brokerage customers, for which
JPMorgan shouldered the credit exposure in the event of a Lehman default. Furthermore,
JPMorgan continued to accept “novations” in favor of Lehman’s counterparties to derivatives
transactions: when a counterparty held an “in the money” position but did not want to take on
the attendant Lehman exposure, it could request a novation, and JPMorgan, at its sole discretion,
would step into the counterparty’s shoes and take on the derivative contract and the Lehman
exposure itself.
-5-
JPMorgan and Lehman understood that Lehman’s credibility in the markets could
collapse instantly if JPMorgan declined to take on this additional exposure for prime brokerage
customers and novations. JPMorgan therefore searched for a way to protect itself without
triggering a run on Lehman. After taking all factors into account — including its current
derivatives exposure, its potential derivatives exposure in the event Lehman defaulted and the
several days it would take for JPMorgan to close-out its open derivatives transactions, the
expectation that novations would continue to rise, and its continuing triparty repo and clearance
and settlement-related exposures — JPMorgan determined that it could continue to face Lehman
in the market if it had $5 billion in additional collateral.
A primary impetus for the decision to request additional collateral was
JPMorgan’s growing derivatives exposure. The $5 billion figure was far from sufficient to cover
all of JPMorgan’s potential exposures to Lehman — including triparty repo and clearance and
settlement-related exposures — but JPMorgan believed that it was an amount that Lehman
reasonably could provide. When JPMorgan conveyed its request to Lehman on September 9,
2008, Lehman executives agreed to pledge additional collateral, and delivered approximately
$3.6 billion worth of collateral to JPMorgan over the next few days. Lehman did not indicate
that JPMorgan’s request was putting undue pressure on Lehman.
As part of JPMorgan’s attempt to obtain appropriate protection for the entirety of
its exposure to Lehman, on the morning of September 10, LBHI executed new documentation
granting JPMorgan a security interest in the new collateral to cover all obligations of all Lehman
entities to JPMorgan. This protection allowed JPMorgan to continue making tens of billions of
dollars in advances to Lehman, to continue trading with Lehman on its own behalf and for prime
brokerage customers, and to accept novations.
-6-
JPMorgan meanwhile continued to evaluate its margin position with respect to
Lehman. Its daily margin requirements for triparty repo clearance were rising as Lehman was
increasing the amount of illiquid securities in its triparty repo book. During the second week of
September 2008, JPMorgan analysts conducted a broad review of Lehman’s collateral securities.
This review indicated that some of the largest pieces of collateral pledged to JPMorgan were
illiquid, could not reasonably be valued and were supported largely by Lehman’s own credit.
This was inappropriate collateral — essentially, claims against Lehman pledged to secure other
claims against Lehman. When the true nature of Lehman’s collateral came to light on September
11, 2008, it became apparent that JPMorgan was holding a substantial amount of inappropriate
collateral, and that it would need additional collateral if it were to continue supporting Lehman.
JPMorgan decided that $5 billion in cash was an appropriate request, even though its potential
collateral shortfall was greater, as it was a number that JPMorgan believed Lehman could handle.
On the evening of September 11, 2008, JPMorgan representatives made a series
of phone calls informing Lehman that JPMorgan wanted to continue to be supportive of Lehman
through the extension of credit and other services, but that $5 billion was needed for JPMorgan
to continue to support Lehman in as stabilizing a way as possible. JPMorgan explained that it
preferred to have Lehman post cash collateral rather than reducing lines of credit or ceasing
trading, which would be more visible to the market. Lehman agreed to honor this request. Later
that night, JPMorgan sent Lehman a letter stating that, if Lehman did not post the collateral by
the open of business the next day, JPMorgan would exercise its right to decline to extend credit
to Lehman. On the morning of September 12, 2008, JPMorgan unwound Lehman’s triparty repo
book, and Lehman delivered $5 billion of cash collateral during the morning and early afternoon.
JPMorgan continued to extend credit to Lehman throughout that critical period and thus never
-7-
had to assess its options concerning further extensions of credit in the face of a failed collateral
request.
Despite JPMorgan’s constant efforts to support Lehman and not do anything to
frighten the market, a run on the bank eventually ensued for reasons unrelated to JPMorgan.
Throughout early September, investors raised their haircuts substantially. By September 12,
hedge funds and other major customers were withdrawing their assets from Lehman and some of
the largest investors pulled back entirely, refusing to provide Lehman with the overnight
financing it desperately needed to keep operating.
During the weekend of September 13 and 14, 2008, I and other senior JPMorgan
executives — along with representatives from other financial institutions — participated in
discussions at the Federal Reserve Bank of New York concerning the financial crisis generally,
and Lehman’s difficulties in particular. Government representatives made it clear to everyone
present that the government would not provide financial assistance to save Lehman, and that
discussions should focus on either a strategic transaction for Lehman or a funding package
provided by a consortium of banks. After a potential deal with Barclays Capital fell through due
to regulatory issues in the United Kingdom, LBHI filed for bankruptcy in the early morning
hours of September 15, 2008.
Throughout all of this, JPMorgan did not cut and run but stood by our client. As
other parties withdrew from Lehman, JPMorgan continued to make enormous — discretionary
— extensions of credit to the ailing bank, and it continued to trade with Lehman and perform
novations. JPMorgan never turned its back on its client, even as others did.
-8-
Even after LBHI filed for bankruptcy on September 15, 2008, JPMorgan
continued, at the urging of LBHI and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, to extend many
tens of billions of dollars of credit to LBI on a daily basis, without imposing any additional
collateral requirements. JPMorgan’s willingness to continue making clearing advances to LBI
during those tumultuous days, when it had no obligation to do so, allowed LBI to keep operating
and made possible the sale of LBI’s business and assets to Barclays Capital, as well as the lossfree transfer of more than 100,000 customer accounts.
As a result of JPMorgan’s willingness to extend credit to Lehman in reliance on
the collateral it had been provided, JPMorgan ended up with nearly $30 billion in claims against
Lehman’s bankruptcy estate. The overwhelming majority of those claims — more than $25
billion — arose out of clearing advances made to LBI after LBHI’s bankruptcy filing. In
addition, more than $3 billion of JPMorgan’s claims arose from its exposure under derivative
agreements, many of which JPMorgan entered into — or assumed through novations — as part
of JPMorgan’s efforts to support Lehman in increasingly distressed markets.
I appreciate this opportunity to share my views, and I look forward to your
questions.
-9-
TAB 2
From:
Sent:
To:
Subject:
Jones, Craig L <cljones@lehman.com>
Tuesday, February 26, 2008 11: 13 PM (GMT)
Fleming, Dan (TSY) <dfleming@lehman.com>
RE: JPMC US Clearance Collateral Review- Call Summary
Dan- debiting the NFE for the margin will be a problem. Historically
our NFE averaged $5-7bn but my understanding is this has been reducing
lately as HIC has reduced. We have hit our NFE limit several times over
the last few weeks which stops our clearance until we send cash down to
Chase. Our margin from triparty is probably ~$4bn. The RTA margin
calculation is not calculating the amount correctly so I am just taking
2% of the $200bn book. This would obviously be the Treasury only spread
and all the other asset classes would have wider margins. We are
putting together the actual margin now. I also requested for Chase to
begin providing the daily NFE snapshot so we can get a better estimate
of our current position.
Craig
> --------------------------------------> From:
Birney, Janet
> Sent: Tuesday, February 26, 2008 5:19 PM
> To: Fleming, Dan (TSY); Ullman, Neal (NY); Fondacaro, Jack; Cornejo,
> Emil; Feraca, John; Tonucci, Paolo; Palchynsky, John N
> Cc: Boyle, Julie; Jones, Craig L
> Subject:
JPMC US Clearance Collateral Review- Call Summary
>
>
>
>
> JPMC Attendees:
> Jon Ciciola, MD Broker Dealer Services
> Mark Doctoroff, Relationship Manager
> Ray Stancil, Broker Dealer Operations (via phone)
>
> Lehman Attendees:
> Emil Cornejo, Relationship Manager
> Jack Fondacaro, Operations
> Janet Birney, Network Management
>
> Regrets: John Feraca, Neal Ullman
>
>
> Background: JPMC requested the meeting which had two purposes: 1)
> Relationship Appreciation and 2) Market Risk
>
> 1) Relationship Appreciation:
> In recognition of our overall relationship and continued increase in
> busincss growth, Jon offcrcd to rcpricc our govcrrnncnt clcaring and
> Triparty business.
>
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 280175
> Proposal:
> 1. Eliminate the current tiering of trades <50,000 a month so that
> all trades are priced at $1.25.
> 2. Reduce the bps charge on Triparty collateral from .50 to .45.
> Based on 2007 levels, this equates to an annualized save of ~$1.4
> million.
>
2007 Cost
Savings Percentage
>
> Govermnent $8,900,000
$525,000
5.90%
> Triparty
$8,500,000
$858,125
10.10%
> Total $17,400,000 $1,383,125
7.95%
>
> Response:
> Based on increases of 11 % and 14% year over year, we asked if they
> could look to add further tiers for each business for improved upside
> protection.
>
> 2) Market Risk:
> The recent market turmoil has prompted the Fed to question JPMC on the
> viability of Triparty financing in the event of broker dealer default.
> The senior management team (up to and above Heidi Miller) have focused
> a great deal of effort on this initiative. They have spent
> considerable time analyzing hard-to-price collateral and have looked
> at scenarios for both overnight and intraday.
>
> Proposal:
> JPMC will hold back the margin on the collateral as a counter debit to
> the Net Free Equity (NFE) calculation, e.g. - for an asset at 102 they
> would keep the 2. The rationale being if this methodology is applied
> to all asset classes, the risk of a misprice would be offset by a more
> liquid asset. JPMC said this was not something they would implement
> "big bang" but could be done incrementally. It is their understanding
> that BONY does this currently. The implementation timeline would be
> over the next 5-6 weeks.
>
> Response:
> Lehman reiterated the importance of NFE and the continued concern
> internally about the cost of Daylight Overdraft. We asked specifically
> for JPMC to share the analysis on this so we could assess the impact
> from a cost and processing standpoint.
>
> Next Steps:
> * JPMC to provide analysis early next week of impact based on what
> we are putting through Triparty this week.
> * Engage the appropriate Lehman team to evaluate the assessment
> and overall impact (D an Fleming, etc).
>
>
>
> Janet Birney
> Senior Vice President
> Lehman Brothers
> Treasury-Global Head of Network Management
> 1301 Avenue of the Americas- 6th Floor
> New York, NY 10019
> Phone: 212-320-4489
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 280175
> Fax: 212-548-9525
>
>
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 280175
TAB 3
From:
Sent:
To:
Cc:
Subject:
Fondacaro, Jack <jfondaca@lehman.com>
Monday, March 17,20085:43 PM (GMT)
Birney, Janet <jbirney@lehman.com>; Fleming, Dan (TSY)
<dfleming@lehman.com>; Ullman, Neal (NY)
<Neal.Ullman@lehman.com>; Cornejo, Emil
<emi1.comejo@lehman.com>; Feraca, John
<joferaca@lehman.com>; Tonucci, Paolo
<paolo.tonucci@lehman.com>; Palchynsky, John N
<jpalchyn@lehman.com>
Boyle, Julie <julie.boyle@lehman.com>; Jones, Craig L
<clj ones@lehman.com>
RE: JPMC US Clearance Collateral Review- Call Summary
All,
Chase just notified us that they will begin charging us intra day margin (20% of the 2%). In light of the
market conditions, they are not waiting to implement their plan as they mentioned at our last meeting.
Jack Fondacaro
Lehman Brothers, Inc.
tel: 201-499-8428
fax: 646-758-3091
email: jfondaca@lehman.com
> -----------------------------------> From:
Birney, Janet
> Sent: Tuesday, February 26, 2008 5:19 PM
> To: Fleming, Dan (TSY); Ullman, Neal (NY); Fondacaro, Jack; Cornejo, Emil; Feraca, John; Tonucci,
Paolo; Palchynsky, John N
> Cc: Boyle, Julie; Jones, Craig L
> Subject:
JPMC US Clearance Collateral Review- Call Summary
>
>
>
>
> JPMC Attendees:
> Jon Ciciola, MD Broker Dealer Services
> Mark Doctoroff, Relationship Manager
> Ray Stancil, Broker Dealer Operations (via phone)
>
> Lehman Attendees:
> Emil Cornejo, Relationship Manager
> Jack Fondacaro, Operations
> Janet Birney, Network Management
>
> Regrets: John Feraca, Neal Ullman
>
>
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 280168
> Background: JPMC requested the meeting which had two purposes: 1) Relationship Appreciation and 2)
Market Risk
>
> 1) Relationship Appreciation:
> In recognition of our overall relationship and continued increase in business growth, Jon offered to
reprice our govermnent clearing and Triparty business.
>
> Proposal:
> 1. Eliminate the current tiering of trades <50,000 a month so that all trades are priced at $1.25.
> 2. Reduce the bps charge on Triparty collateral from .50 to .45. Based on 2007 levels, this equates to
an annualized save of ~$1.4 million.
>
2007 Cost
Savings Percentage
>
> Govermnent $8,900,000
$525,000
5.90%
> Triparty
$8,500,000
$858,125
10.10%
> Total $17,400,000 $1,383,125
7.95%
>
> Response:
> Based on increases of 11 % and 14% year over year, we asked if they could look to add further tiers for
each business for improved upside protection.
>
> 2) Market Risk:
> The recent market turmoil has prompted the Fed to question JPMC on the viability of Triparty financing
in the event of broker dealer default. The senior management team (up to and above Heidi Miller) have
focused a great deal of effort on this initiative. They have spent considerable time analyzing hard-to-price
collateral and have looked at scenarios for both overnight and intraday.
>
> Proposal:
> JPMC will hold back the margin on the collateral as a counter debit to the Net Free Equity (NFE)
calculation, e.g. - for an asset at 102 they would keep the 2. The rationale being if this methodology is
applied to all asset classes, the risk of a misprice would be offset by a more liquid asset. JPMC said this
was not something they would implement "big bang" but could be done incrementally. It is their
understanding that BONY does this currently. The implementation timeline would be over the next 5-6
weeks.
>
> Response:
> Lehman reiterated the importance ofNFE and the continued concern internally about the cost of Daylight
Overdraft. We asked specifically for JPMC to share the analysis on this so we could assess the impact from
a cost and processing standpoint.
>
> Next Steps:
> * JPMC to provide analysis early next week of impact based on what we are putting through Triparty
this week.
> * Engage the appropriate Lehman team to evaluate the assessment and overall impact (Dan Fleming,
etc).
>
>
>
> Janet Birney
> Senior Vice President
> Lehman Brothers
> Treasury-Global Head of Network Management
> 1301 Avenue of the Americas- 6th Floor
> New York, NY 10019
> Phone: 212-320-4489
> Fax: 212-548-9525
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 280168
>
>
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 280168
TAB 4
Tri-Party Repo Infrastructure Reform
A White Paper Prepared by
The Federal Reserve Bank of New York
May 17, 2010
White Paper:
Tri-Party Repo Infrastructure Reforms
Federal Reserve Bank of New York
May 17, 2010
Executive Summary
The Federal Reserve Bank of New York (FRBNY) has issued this white paper to discuss policy concerns
regarding weaknesses in the infrastructure of the tri-party repo market as well as to seek comment on
industry recommendations to address these concerns. The FRBNY asked the Payments Risk Committee
(PRC)—a private-sector group of senior U.S. bank officials that is sponsored by the FRBNY—to form a
task force to address the weaknesses that became visible over the course of the financial crisis. The PRC
responded by creating the Tri-Party Repo Infrastructure Reform Task Force in 2009. The task force is
now publishing its recommendations.
A key focus of the recommendations is to reduce reliance by market participants on intraday credit
provided by tri-party repo agents. Other complementary recommendations are designed to foster
improvements to credit and liquidity risk management practices of market participants, enhance market
transparency, and decrease the likelihood and mitigate the negative effect of default by a large cash
borrower.
Feedback received on this white paper from a broad range of stakeholders is intended to help
FRBNY staff and others with regulatory and supervisory responsibilities to assess the recommendations
and identify additional or alternative measures that should be considered.
1
Contents
I.
Introduction…………………………………………………………………………………………………….………….3
II.
Repo Market Definitions and Market Overview…………………………………………….…………….5
Current Practices and Infrastructure…………………………………………………………………..……….9
Benefits of Tri-Party Repos.………………………………………………………………………………..………11
III.
How Tri-Party Repo Infrastructure Arrangements Propagate Systemic Risk…….………….12
IV.
The Tri-Party Repo Infrastructure Reform Task Force…………..……………………………..……..15
V.
The FRBNY’s Comments on the Task Force Recommendations……………………….…..……..16
VI.
Questions for Comment…………………………………………..………………………………………………...18
Appendix I: Detailed Example of a Tri-Party Repo
Appendix II: Final Report of the Tri-Party Repo Infrastructure Reform Task Force
In conjunction with the release of this white paper, the FRBNY has launched a web page devoted to triparty repo infrastructure reform, where you will find a direct link to submit comments as well as answers
to Frequently Asked Questions.
We invite you to visit it at <http://www.newyorkfed.org/banking/tpr_infr_reform.html>.
2
I.
Introduction
As conditions in credit markets deteriorated in 2008 and 2009, weaknesses were revealed in the
infrastructure supporting tri-party repurchase agreements (repos). These weaknesses had the potential
to amplify instability in the financial system. To avert a collapse in confidence in the tri-party repo
market, the Federal Reserve took extraordinary actions—for example, the central bank established the
Primary Dealer Credit Facility (PDCF) and the Term Securities Lending Facility (TSLF) to help primary
dealers meet their funding needs and provide liquidity to other market participants. 1 Although these
measures were largely effective in stabilizing the tri-party repo market, they were temporary, and both
facilities have since expired. Concerns about the infrastructure persist, however, and must be addressed
to increase the resiliency of this critical market to future stresses.
Analysis conducted by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (FRBNY), which is broadly
consistent with observations by market participants and by other policymakers, points to three
significant policy concerns associated with the design of the tri-party repo market infrastructure that left
the market vulnerable to a severe disruption: (1) the market’s reliance on large amounts of intraday
credit made available to cash borrowers by the clearing banks that provide the operational
infrastructure for these transactions, (2) the risk management practices of cash lenders and clearing
banks—practices that were, with the benefit of hindsight, clearly inadequate and vulnerable to
procyclical pressures, and (3) a lack of effective plans by market participants for managing the tri-party
collateral of a large securities dealer in default without creating potentially destabilizing effects on the
broader financial system.
In 2009, the FRBNY asked the Payments Risk Committee (PRC) to form a task force to address
these FRBNY policy concerns. 2 The resulting Tri-Party Repo Infrastructure Reform Task Force brought
1
See <http://www.federalreserve.gov/monetarypolicy/bst_lendingprimary.htm> for information on the PDCF and TSLF.
The PRC is a private-sector group of senior U.S. bank officials sponsored by the FRBNY. For information on the committee and
the press release announcing the formation of the task force, see <http://www.ny.frb.org/prc>.
2
3
together market participants to design and recommend enhancements to the tri-party infrastructure.
Task force members represent the most active broker-dealers and the most active segments of cash
lenders in the tri-party market as well as clearing banks and relevant industry groups. The task force met
regularly to discuss potential changes to the infrastructure, defined broadly as the set of policies,
procedures, and systems supporting the tri-party repo market. Members have concluded their work,
and their final recommendations have been published (see Appendix II).
Although the task force was asked to focus on infrastructure weaknesses, it is clear that dealers
were made vulnerable to runs on their tri-party repo financing by additional factors, such as maturity
mismatches on their books, their degree of leverage, and assumptions about the durability of secured
financing that proved too optimistic. Although these factors are technically beyond the scope of the task
force’s work, they are central to a stable tri-party repo market and it was necessary to consider them
alongside the infrastructure concerns. Ultimately, infrastructure reforms in the tri-party repo market
should complement broader, ongoing efforts to increase the resiliency of dealers to strained market
conditions.
The FRBNY has two main objectives in publishing this white paper. First, it seeks to illuminate
the policy concerns that led to the formation of the task force. Second, it invites feedback on the task
force recommendations from the broad range of stakeholders in the tri-party repo market. Comments
are requested on the anticipated impact of the recommendations, implementation challenges, and
additional steps that could be taken to strengthen the resiliency of the infrastructure supporting this
market. Responses to the questions posed in Section VI of this paper will inform implementation and
contribute to the analysis of future actions to strengthen this critical market, for consideration by
policymakers.
Section II of this paper defines repo market terms and describes the current market structure
and its primary benefits. In Section III, we discuss the areas of concern with respect to the current design
4
of the tri-party repo infrastructure. Section IV introduces the task force. Section V presents some initial
views on what the task force recommendations accomplish and do not accomplish as well as anticipates
potential implementation challenges. We conclude in Section VI with the aforementioned questions
designed to elicit feedback on the recommendations.
II. Repo Market Definitions and Market Overview
A repo is a sale of securities coupled with an agreement to repurchase the securities at a specified price
on a later date. 3 It is economically similar to a secured loan. The cash lender loans cash to a borrower
and receives the borrower’s securities as collateral. The proceeds of the initial securities sale can be
thought of as the principal amount of the loan, and the excess paid by the cash borrower to repurchase
the securities corresponds to the interest paid on the loan, also known as the repo rate. The difference
between the amount of cash loaned and the value of the collateral posted is called the “haircut” or
“margin,” and it functions as a buffer for the lender against short-term variations in the value of the
collateral. Figure 1 illustrates a simple bilateral repo transaction.
3
For a discussion, see <http://www.newyorkfed.org/research/epr/06v12n1/0605garb.html>.
5
Tri-party repo transactions are similar to bilateral repo transactions, but a third party, the triparty agent, participates in the transaction along with the cash borrower and the cash lender or
investor. Cash lenders—primarily money market mutual funds, custodial banks investing cash collateral
on behalf of their securities lending clients, and other asset managers—have funds that they are willing
to lend against collateral. Cash borrowers, typically fixed-income securities broker-dealers, seek to
finance securities that can be used as collateral. Cash lenders use tri-party repos as investments that
offer liquidity maximization, principal protection, and a small positive return, while cash borrowers rely
on them as a major source of short-term funding. The tri-party agent facilitates transactions by
providing operational services, such as custody of securities, settlement of cash and securities, valuation
of collateral, and optimization tools to allocate collateral efficiently. In the U.S. market, government
securities clearing banks serve as tri-party agents; in addition to providing operational services, the
agents extend large amounts of intraday credit to dealers to enable them to meet delivery obligations
on securities financed in tri-party repos. The role of the clearing bank is explained in more detail in the
“Current Practices and Infrastructure” discussion.
Tri-party repos are the most prevalent form of repo contract in the United States. Brokerdealers obtain a significant portion of financing for their own and their clients’ securities inventories
through the market. During first-quarter 2010, the value of securities financed by tri-party repos
averaged $1.7 trillion. 4 The size of the market has declined notably since the peak of about $2.8 trillion
in early 2008. Figure 2 shows the growth of tri-party repo transactions over the past eight years.
4
Federal Reserve Bank of New York calculations, based on data from The Bank of New York Mellon and JPMorgan Chase.
6
Activity in the tri-party repo market is highly concentrated: the top ten cash borrowers account
for approximately 85 percent of the value of tri-party repo securities being financed, and the top ten
cash investors provide about 65 percent of the funds invested. 5 The largest individual borrowers
routinely finance more than $100 billion in securities through these transactions. At the peak of market
activity, the largest dealer positions exceeded $400 billion. While the value of the largest portfolios has
declined, it remains significant, at more than $200 billion. The largest cash investors individually provide
more than $100 billion in tri-party repo financing daily.
5
Here, “investor” refers to a single firm. A single firm can include the securities lending division of a bank as well as the asset
management division. Similarly, a money market mutual fund complex, considered a single investor here, may represent many
separate funds under a single management umbrella.
7
The collateral used to secure tri-party repos consists largely of U.S. Treasuries and agency
mortgage-backed securities and debentures. 6 As of first-quarter 2010, this type of collateral represented
slightly more than 80 percent of all collateral in the tri-party market. Other assets financed through triparty repos include fixed-income securities and equities on deposit at the Depository Trust & Clearing
Corporation (DTCC) as well as whole loans (currently less than 1 percent of assets financed). 7 These
asset types are primarily, but not exclusively, investment-grade securities. Some are materially less
liquid than traditional government and agency securities. At the market’s peak in early 2008, this type of
collateral made up nearly 30 percent of the total. 8 Figure 3 presents the breakdown of tri-party repo
market collateral at March 31, 2010.
6
“Agency” here refers to securities issued by Fannie Mae, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) securities, and
securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (Ginnie Mae).
7
DTCC fixed-income assets include corporate bonds, asset-backed securities, money market instruments, private-label
collateralized mortgage obligations, and municipal bonds. For more information, see <http://www.dtcc.com/about/business/>.
8
Since the start of the financial crisis, the value of non-Treasury, non-agency collateral financed in the tri-party repo market has
declined by more than $600 billion, as dealers deleveraged their balance sheets and investors became less willing to accept
nontraditional, less liquid collateral to secure their tri-party investments.
8
Current Practices and Infrastructure
According to current operational practices, a cash lender and a cash borrower arrange their tri-party
repo transactions bilaterally in the morning, agreeing on the tenor of the repo, the amount of cash
provided, the value of the collateral provided, and the repo rate, among other parameters. The actual
securities used as collateral are assigned later by the tri-party agent (or, in some cases, by the cash
borrower), such that they meet the schedule of acceptable collateral specified by the cash lender. After
the terms of the transaction are agreed upon, the dealer notifies its clearing bank. In some cases, only
the very basic terms of the repo are communicated. (A typical repo “day” is illustrated in Figure 4, on
page 11. A detailed example of a tri-party repo transaction, related processes, and risk ramifications can
be found in Appendix I.)
Late in the day, the clearing bank, adhering to the terms of the transaction provided by the
borrower, settles the repos by simultaneously transferring collateral and cash between the borrower’s
and lender’s cash and securities accounts at the clearing bank. In other words, securities are moved
from the borrower’s securities account to the lender’s securities account and the corresponding cash
amounts are transferred from the lender’s cash account to the borrower’s cash account; this process
“locks” the borrower’s securities in the lender’s account. A dealer allocates specific securities to each
transaction using its clearing bank’s or its own collateral optimization engine, as constrained by the
schedule of acceptable collateral. Overnight, the lender holds the collateral, which exceeds the value of
the cash loan by the value of the haircut, to offset the risk that the borrower will not be able to return
the appropriate amount of cash the following day.
Prior to 8:30 a.m. each day, the clearing bank extends credit to each dealer and returns the
securities that were pledged as collateral so that the dealer can deliver any securities that are sold to
9
buyers. 9 This process of returning the collateral to the dealer is referred to as “unwinding” the repo, and
it generally applies to all repo transactions, even those term transactions not maturing that day. The
unwinding each morning creates an overdraft in the dealer’s cash account at its clearing bank when the
clearing bank returns the repo collateral to the dealer and returns the cash borrowed by the dealer to
the lender’s demand deposit account. Once their cash is returned through the unwinding, the majority
of cash lenders elect to leave the cash in uncollateralized demand deposit accounts at the clearing
banks, because most of this cash is typically reinvested at the end of the day.
Throughout the business day, broker-dealers buy and sell securities for their own and their
client-owned positions. These securities are delivered into and out of the dealer’s securities account at
its clearing bank. 10 Concurrently, the dealer’s cash account at the clearing bank is adjusted for the
offsetting cash transactions. Because dealers typically do not have sufficient cash balances at their
clearing bank to pay for their securities purchases during the day, the clearing bank extends intraday
credit to the dealer and takes a lien on the dealer’s security as collateral.
The intraday overdraft, which remains in place between the morning unwinding and the end-ofday lock-up, or “rewinding,” imposes on the clearing bank a credit exposure to the dealer that is
collateralized by the securities in the dealer’s account. Dealers use the cash they receive from lenders at
the end of the day to extinguish these overdrafts.
9
Deliveries can be made by book-entry if both the buyer and seller have securities accounts at the same clearing bank, or made
via Fedwire to a custodial account at another depository institution.
10
Broker-dealers do not have access to central bank credit and are not direct participants in Fedwire. As a result, they rely on
clearing banks—which have such access—to provide both the credit and operational infrastructure required to support their
securities clearing and settlement activities.
10
Benefits of Tri-Party Repos
Compared with other types of repurchase agreements, tri-party repos offer a number of advantages
that have contributed to their growing use over the years. First, tri-party repo transactions settle via
book-entries at a clearing bank, whereas “deliver-out” repos settle by transferring government
securities from a cash borrower to a cash lender, and then returning them the next day, over the Federal
Reserve’s Fedwire Securities Service or the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation. The settlement of triparty repo transactions internally on the books of a borrower’s clearing bank reduces counterparties’
transaction costs and operational burdens (such as the need for cash investors to maintain a processing
infrastructure), which become significant when many small-denomination securities are used to
collateralize the repos. Second, tri-party repo services give borrowers greater flexibility in allocating
collateral. Each lender specifies the general types of securities that are acceptable repo collateral. The
11
clearing bank must then allocate a dealer’s available securities; it accomplishes this by optimizing the
allocations to the many cash lenders that a dealer has lined up. Third, settlement of new tri-party repo
transactions (as well as the recreation of term repos) occurs late in the afternoon, after the close of
Fedwire Securities. Late-afternoon settlement gives dealers a better chance of obtaining repo financing
for securities that were delivered to them during the afternoon. Investors benefit as well, from a greater
opportunity to find a short-term investment for surplus cash that becomes available late in the day.
III. How Tri-Party Repo Infrastructure Arrangements Propagate Systemic Risk
As the financial condition of dealers deteriorated and collateral valuations became uncertain,
weaknesses in the policies, procedures, and systems supporting the tri-party repo market were exposed.
Given the magnitude of the exposures generated and the vital importance of this market to dealer
funding, a breakdown in the tri-party market had the potential to destabilize the financial system. On
March 17, 2008, in the wake of the Bear Stearns collapse, the Federal Reserve Board took the
extraordinary action of creating the Primary Dealer Credit Facility relying on emergency lending
authorities under section 13(3) of the Federal Reserve Act. 11 The PDCF permitted broker-dealers, which
do not have access to the Federal Reserve’s discount window, to obtain short-term collateralized loans
through this temporary lending facility. 12 The PDCF was intended to preserve market stability by
providing emergency liquidity when financing was no longer available from cash lenders and other
private sources.
11
The PDCF was created under section 13(3) of the Federal Reserve Act, which requires that the Federal Reserve Board make a
finding of “unusual and exigent” circumstances. For additional analysis of the market stress that led to the facility’s creation,
see <http://www.newyorkfed.org/research/current_issues/ci15-4.html>.
12
Concerns about the lack of access by money market mutual funds to emergency liquidity motivated the creation of two other
Federal Reserve programs, the Asset-Backed Commercial Paper Money Market Mutual Fund Liquidity Facility and the Money
Market Investor Funding Facility. Information on all the Federal Reserve’s liquidity facilities is available at
<http://www.federalreserve.gov/monetarypolicy/bst.htm>. The Federal Reserve provides loans to depository institutions
through the discount window. For more information, see <http://www.frbdiscountwindow.org>.
12
While market conditions have improved—and, as a result, the PDCF was allowed to expire—
concerns about the existing infrastructure arrangements remain. The three fundamental areas of
concern are the reliance of broker-dealers on intraday credit from tri-party clearing banks, risk
management practices that are vulnerable to procyclical pressures, and the lack of effective and
transparent methods to manage the liquidation of a defaulted broker-dealer’s collateral.
Market dependence on intraday credit. The market’s dependence on a substantial amount of
intraday credit supplied by the clearing banks to facilitate the clearing and settlement of securities
creates the potential for two important destabilizing outcomes. First, the daily hand-off of credit
extensions between overnight cash lenders and clearing banks creates an incentive for each to reduce
its exposure quickly by pulling away from a potentially troubled dealer before the other one does.
Indeed, as dealers came under severe stress, clearing banks reconsidered their longstanding practice of
routinely extending intraday credit, as they recognized the potential risk it posed to them. In the event
of an intraday default, a clearing bank would have to take the dealer’s entire portfolio onto its balance
sheet. This could affect the financial health of the clearing bank because its intraday exposures are large
relative to its capital. At the same time, a sudden withdrawal of intraday credit would have significant
ramifications. If the dealer did not find an alternative source of funding for its securities, a sudden
withdrawal would trigger a default. As a result, cash investors would be faced with the dual challenge of
trying to liquidate collateral without incurring losses while also addressing their own liquidity needs. To
avoid credit losses and liquidity pressures, they could withdraw funding more broadly—potentially
jeopardizing the ability of the remaining dealers to finance their securities. Generally speaking, the
expectation of liquidity perpetuated by the daily unwinding of repos may lead cash lenders to
underestimate their credit and liquidity risks, which could leave gaps in their contingency plans for
responding to an actual dealer default.
13
Second, another longstanding concern—rooted in the clearing bank practice of extending large
amounts of intraday credit to dealers—involves the loss of confidence in a clearing bank. A loss of
confidence could disrupt funding to a large segment of the dealer community if investors became
concerned about the safety of holding their cash deposits at the clearing bank (resulting from the daily
unwinding of repos). 13
Risk management practices. Risk management practices may have exacerbated the pressure on
dealers during the credit crisis. During normal times, competitive dynamics and an abundance of market
liquidity led investors and clearing banks to adopt liberal policies on collateral eligibility, the size and
concentration of portfolios, and haircuts. During times of financial stress, the desire by investors and
clearing banks to protect themselves can lead to sudden withdrawals of credit or sharp increases in
margins and haircuts.
Lack of effective and transparent plans to support orderly liquidation of a defaulted dealer’s
collateral. When they were faced with the prospect of counterparty default, it became apparent that
neither clearing banks nor lenders were well prepared to conduct an orderly liquidation of a large
dealer’s tri-party repo collateral. Either group would face challenges with respect to operational
arrangements, sources of liquidity during a (potentially lengthy) liquidation period, and the impact of
distressed asset prices on their own balance sheets. The lenders and clearing banks both believed that,
in the event of an imminent dealer default, each could withdraw credit before the other. Under existing
practices, a clearing bank would have a lien on the securities backing the intraday extension of credit if a
borrower failed during the day. Lenders, however, would have to liquidate the collateral if the failure
occurred at night. Without transparent procedures and increased clarity concerning the rules that would
apply to all market participants during such an event, the failure of one cash borrower could lead to a
13
The industry effort to create what became known as “New Bank” to replace a troubled clearing bank was intended to
address this problem. New Bank was not fully implemented, however. Work was suspended in 2008 in anticipation of the need
for more fundamental infrastructure reforms.
14
loss of confidence in the market itself. This, in turn, could lead investors to withdraw their repo funding
en masse or clearing banks to discontinue all provision of intraday credit, thus affecting tri-party
borrowers more broadly.
Furthermore, an uncoordinated liquidation of potentially hundreds of billions of dollars in
collateral could create “fire-sale” conditions as collateral is sold into a stressed environment. Investors
could realize significant losses during the liquidation, while much lower asset prices observed during the
fire-sale conditions could further tighten liquidity pressure on the remaining, otherwise healthy, dealers.
IV. The Tri-Party Repo Infrastructure Reform Task Force
The PRC, at the request of the FRBNY, formed a task force to address the FRBNY policy concerns
described above. Members of the Tri-Party Repo Infrastructure Reform Task Force represent major triparty repo market participants and service providers as well as relevant industry groups. Market
participants represent the most active broker-dealers and the most active segments of cash lenders in
the tri-party repo market.
Recognizing that it would not be practical for all market participants and stakeholders to
contribute directly to the process, the task force took measures to make its work transparent and to
encourage inclusiveness. In December 2009, task force members published an interim report on their
work and highlighted draft recommendations. 14 To engage a broader range of market participants in the
dialogue, the task force hosted a workshop in February 2010 to present its ideas. Work concluded on
May 17, 2010, with publication of the final task force recommendations (Appendix II). To enable other
stakeholders not participating in the task force to provide input, the FRBNY is seeking comments on this
analysis and the task force’s final recommendations.
14
See <http://www.ny.frb.org/prc/report_091222.pdf> for the full interim report.
15
The key element of the task force recommendations is to reduce reliance by market participants
on intraday credit provided by tri-party repo agents. Other complementary recommendations are
designed to foster improvements to credit and liquidity risk management practices of market
participants, enhance market transparency, and decrease the likelihood and mitigate the negative effect
of default by a large cash borrower.
V. The FRBNY’s Comments on the Task Force Recommendations
The FRBNY commends the Tri-Party Repo Infrastructure Reform Task Force for its efforts to address the
policy concerns relating to current market practices and infrastructure.
These recommendations, when implemented, should help reduce the potential for problems at
one firm to spill over to others, clarify the credit and liquidity risks borne by market participants, and
better equip market participants with the tools to manage these risks appropriately. Specifically, the
recommendations—by reducing the amount of intraday credit provided by clearing banks and
eliminating the wholesale daily unwinding of all tri-party repo trades—should minimize two important
channels through which a problem at one firm could affect others. First, a clearing bank’s exposure to its
own clients should be reduced to a manageable level. Second, the tri-party repo market should be more
resilient to concerns about the financial well-being of a clearing bank, because cash investors will have
secured exposures to their counterparties instead of unsecured exposures to a clearing bank during the
day.
The proposed elimination of the practice of unwinding all tri-party repos each morning will also
highlight the credit and liquidity risks borne by cash investors—making it clear that an investor’s ability
to withdraw funding and receive cash from a troubled borrower is linked to that borrower’s ability to
secure another source of funding. The complementary recommendations to create increased
16
transparency regarding the size and composition of borrower portfolios will better equip cash investors
to understand the conditions they would face in a liquidation.
However, the task force recommendations do not address all areas of concern in the tri-party
repo market. For example, the steps proposed to increase cash investors’ preparedness for the sudden
failure of a large dealer do not directly address concerns that such failure could prompt the
simultaneous liquidation of large amounts of assets and create fire-sale conditions. The task force report
discusses several alternatives that were considered but ultimately failed to gain broad support. While
fire-sale concerns are not unique to this market, it should be noted that the significant value of assets
financed by individual dealers and the short-term liquidity needs of tri-party repo cash lenders make this
issue particularly relevant to the tri-party repo market. Regulators and market participants will need to
continue to explore options to assess the level of risk this poses to financial stability and to seek
appropriate solutions to mitigate this risk.
In addition, the recommendations will not materially alter the propensity of cash investors to
run from a troubled dealer—in fact, they may withdraw funding from a troubled counterparty sooner
because of increased awareness of the risk of having to accept collateral in lieu of cash in the event of
default. As a result, dealers will need to recognize and accommodate this lack of durability of secured
financing in their liquidity contingency planning and regulators will want to ensure that dealers’ plans
take these vulnerabilities into consideration. This is likely to increase dealer funding costs—particularly
for assets that are not highly liquid.
The task force recommendations are ambitious and will require a focused and sustained effort
by market participants and clearing banks to achieve their objectives. To eliminate reliance on intraday
credit, clearing banks will need to develop systems to support robust collateral substitution, and other
market participants will need to make fundamental changes to their business practices and process
flows.
17
It is expected that the heads of the most active firms in the tri-party repo market will make a
formal commitment to implement needed enhancements to tri-party repo infrastructure in a timely
manner, including those initiatives described in the task force report. Additionally, the FRBNY will
engage the primary regulators of clearing banks and major market participants to incorporate the
enhancements into rules and supervisory plans, as appropriate.
In conclusion, the tri-party repo market and short-term funding markets will continue to evolve
as broader regulatory reforms take shape, and enhancements to infrastructure—such as those proposed
by the task force—are implemented. Because it is not possible to anticipate the full impact of these
combined forces, it will be imperative to monitor the evolution of the tri-party repo and other shortterm funding markets closely. The FRBNY intends to take additional actions, as necessary, to promote
the safety and soundness of the market participants under its direct supervision and, working closely
with other regulatory and supervisory authorities, to support the stability and resilience of financial
markets more broadly.
VI. Questions for Comment
The FRBNY invites comment on all aspects of the proposed recommendations of the Tri-Party Repo
Infrastructure Reform Task Force, as well as on the policy concerns described in this paper. The
questions below are designed to encourage meaningful discussion and thoughtful analysis of the issues
and to help us assess the task force recommendations. Responses to the questions will inform the next
steps toward the implementation of specific enhancements and will contribute to the analysis of future
actions considered by the FRBNY. Comments received will be made public on our website.
18
Please e-mail all responses by June 16, 2010 to: TPR.Reform@ny.frb.org.
1.
Have the sources of systemic risk in the tri-party repo market been identified correctly? What
additional vulnerabilities or material risks should be considered in evaluating the need for reforms in this
critical market?
2.
Are the recommendations proposed by the task force appropriate and adequate to address the
policy concerns articulated in this paper?
a)
Please comment on specific recommendations that you think are most likely to be effective.
b)
Please comment on specific recommendations that you believe will not be effective.
c)
Please comment on specific recommendations that you believe may have unintended
consequences.
d)
Are there additional specific measures within the general approach proposed in the task force
report that should be considered?
3.
Are the task force recommendations, including targets for reduction of intraday credit extension
by clearing banks, achievable in the timeframes outlined? What barriers or challenges to
implementation do you anticipate?
4.
What business impact do you anticipate from the recommendations? For example, what impact
would you expect this series of reforms to have on the structure, volumes, collateral, or other
parameters of the tri-party repo market?
5.
Considering a dealer default scenario, what additional measures should be considered to
address concerns regarding potential liquidity pressures on cash lenders and surviving dealers, and the
potential for fire-sale conditions?
6.
What measures could be taken to reduce the likelihood of cash lenders running from a troubled
dealer?
a)
Are there ways to increase a lender’s ability to effectively deal with a scenario in which it must
accept collateral in lieu of cash following a dealer default?
7.
What other approaches to assessing and mitigating systemic risk in tri-party repo business
arrangements should the Federal Reserve or industry leaders consider?
a)
For example, would implementation of a central counterparty be desirable in this market? If so,
what specific features of a central counterparty would be most desirable, and why?
19
Appendix I
Detailed Example of a Tri-Party Repo
Appendix I
Detailed Example of a Tri-Party Repo
STEP 1
Bilateral Repo Negotiation
STEP 2
Inform Clearing Bank of Repo
and Transfer Cash
STEP 3
“Intraday Leg”
of Repo Agreement
STEP 4
End-of-Day “Lock-Up”
and Delivery Activity
Cash Lender
(Mutual Funds,
Pension Funds,
Securities Lenders)
Cash Borrower
(Broker-Dealers,
Hedge Funds)
Cash
Lender
Cash Borrower’s
Account
Clearing Bank
delivers
$102 of
two-year
Treasury notes
STEP 5
Closing Leg of Repo Agreement
at End of 30 Days
Cash Borrower’s
Account
Clearing Bank
Cash Lender’s
Account
Clearing Bank
returns
$100 in
cash, plus
$0.083
●
Cash borrower, seeking short-term funding to finance
portions of its inventory, negotiates with cash lenders,
creating a repo collateralized by borrower’s securities.
●
Both parties agree on repo terms:
a) amount to be lent: $100
b) margin (haircut on collateral): 2% (= $2)
a) + b) = value of collateral provided: ($100 + $2)
c) repo term commitment: 30 days
d) repo rate (cost of borrowing cash): 1%
e) acceptable collateral: two-year Treasury notes
$102 of
two-year
Treasury notes
for 30 days
$100 in
cash for
30 days
Cash Lender’s
Account
STEP 1
Bilateral Repo Negotiation
delivers
$100 in
cash
Cash
Borrower
returns
$102 of
two-year
Treasury notes
STEP 2
Inform Clearing Bank of Repo and Transfer Cash
●
Cash borrower informs its clearing bank of repo.
●
Cash lender sends loan amount to cash borrower’s
clearing bank.
●
Cash borrower authorizes allocation of collateral from
clearing bank account.
Appendix I
Detailed Example of a Tri-Party Repo
STEP 1
Bilateral Repo Negotiation
Cash Lender
(Mutual Funds,
Pension Funds,
Securities Lenders)
Cash Borrower
(Broker-Dealers,
Hedge Funds)
STEP 3
“Intraday Leg” of Repo Agreement
●
Daily “Unwinding”: At 8:30 a.m., all repos,
regardless of maturity, are “unwound” by clearing
banks to provide intraday credit to cash borrowers.
●
STEP 2
Inform Clearing Bank of Repo
and Transfer Cash
STEP 3
“Intraday Leg”
of Repo Agreement
STEP 4
End-of-Day “Lock-Up”
and Delivery Activity
$102 of
two-year
Treasury notes
for 30 days
$100 in
cash for
30 days
Intraday Credit Calculation: Amount of allowable
credit is discretionary, but generally based on a daily
calculation:
Cash Lender’s Account1
$100 in cash
Cash Lender’s
Account
Cash Lender’s
Account
Cash
Lender
Clearing Bank
Allowable Intraday Credit
Cash Borrower Total Collateral + Cash Borrower
Total Cash Balance - Clearing Bank Margin:
$102 + $0 – ($102 x 3%) = $98.94.
Cash Borrower’s
Account
Clearing Bank
returns
$100 in
cash, plus
$0.083
Cash Borrower’s Account1
$102 in two-year Treasury notes
$0 cash balance
3% clearing bank margin
Cash Borrower’s
Account
Clearing Bank
delivers
$102 of
two-year
Treasury notes
STEP 5
Closing Leg of Repo Agreement
at End of 30 Days
●
Credit allows cash borrowers to settle buy-sell
transactions throughout day.
delivers
$100 in
cash
●
Cash
Borrower
returns
$102 of
two-year
Treasury notes
Intraday Risks
●
Clearing Bank has secured exposure to cash
borrower for intraday credit extended.
●
Cash Lender has unsecured exposure to clearing
bank for cash left in its account at bank.
●
Cash Borrower is vulnerable to change in
discretionary amount of intraday received and to
disruption to trading/settlement if clearing bank fails.
1
For simplicity, we assume that participants have only one repo and no
other balances at clearing bank.
Appendix I
Detailed Example of a Tri-Party Repo
STEP 1
Bilateral Repo Negotiation
STEP 2
Inform Clearing Bank of Repo
and Transfer Cash
STEP 3
“Intraday Leg”
of Repo Agreement
Cash Lender
(Mutual Funds,
Pension Funds,
Securities Lenders)
Cash Borrower
(Broker-Dealers,
Hedge Funds)
$102 of
two-year
Treasury notes
for 30 days
$100 in
cash for
30 days
Cash Lender’s
Account
Cash Borrower’s
Account
Clearing Bank
STEP 4
End-of-Day “Lock-Up” and Delivery Activity
STEP 4
End-of-Day “Lock-Up”
and Delivery Activity
STEP 5
Closing Leg of Repo Agreement
at End of 30 Days
●
Cash Lender’s
Account
Clearing Bank
delivers
$102 of
two-year
Treasury notes
Cash Borrower’s
Account
delivers
$100 in
cash
All repos, regardless of maturity, are “rewound” each
night by clearing bank, which “locks” cash borrower’s
securities into cash lender’s account overnight to
secure repos.
STEP 5
Closing Leg of Repo Agreement at End of 30 Days
Cash
Lender
Clearing Bank
returns
$100 in
cash, plus
$0.083
Cash
Borrower
returns
$102 of
two-year
Treasury notes
●
When repo term is complete, clearing bank returns
cash (plus interest) to cash lender and securities to
cash borrower.
Repo Rate Calculation:
Cash ($100) + Repo Rate (1% for 30 Days):
$100 + (100 x 1% x (30/360)) = $100.083.
Appendix II
Tri-Party Repo Infrastructure Reform Task Force Report
Task Force on Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Payments Risk Committee
Report
May 17, 2010
The Task Force on Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure was formed in September 2009 under the auspices of the
Payments Risk Committee, a private sector body sponsored by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. The Task
Force membership includes representatives from multiple types of market participants that participate in the tri‐
party repo market, as well as relevant industry associations. Federal Reserve and SEC staff participated in
meetings of the Task Force as observers and technical advisors.
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Table of Contents
Section 1:
Section 2:
Section 3:
Section 4:
Section 5:
Section 6:
Section 7:
Section 8:
Section 9:
Section 10:
Section 11:
Introduction and Summary...................................................................................................... 3
Summary List of Task Force Recommendations.......................................................................11
Background ............................................................................................................................14
Operational Arrangements .....................................................................................................15
Dealer Liquidity Risk Management .........................................................................................19
Margining Practices................................................................................................................21
Contingency Planning .............................................................................................................25
Transparency .........................................................................................................................28
Assessment ............................................................................................................................30
Next Steps..............................................................................................................................33
Annexes .................................................................................................................................34
2 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Section 1:
Introduction and Summary
In the fall of 2009, to address the systemic risk that had become evident during the financial crisis, the Federal
Reserve asked market participants to review and make recommendations regarding opportunities for
improvement to the tri‐party repo infrastructure.
The Task Force on Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure was formed and this Report contains its findings and
recommendations. The Report and the work underlying it have been developed through the joint effort of a large
number of market participants, representing multiple types of financial institutions that participate in the tri‐party
repo market. The work of the Task Force was the subject of a workshop in February 2010 attended by
representatives from more than 100 different organizations.
Federal Reserve and SEC staff attended Task Force meetings and provided clarification of relevant policy concerns
and positions. However, it is important to make clear that the conclusions of the Task Force are its own. No
endorsement of its conclusions has been sought or received from any regulatory authority. The Task Force is
aware of and supports the Federal Reserve’s simultaneous issuance of a White Paper that provides its perspective
on the issues covered in the Task Force Report and requests public comment.
It is important to emphasize that the tri‐party repo market and the markets for the underlying collateral are
dynamic. Task Force members are committed to ongoing industry assessment of the issues addressed in this
Report.
Description of Tri‐Party Repo Market
The tri‐party repo market is large and important, but not very well understood. It represents a significant part of
the overall U.S. repo market, in which market participants obtain financing against collateral and their
counterparties invest cash secured by that collateral. Large U.S. securities firms and bank securities affiliates
finance a large portion of their fixed income securities inventories, as well as some equity securities, via the tri‐
party repo market. This market also provides a variety of types of investors with the ability to manage cash
balances by investing in a secured product. The “tri‐party” label refers to repo transactions that settle entirely on
the books of one of two “Clearing Banks” in the U.S. market: Bank of New York Mellon (BNYM) and JP Morgan
Chase (JPMC). The Clearing Bank is thus a third party involved in the repo transaction between a “Dealer” (party,
not necessarily a Broker‐Dealer, borrowing cash against securities collateral) and a “Cash Investor” (party lending
cash against securities collateral). 1
The attractiveness of the tri‐party repo market is driven by the treatment of repurchase transactions in
bankruptcy, the use of securities as collateral (including daily margining and haircuts), and the custodian services
of the Clearing Banks which provide protections that do not exist for bilateral repo investors or unsecured
creditors. As a result, the U.S. repo market contributes significantly to the liquidity and efficiency of the U.S.
Treasury and Agency (including Agency MBS) securities markets, which collectively make up approximately 75% of
the total collateral in the U.S. repo market. The importance of the U.S. repo market is underscored by the fact that
it is the market in which the Federal Reserve operationally implements U.S. monetary policy.
The tri‐party repo structure developed in the mid 1980s in response to the desire by Cash Investors to have
collateral held by a third‐party agent. The tri‐party market continued to grow as the Clearing Banks invested in
infrastructure advancements that allowed Dealers and Cash Investors to optimize their use of the platform. At
peak levels in 2008, over $2.8 trillion in securities were being financed through the U.S. tri‐party repo market. The
U.S. repo market in general and the tri‐party repo market in particular have provided important benefits (e.g.
flexibility and reduced funding costs due to credit protections and operational efficiencies) to the financial system
1
For clarity and consistency, this Report uses the capitalized terms “Clearing Bank”, “Dealer”, and “Cash Investor” throughout the Report to
refer to these three parties to a tri‐party repo transaction.
3 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
and have helped to reduce the cost of borrowing for the U.S. Treasury, thereby lowering debt‐service costs borne
by taxpayers. 2
At several points during the financial crisis of 2007‐2009, the tri‐party repo market took on particular importance
in relation to the failures and near‐failures of Countrywide Securities, Bear Stearns, and Lehman Brothers. The
potential for the tri‐party repo market to cease functioning, with impacts to securities firms, money market mutual
funds, major banks involved in payment and settlements globally, and even to the liquidity of the U.S. Treasury and
Agency securities, has been cited by policy makers as a key concern behind aggressive interventions to contain the
financial crisis.
Summary of Recommendations
Based on its analysis, the Task Force identified the following areas where improvements are needed:
Operational Arrangements – Largely to obtain operational efficiencies, current arrangements – including
the “daily unwind” of all transactions regardless of term – require massive amounts of intraday credit to
be provided by the two Clearing Banks. The lack of clear understanding concerning the ultimate
allocation of credit and liquidity risks among repo market participants weakened incentives to manage
and constrain those risks.
Dealer Liquidity Risk Management – Some Dealers did not properly anticipate the potential for secured
financing to be unavailable, even for high quality collateral. Some Dealers became excessively reliant on
short‐term repo financing, especially in regard to collateral types that were or became illiquid and subject
to valuation uncertainty, contributing to greater leverage in the system.
Margining Practices – Market participants in many cases did not anticipate the extent to which market
conditions could worsen and did not set margins accordingly, leading to pro‐cyclical increases in those
margins when conditions did worsen during the crisis. Most Cash Investors did not anticipate the
potential for losses as collateral prices declined.
Contingency Planning – In many cases, Cash Investors were unprepared to cope with the consequences of
a Dealer default, in particular the potential need to manage and liquidate collateral securing a defaulted
repo position. In some cases, Cash Investors financed assets that they would not normally hold outright.
Transparency – There was insufficient transparency with respect to many aspects of the tri‐party market,
including its aggregate size and composition, the extent of concentrations, and typical levels of margin.
This contributed to the build‐up of exposures and the lack of prior concerted action to address the issues
identified in this Report.
The detailed recommendations contained in the main body of the Report address all of these areas.
Operational Arrangements
First and foremost, the Task Force has focused on the specific actions needed to fundamentally strengthen the
operational arrangements at the heart of the tri‐party repo market. These actions are necessary to reduce the
market’s reliance on intraday credit provided by the Clearing Banks and clarify the credit and liquidity risks borne
by market participants. Substantial effort has been undertaken to identify the precise steps necessary and the key
dependencies involved. Tangible steps have been taken and intraday exposures are lower than at the outset of
the Task Force’s work. The percentage of tri‐party repo trades unwound on a daily basis decreased an average of
2
Benefits of the tri‐party repo market are discussed in the FRBNY White Paper on the Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure Reform Task Force.
4 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
10% from September 2009 to March 2010. 3
The Task Force believes that the objective should be the “practical elimination” of intraday credit provided by the
Clearing Banks, defined by the Task Force as a point beyond which the residual amounts of intraday credit
extensions are both small and can be governed by transparent bilateral arrangements, known in advance to
participants. The key operational advancement needed to achieve this objective is “auto‐substitution”, which will
allow for the automated substitution of securities collateral supporting a tri‐party repo transaction, while that
transaction remains in place. Both Clearing Banks have committed to implement this functionality by February
2011. The Task Force believes achievement of the “practical elimination” objective can and should be achieved
within six months following the implementation of “auto‐substitution”, implying a target date of mid‐year 2011.
Alongside this effort to radically reduce the amount of intraday credit provided by Clearing Banks, the Task Force
believes it is critical to reinforce that Cash Investors are “at risk” if their repo counterparty defaults. Clarity in this
respect helps to ensure strong incentives to mitigate risks and to undertake appropriate contingency planning.
Dealer Liquidity Risk Management
Tri‐party repo activity must be an essential focus for liquidity risk management. Dealers should not assume that
secured financing is inherently stable. Since Cash Investors are “at risk” if the Dealer defaults, Dealers should
realize that some Cash Investors may reduce and/or eliminate funding as the credit quality of the Dealer
deteriorates, despite the existence of collateral. As such, Dealers should account for the loss of secured funding
within their liquidity risk management plans and liquidity stress tests. Dealer liquidity buffers should be sized
accordingly. Had such an approach been in place consistently across the industry during the crisis, it is much more
likely that illiquid collateral would have been matched by a corresponding liquidity buffer, limiting the potential
systemic impact of the loss of that financing.
In addition, Dealers should lengthen and stagger the maturity profile of their financing, seek to combine short‐
term and long‐term financing with the same counterparty and should continue exploring alternative mechanisms
that may be able to achieve more durable financing of certain types of securities. The Task Force supports the
increased emphasis on liquidity risk management by supervisors and regulators.
These recommendations on liquidity risk management echo those of many other reports and papers analyzing
aspects of the financial crisis. The Task Force believes that the recommendations in this area have particular
relevance for tri‐party repo transactions.
Margining Practices
Margining practices must be broadly strengthened in the wake of the crisis. The Report outlines a number of
margining best practices but stops short of recommending one specific approach. Market participants should
undertake statistical analysis and stress testing of collateral price movements that allows them to assess the
potential for losses at different levels of margins and to make decisions based on their appetite and capacity to
absorb losses. Cash Investors should seek information that allows them to assess the potential concentration of
repo counterparties with respect to a particular type of security; where such information is not forthcoming, they
should use aggregate market information and/or make conservative inferences.
Margin pro‐cyclicality refers to the process by which margin levels are reduced in good times and increased in bad
times. Pro‐cyclicality cannot be fully eliminated, since quantitative measures used to guide margin levels fluctuate
over time. Nevertheless, improvements can be made. The approach to margining should be understood across
market participants. Margin agreements should avoid precipitous and unanticipated increases in margins.
Margins should be set in accordance with regulatory liquidity risk management and margin risk management
standards. The regular publication of margin levels in the tri‐party repo market and qualitative surveys of credit
3
Figures are based on aggregates provided by the Clearing Banks.
5 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
terms, as proposed in a recent BIS report on margin requirements and haircuts, can aid market participants in
setting appropriate margin levels.
Contingency Planning
Cash Investors should develop “liquidation plans” for the management and liquidation of repo collateral in the
event of a Dealer default. These plans should cover both practical aspects such as custodial arrangements, as well
as stress tests of potential losses due to collateral price movements and stress tests of possible liquidity needs.
Exploration of additional liquidity tools and mechanisms by Cash Investors should also be considered. Cash
Investors should regularly review their liquidation plans with their senior management and boards as appropriate
depending on the nature of the organization.
Cash Investors should be able to demonstrate that potential stress scenarios on their single largest repo
counterparty will not lead to destabilizing losses, even when associated collateral valuations are subjected to
reasonably severe stress tests.
Additionally, DTCC and/or other interested providers should explore the development of a “collateral liquidation
manager” service that would be made available to a broad range of market participants on a voluntary basis, as
well as tools that will legally support offsetting of secured exposures related to the defaulting party.
Impediments to the rapid initiation of liquidation plans by Cash Investors would increase uncertainty and systemic
risk. Therefore, the Task Force believes that SIPC (Securities Investor Protection Corporation) should agree not to
impose a stay on repo counterparties exercising their contractual remedies. This is consistent with the approach
that SIPC has taken in prior Dealer defaults.
Transparency
The tri‐party repo market requires greater transparency. The Task Force has worked closely with the Federal
Reserve to develop a template for regular publication of key information provided by the Clearing Banks. A pilot
version of this template with actual data as of April 2010 is included on the following page and is discussed in the
Report. This shows the aggregate size of the tri‐party market, broken down by asset category, with associated
measures of Dealer concentration. The second table reports on margin haircut levels reported by the Clearing
Banks for each asset category. Measures of Dealer concentration are also included on an anonymous basis.
Transparency of collateral valuation is an essential component of secured funding. Collateral that is prone to
illiquidity and significant uncertainties in valuation adds to systemic risk when funded in the overnight repo
market. Market participants should evaluate the prudence of funding this type of collateral in the short term repo
markets.
The Task Force will establish a working group of valuation specialists across tri‐party repo market participants to
evaluate collateral pricing methodologies and make recommendations for improvements, including the feasibility
of same day pricing.
6 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Table 1
Tri‐party Repo Statistics as of April 9, 2010
See Annex 3 for Explanatory Notes
Composition and Concentration of Tri‐Party Repo Collateral
Asset Group
ABS (Investment and non‐investment grade)
Agency CMOs
Agency Debentures (including strips)
Agency MBS
CMOs Private Label Investment grade
CMOs Private Label Non investment grade
Corporates Investment grade
Corporates Non investment grade
Equities
Money Markets
US Treasuries excluding strips
US Treasury Strips
Other
Total
Collateral Value ($
billions)
Share of Total
41.7
112.7
179.5
584.9
25.2
18.9
79.6
34.7
73.3
27.4
474.4
38.7
19.5
1,710.5
2.4%
6.6%
10.5%
34.2%
1.5%
1.1%
4.7%
2.0%
4.3%
1.6%
27.7%
2.3%
1.1%
100%
Concentration by
Top 3 Dealers
45%
46%
33%
45%
48%
47%
39%
54%
59%
74%
39%
46%
38%
Distribution of Investor Haircuts in Tri‐Party Repo
Asset Group
ABS (IG and non‐IG)
Agency CMOs
Agency Debentures (including strips)
Agency MBS
CMOs Private Label Investment grade
CMOs Private Label Non investment grade
Corporates Investment grade
Corporates Non investment grade
Equities
Money Markets
US Treasuries excluding strips
US Treasury Strips
Other
Total
Collateral Value
($ billions)
41.7
112.7
179.5
584.9
25.2
18.9
79.6
34.7
73.3
27.4
474.4
38.7
19.5
1,710.5
Haircuts
10th
Percentile
0%
2%
2%
2%
2%
0%
2%
5%
5%
2%
2%
2%
Median
5%
3%
2%
2%
5%
8%
5%
8%
8%
3%
2%
2%
90th
Percentile
8%
5%
5%
4%
7%
8%
8%
15%
20%
5%
2%
2%
7 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Assessment of Recommendation Impact
The recommendations summarized above and detailed in the Report are ambitious, far‐reaching, and will
substantially mitigate the systemic risk potential associated with the tri‐party repo market.
Through the “practical elimination” of intraday credit extended by the Clearing Banks, any potential
threat to the solvency of either Clearing Bank due to this exposure, however remote, is likewise removed.
This alone is a substantial mitigation of systemic risk.
By clarifying the responsibility for credit and liquidity risks among tri‐party repo participants, incentives
for robust risk management are strengthened.
o Good incentives work best when situated within a highly transparent environment with well
articulated expectations and frequent opportunities for effective benchmarking by authorities
with the power to compel changes in behavior.
o The Task Force recommendations in the areas of contingency planning, margin practices and
valuation, and transparency are meant to provide these additional “support mechanisms” for
strong risk management practices.
The Task Force’s recommendations to bring greater transparency to the tri‐party repo market via regular
reporting of volumes, margin levels, and relative concentrations by asset category and across Dealers will
substantially enhance the ability for supervisors and market participants to assess trends and call
attention to emerging issues before they become systemic in nature.
The implementation by Dealers of stronger liquidity risk management practices, as recommended by
numerous other reports and supervisory reviews, has a number of important benefits in regard to tri‐
party repo transactions, and must proceed hand‐in‐hand with the other recommendations to reduce the
systemic risk potential.
o For example, feedback between forced sales and asset price declines and the loss or change in
the terms of short‐dated repo financing can be mitigated either by an extension in the maturity
of that financing or by sizing liquidity buffers to absorb the loss of repo financing on less liquid
collateral.
o In the extreme case where markets are under severe stress, there is a potential for a sudden
pullback in repo availability to become a self‐fulfilling solvency event as the impacted Dealer is
forced to sell large amounts of illiquid assets under extreme time pressure. This potential is
again mitigated if the pullback in repo financing can be met via sale of high‐quality assets from
the Dealer’s liquidity buffer.
o This stronger approach to liquidity risk management implies that in cases where a Dealer’s
default is preceded by a period of deterioration, there should be greater scope to reduce the size
of the repo book in advance of default and therefore the amount of collateral that Cash Investors
would need to liquidate at the point of default.
The Task Force believes that the combination of measures it is recommending will reduce the scope for
Dealers to use the tri‐party repo market as a mechanism to finance excessive levels of illiquid collateral.
In spite of these substantial improvements, the Task Force believes it is important to be clear about what its
recommendations will not do.
These recommendations will not make tri‐party repo financing “stable” in the face of events that give rise
to concerns with counterparty credit standing.
o Discussions within the Task Force emphasized repeatedly that some Cash Investors focus
principally on Dealer credit quality. Anytime a Dealer’s financial condition is visibly weakened,
tri‐party repo financing may be subject to withdrawal.
8 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
o
o
At the height of the financial crisis, contagion concerns affected counterparty risk assessments by
many market participants.
However, the Task Force believes that some Cash Investors will become more comfortable in
relying on tri‐party collateral as a credit risk mitigant due to risk‐based margining and improved
transparency. This will improve the stability of this financing.
Implementation of the Task Force’s recommendations will not eliminate the possibility of the sale of large
amounts of repo collateral due to a Dealer default. However, the Task Force recommendations may
change the manner in which a stress scenario involving Dealers would evolve.
o Improvements in transparency and in risk management practices by all participants, as well as
ongoing enhancements to the regulatory framework, should improve the resiliency of a Dealer to
a withdrawal of repo financing following a weakening in its financial condition.
o There will also be much greater clarity regarding the status of exposures on an intraday basis and
importantly who will bear the exposures in the event of a default.
The Task Force considered and rejected recommending the mandatory use by all Cash Investors of a
single liquidation agent in such circumstances to effect a coordinated liquidation.
o Cash Investors represented on the Task Force were concerned that such an approach would
result in sub‐optimal outcomes relative to allowing Cash Investors flexibility in choosing how to
manage this situation. They believed that a mandatory approach would result in less value for
their constituents.
o Task Force discussions focused on the importance of access to funding as the critical pre‐
requisite to avoid fire sale impacts. 4 Centralizing the liquidation problem does not address the
underlying problem of where such funding would come from. The Task Force did not believe it
was appropriate to assume that a Federal Reserve or other official liquidity facility would be
made available to a centralized liquidation agent and the premise of the “fire sale” concern is
precisely that private market funding is not available.
o The Task Force believes that a better balance will be achieved by recommending that Cash
Investors plan in advance for a Dealer default and manage their exposures to individual Dealers
in light of the potential impact of such a default on their overall portfolio liquidity.
Additional Concepts and Topics
The Task Force discussed several concepts that have been put forward as possible ideas that could be considered
in the future.
These include the following concepts.
o A Liquidity Stabilization Utility (LSU) that would function as a bank with the explicit purpose of
providing liquidity against collateral to Cash Investors after a Dealer default.
o Cash Investors obtaining committed lines of credit.
o A central counterparty facility that would substitute its credit standing for that of individual
Dealers in the tri‐party market.
o An Emergency Bank that a troubled Dealer could transfer its repo portfolio to, possibly
supplemented by an additional guarantee fund.
Task Force discussions highlighted a number of challenges with each of these concepts and accordingly
the Task Force is not endorsing any of these concepts.
4
See Brunnermeier and Pedersen, “Market Liquidity and Funding Liquidity”, Review of Financial Studies 2009, Vol. 22, No. 6, pp. 2201–2238, for
an economic analysis of this linkage.
9 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
As noted earlier, the Task Force is aware and highly supportive of the Federal Reserve’s plan to
simultaneously issue a White Paper that requests further comment on these and any other issues raised
by the Task Force’s Report and recommendations.
Conclusion
The following Sections of the Report spell out the specific recommendations individually and then address the
issues and recommendations in each area of the Task Force’s work. The Task Force is convinced that these
recommendations can and should be implemented and that they will collectively make a material difference in the
extent of systemic risk potential associated with the tri‐party repo market infrastructure. The Task Force greatly
appreciates the time and efforts of all who contributed to its discussions.
10 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Section 2:
Summary List of Task Force Recommendations
Operational Arrangements – The Task Force Recommendations set out the milestones for the industry action
plan developed and agreed by the Task Force to eliminate to the greatest extent possible Clearing Bank
extensions of intraday credit by enhancing operational arrangements in the tri‐party repo market.
Recommendations are addressed to all tri‐party repo market participants unless specified.
1.
Implement operational enhancements to achieve the “practical elimination” of intraday
credit by the Clearing Banks, where “practical elimination” is defined as a point beyond
which the residual amounts of intraday credit extensions are both small and can be
governed by transparent bilateral arrangements, known in advance to participants 5 .
1A. Clearing Banks to provide project plans in relation to their implementation of robust
automated collateral substitution (“auto‐substitution”) capability.
1B. Eliminate remaining sources of ambiguity or inaccuracy in tri‐party repo booking
procedures and trade communications to the Clearing Banks, including information
related to the term of the transaction.
2.
30 Jun 2011
15 July 2010
31 Aug 2010
1C. Agree to standardized intraday settlement time(s) for maturing repo trades (e.g.,
Morning Settlement, End of Day Settlement), that will be implemented following pre‐
requisite enhancements (e.g., auto‐substitution).
31 Aug 2010
1D. Agree solution(s) for three‐way, real‐time, point of trade confirmations for tri‐party
repo transactions, inclusive of discussions with third‐party vendors.
15 Oct 2010
1E. Clearing Banks to complete development of software to support auto‐substitution
capability and confirm timelines for full implementation.
15 Feb 2011
1F. Dealers and Cash Investors to confirm that internal processes related to all aspects of
tri‐party repo are prepared for the operational enhancements recommended in this
Report.
15 Feb 2011
1G. Implement market‐wide, three‐way, real‐time, point of trade confirmation
solution(s) which memorializes legally binding repo transactions entered into
between Cash Investors and Dealers.
15 Apr 2011
Dealers and Cash Investors to undertake regular due diligence reviews of Clearing Banks
that cover, at a minimum, operational and contractual conformity, adherence to
collateral allocation rules, and collateral pricing methodologies.
Ongoing
5
Market participants should target the reduction in intraday credit to be less than 10% of a Dealer’s notional tri‐party book (representing the
estimated portion of a Dealer's book that reaches final maturity and is not rolled on a given day).
11 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Dealer Liquidity Risk Management – The Task Force Recommendations support other assessments of the
financial crisis in emphasizing the importance of stronger liquidity risk management.
3.
Dealers need to incorporate lessons from the financial crisis experience related to tri‐
party repo in making appropriate improvements to liquidity risk management and
planning.
Ongoing
4.
Dealers should not assume that short‐term tri‐party repo financing with all of their
counterparties throughout all market conditions is inherently stable.
Ongoing
5.
Dealers and Clearing Banks to assess and clarify terms for the potential availability of
secured intraday credit facilities (both discretionary and committed) to mitigate the
liquidity risks associated with maturing repo trades.
15 Nov 2010
Margining Practices – The Task Force Recommendations support a broad strengthening of margining practices,
based on the principles that margins should be risk‐based, should not be pro‐cyclical, and should be based on
objective/transparent criteria.
6.
7.
Cash Investors, Dealers, and Clearing Banks to determine appropriate collateral margins
in line with the principles set out in Section 6 of this Report, taking note of monthly Tri‐
Party Repo Statistics to be published on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York website.
Clearing Banks to continue to share information on intraday margin methodologies and
processes with respective Dealers.
Ongoing
Ongoing
12 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Contingency Planning – The Task Force Recommendations support improving the preparedness of Cash Investors
and the tri‐party repo market to cope with a Dealer default.
8.
Cash Investors to undertake regular stress tests of tri‐party repo counterparty exposures
that consider a default of the largest repo counterparty together with potential changes
in the market value of the underlying collateral.
Ongoing
9.
Cash Investors to put in place and regularly review contingency plans for a Dealer default
that cover, at a minimum, a process for effectively managing collateral, including a plan
to manage liquidity and risk exposure during the liquidation process.
15 Jan 2011
10. Relevant industry associations in conjunction with their constituents are encouraged to
publish comprehensive Best Practice guidance for Cash Investors.
30 Sep 2010
11. DTCC and its affiliates to work with other market participants to maximize the potential
for offsetting of positions in the event of a Dealer default; DTCC and/or other interested
parties can provide a viable collateral liquidation management service for those Cash
Investors wishing to delegate these activities.
30 Nov 2010
12. All market participants to continue exploring additional concepts that have the potential
to add to the stability and resilience of tri‐party repo financing and/or reduce the
potential for collateral “fire sales” in the event of a Dealer default.
Ongoing
Transparency – The Task Force Recommendations are intended to increase transparency with respect to the size,
composition, and concentration of the tri‐party repo market, the range of margins applied, and the valuation
methodologies applied to the underlying repo collateral.
13. Initiate monthly publication, via the Federal Reserve, of aggregate statistics on tri‐party
repo collateral and Cash Investor margin levels, with disclosure by asset class, based on
information provided by the Clearing Banks. (See Table 1 for a pilot version.)
14. The Task Force will establish a working group of valuation specialists across tri‐party repo
market participants to evaluate collateral pricing methods and make recommendations
for improvements, including the feasibility of same‐day pricing.
30 Jul 2010
15 Oct 2010
15. Cash Investors to regularly validate tri‐party collateral for pricing, appropriateness, and
classification. Dealers to regularly compare collateral marks on their own books and
records with vendor prices provided by the Clearing Banks.
Ongoing
16. Dealers to inform Cash Investors and Clearing Banks in cases where the Dealer’s marks
are materially below the vendor prices provided by the Clearing Bank.
Ongoing
13 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Section 3:
Background
The accompanying White Paper issued by the Federal Reserve provides additional detail on the history and
mechanics of the tri‐party repo market. Accordingly, the Task Force is not replicating that material here. In this
section we simply review some of the main points necessary as a starting point for further analysis.
Tri‐party repo grew from its origin as a funding instrument for U.S. Treasuries to include nearly all securities held
by Dealers. The growth of the tri‐party repo market mirrored the growth of Dealer balance sheets. The market
evolved from a strictly overnight market to include significant term trading.
At peak levels in 2008, over US$ 2.8 trillion in securities were being financed through tri‐party repo transactions,
many with very short maturities, and involving the daily transfer of nearly the full amount of associated cash and
securities on the accounts of one or the other of the two tri‐party “Clearing Banks”: Bank of New York Mellon
(BNY) and JPMorgan Chase (JPM).
Individual Dealers (repo sellers / borrowers) routinely financed more than US$ 100 bn in securities via the tri‐party
mechanism. The largest single firm exposure peaked at more than US$ 400 bn. Tri‐party repo arrangements were
at the center of the liquidity pressures faced by securities firms at the height of the financial crisis, especially as the
pricing transparency and liquidity of some forms of tri‐party collateral deteriorated at the same time that
counterparty credit concerns were escalating.
Cash Investors in the tri‐party market include money market mutual funds (2a‐7 funds), securities lending agents
(typically major custodian banks), and other institutional investors or fund managers (including commercial banks
and corporate treasurers) who seek to invest cash short‐term. The repo trades can be overnight trades, term
trades with some fixed future maturity date, or open trades which remain in place until one or the other parties
elects not to renew the trade.
At its heart, the tri‐party repo market matches a large demand on the part of Cash Investors for safe, flexible,
short‐term investments with the desire for banks and securities dealers to finance their securities inventories on a
more efficient and reliable basis than they can borrow on an unsecured basis. The treatment of repurchase
transactions in bankruptcy, the use of securities as collateral (including daily margining and haircuts), and the
custodian services of the Clearing Banks provide protections to repo Cash Investors that do not exist for unsecured
creditors.
This mechanism for financing Dealer securities inventories grew during the last decade to become a substantial
portion of total Dealer balance sheet liabilities. For reference, the daily volume of tri‐party transactions is a
multiple of the entire financial commercial paper market. Dealers collectively believed that this method of
financing would be more stable than unsecured financing in the event of market or firm‐specific stress events
given the protections described above, in particular the fact that the repo Cash Investor is collateralized.
Currently, the bulk of the entire secured exposure passes from the Cash Investors to the Clearing Banks intraday to
provide operational efficiency. The bulk of tri‐party repo transactions currently are “unwound” vs. cash on the
Clearing Banks’ books each day (normally around 8 am) , with new allocations effected on the books of the
Clearing Banks beginning in the afternoon. As a result, the amount of secured credit and market risk exposure
borne by the two Clearing Banks in the normal course of business today is extreme and there is uniform support
from all tri‐party repo market participants on the importance of reducing this intraday exposure as the top priority
from a systemic risk perspective.
14 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Section 4:
Operational Arrangements
The Task Force workstream covering operational arrangements focused first on identifying the processes that must
be enhanced to enable large reductions in intraday credit extensions by the Clearing Banks without hindering the
trading and financing functionality associated with the current platform. 6 Three core processes were identified.
Trade Booking Process: Some market participants do not submit complete trade information to the
Clearing Banks on a timely basis after trade execution. Booking and submission flaws are two reasons
Clearing Banks return collateral to Dealers and cash to Cash Investors every day, even when the repo has
a maturity date beyond one day.
Trade Confirmation: There is no industry‐wide formalized two‐way (Dealers and Cash Investors) or three‐
way (adding Clearing Bank) trade confirmation practice at the time of trade execution. Cash Investors and
Dealers generally confirm their trades bilaterally. The timely reporting of trade information to Clearing
Banks gives them more information for better risk management.
Intraday Collateral Management: In most tri‐party repo trades the Clearing Bank returns collateral to the
Dealer and cash to the Cash Investor every day, even for term repo transactions. This practice is called
the “unwind.” The purpose of the “unwind” is operational in that it gives Dealers access to the collateral
for daily settlement activity. The result is that most of the secured exposure is transferred from the Cash
Investors to the Clearing Banks until collateral is returned to the Cash Investor later in the business day,
resulting in excessive, albeit secured, intraday exposures for the two Clearing Banks.
The Task Force concluded that enhancements in these areas, in particular the development of robust automated
intraday collateral substitution (“auto substitution”) capability, together with implementation of new standardized
settlement times for maturing repo trades, should enable very substantial reductions in intraday exposures
without loss of functionality. Accordingly, the Task Force has developed and agreed on an ambitious industry
action plan to achieve this objective. This action plan culminates in the “practical elimination” of intraday
exposure by the middle of next year.
Recommendation 1.
Implement operational enhancements to achieve the “practical elimination” of intraday
credit by the Clearing Banks, where “practical elimination” is defined as a point beyond
which the residual amounts of intraday credit extensions are both small and can be
governed by transparent bilateral arrangements, known in advance to participants 7 .
(30 Jun 2011)
The use of the “practical elimination” standard as defined in this Recommendation reflects the desire to measure
progress tangibly and quantitatively, while also recognizing that zero intraday secured financing is not a realistic
target in this timeframe.
6
Clearing Banks have employed two tactical solutions to reduce intraday exposures since December 2009:
‐ By eliminating the unwind of selected term repos, participating Dealers keep specific term loans fully collateralized and perform a minimal
level of substitution in coordination with the Clearing Banks,
‐ By delaying the morning unwind process, Dealers reduce delivery obligations and can then re‐allocate trades to eliminate intraday
exposure.
Participation has been broad‐based and has achieved an approximate $150 billion reduction in the daily unwind at the two Clearing Banks.
Market participants are committed to implementing tactical solutions until the strategic solution is implemented. Term trades represent 10%‐
40% of the entire market. Going forward, market participants can reduce intraday exposure by replacing overnight maturing trades with term
maturing trades and by segregating overnight maturing trades from open maturities.
7
Market participants should target the reduction in intraday credit to be less than 10% of a Dealer’s notional tri‐party book (representing the
estimated portion of a Dealer's book that reaches final maturity and is not rolled on a given day ).
15 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
The action plan consists of additional intermediate milestones that the Task Force believes are necessary to
achieve success with respect to the overall objective. These are as follows.
Trade Booking Process
An important pre‐requisite for more ambitious changes is to first ensure as high a level of accuracy as possible in
the recording and communication of all relevant trade details.
Recommendation 1B. Eliminate remaining sources of ambiguity or inaccuracy in tri‐party repo booking
procedures and trade communications to the Clearing Banks, including information
related to the term of the transaction. (31 Aug 2010)
Trade Confirmation
A three‐way confirmation process will improve the quality and timeliness of trade information received by the
Clearing Banks. Errors will be caught and resolved earlier in the day. Since most trades are executed early in the
morning, Clearing Banks will have the essential funding information necessary to make an informed decision about
extension of intraday credit to individual Dealers. The Task Force supports the use of open architecture and
standard messaging protocols in regard to possible trade confirmation solution(s).
Recommendation 1D. Agree solution(s) for three‐way, real‐time, point of trade confirmations for tri‐party repo
transactions, inclusive of discussions with third‐party vendors. (15 Oct 2010)
Recommendation 1G. Implement market‐wide, three‐way, real‐time, point of trade confirmation solution(s)
which memorializes legally binding repo transactions entered into between Cash
Investors and Dealers. (15 April 2011)
It is essential that all repo participants agree that tri‐party repo trades are legally binding agreements which are
memorialized at the point of confirmation. See Annex 1 for the ‘Minimum Parameters Required for Trade
Matching’ developed by the Task Force.
Intraday Collateral Management
There are two primary elements to the operational improvements needed in intraday collateral management.
First, the Clearing Banks will need to develop and provide robust auto‐substitution capability that allows Dealers to
access and settle trades involving collateral being financed with tri‐party repo without unwinding the underlying
tri‐party repo transaction. The second change in intraday collateral management needed is to establish agreed 24
hour settlement cycles that keep investors collateralized and borrowers funded throughout that period, since this
will by definition reduce the need for routine intraday credit extensions by the Clearing Banks. In sum, the model
that this will support has the following aspects for each major participant.
Dealers
Preserves liquidity by allowing ready access to encumbered collateral
Reduces credit dependency on the Clearing Banks as credit exposure is kept with Cash Investors
Minimal impact to current trading practices as process becomes fully automated and highly efficient
Cash Investors
Greatly reduces unsecured depositor risk to the Clearing Banks
Ensures appropriate margined collateralization with eligible securities and cash throughout the day
16 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Clearing Banks
Greatly reduces the outsized intraday credit extension to Dealers resulting from the daily unwind
Allows for greater clarity in credit lines and credit relationships with Dealers
Key milestones in relation to the Clearing Bank implementation of auto‐substitution are as follows.
Recommendation 1A. Clearing Banks to provide project plans in relation to their implementation of robust
automated collateral substitution (“auto‐substitution”) capability. (15 Jul 2010)
Recommendation 1E.
Clearing Banks to complete development of software to support auto‐substitution
capability and confirm timelines for full implementation. (15 Feb 2011)
The second change in intraday collateral management that is needed is to establish agreed settlement times that
keep Cash Investors collateralized and borrowers funded throughout the period, since this will by definition reduce
the need for routine intraday credit extensions by the Clearing Banks.
Recommendation 1C.
Agree to standardized intraday settlement time(s) for maturing repo trades (e.g.,
Morning Settlement, End of Day Settlement), that will be implemented following pre‐
requisite enhancements (e.g., auto‐substitution). (31 Aug 2010)
Although the new standardized settlement times will not be implemented right away, it is important to reach
agreement on them within the next few months in order to plan other elements around them. In this context, it is
also critical to recognize the agreement by the Legal Subcommittee regarding confirmation (via the three‐way,
point of trade confirmation) of the legally binding repo transactions entered into between Dealers and Cash
Investors at the point of trade, as this will create a more solid foundation within which the industry will operate.
Market participants should ensure that legal documentation is appropriately supportive of this obligation.
The following points summarize the current thinking in regard to potential standardized settlement times, taking
into account the work done by the Task Force’s legal workstream, as summarized in Annex 2 of the Report. These
concepts will be discussed further and vetted across the industry prior to final decisions by the Task Force.
Market participants should weigh the merits of developing a standard settlement for maturing transactions
during the afternoon, unless the two counterparties otherwise agree to a morning settlement.
o The benefits of a twice‐daily settlement period for final maturity of transactions are significant; it would
provide additional opportunities to reduce intraday credit extensions by the Clearing Banks, it would
allow additional time for Cash Investors to provide final allocation account information to the Dealers and
Clearing Banks, and it would keep Cash Investors fully secured through the 24 hour cycle.
o These benefits need to be balanced with the challenges of introducing a second settlement period,
including operational complexity during a compressed end of day timeframe, as well as the inability of
Cash Investors to take possession and/or liquidate collateral late in the day.
As agreed by the Legal Subcommittee, all trades entered into between a Cash Investor and a Dealer, including
block trades, represent legally binding commitments to provide financing from Cash Investor to Dealer which
is memorialized via the three‐way confirmation. Otherwise, this solution will not effectively mitigate intraday
exposure. (See Annex 2).
It is incumbent upon Cash Investors to deliver sub‐account trade information as early as possible during the
day to transfer the risk of Dealer default to the appropriate specific entity(s) providing financing to the Dealer.
17 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Cash Investors and Dealers should seek to execute and confirm repos prior to 10 a.m. Note that later‐day
trades should still be able to be settled; however if both parties agree to a transaction in the morning it should
be communicated through the confirmation process immediately so the Clearing Bank has an appropriate
assessment of daily financing activity.
Readiness for Change
The operational changes discussed here will require a large amount of coordination and cooperation to achieve,
especially in the rapid timeframe envisioned. Clearing Banks have a major role to play in laying out their plans and
working closely with their customers. Cash Investors and Dealers also need to work constructively and
aggressively to be sure they are ready for these changes.
Recommendation 1F.
Dealers and Cash Investors to confirm that internal processes related to all aspects of tri‐
party repo are prepared for the operational enhancements recommended in this Report.
(15 Feb 2011)
The Task Force has identified the following areas for market participants to consider as they prepare for these
changes in operational arrangements.
Extensive operational and technology changes are required of all parties to support a significant increase
in the lock‐up of collateral from the current model.
Substitutions, accounting (including the calculation and payment of interest), collateral valuation
methodologies, and related processes need to be adapted to the new model.
Cash Investors and Dealers require real‐time information of the composition of collateral securing a term
trade at any point during the day.
Defining collateral substitution process for interbank GCF Repo collateral pledged to term trades.
Efficiently targeting intraday securities and cash substitutions to minimize Cash Investors' unsecured
depositor exposure to the Clearing Banks
A transparent process for managing fails will need to be developed pending agreement on new
standardized settlement times.
Impact
When collectively implemented, the new operational arrangements will drastically reduce the need for intraday
credit from the Clearing Banks. Estimates from Clearing Banks are an immediate 10‐40% reduction in intraday
credit to Dealers from tactical solutions already underway, with reductions targeted at 90% or more when the
strategic solutions are in place.
Ongoing Due Diligence
In addition to the action plan developed to support improvements in operational arrangements, the Task Force
supports both Dealers and Cash Investors reviewing the operational practices of the Clearing Banks on a regular
basis. This should include monitoring collateral allocations to ensure that collateral has been properly allocated
and checking the price of the allocated collateral.
Recommendation 2.
Dealers and Cash Investors to undertake regular due diligence reviews of Clearing Banks
that cover, at a minimum, operational and contractual conformity, adherence to
collateral allocation rules, and collateral pricing methodologies. (Ongoing)
18 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Section 5:
Dealer Liquidity Risk Management
Dealer liquidity contingency plans and liquidity risk management practices pre‐crisis had evolved predominantly
during stable environments and in many cases were predicated on short‐term secured funding being more stable
during times of stress than unsecured funding. These approaches to liquidity risk management did not sufficiently
appreciate the sensitivity of many Cash Investors to counterparty concerns even in the presence of high‐quality
collateral, the potential for a broad pullback in tri‐party repo financing, and the loss of price transparency and
liquidity for certain collateral types.
Dealers have taken these lessons to heart and have been applying them to their liquidity risk management
practices. The supervisory and regulatory community has also made liquidity risk a priority issue and have been
driving further improvements through proposed regulatory changes and heightened supervisory review. Among
the areas of emphasis that have been highlighted in Task Force discussions are the following.
Improving liquidity risk measurement and reporting capabilities, with respect to both granularity and
frequency and the capture of instruments with contingent liquidity implications.
Undertaking more systematic and detailed liquidity risk stress tests and using the results to help size more
robust liquidity buffers.
Making greater use of term funding where available. Staggering maturities and combining short‐term and
long‐term funding with the same counterparty to modify incentives to withdraw short‐term funding.
More robust governance and increased senior management focus.
Liquidity risk management was not intended to be a primary focus of the Task Force, but is a crucial aspect for the
analysis of how future stress scenarios could evolve and therefore for the assessment of systemic risk in relation to
tri‐party repo activity. In terms of Recommendations, the Task Force supports the broad emphasis on
strengthening liquidity risk management practices and wishes to highlight the need for Dealers to ensure that the
liquidity risk management aspects of tri‐party repo activities receive priority attention.
Recommendation 3.
Dealers need to incorporate lessons from the financial crisis experience related to tri‐
party repo in making appropriate improvements to liquidity risk management and
planning. (Ongoing)
In the context of the tri‐party repo market, the “lesson learned” that stands out the most is the over‐reliance on
short‐term secured funding and its presumed stability. Discussions in the Task Force emphasized repeatedly that
many Cash Investors focus primarily if not almost exclusively on counterparty concerns and that they will withdraw
secured funding on the same or very similar timeframes as they would withdraw unsecured funding.
Recommendation 4.
Dealers should not assume that short‐term tri‐party repo financing with all of their
counterparties throughout all market conditions is inherently stable. (Ongoing)
Intraday Credit
A particular aspect of liquidity risk in the tri‐party market going forward will be the treatment of maturing repos. If
a Dealer is unable to roll over repo financing or otherwise finance the maturing assets, the Clearing Bank may
choose not to allow the repo to mature, meaning the Cash Investor will retain the risk. Dealers will naturally be
eager to prevent events from reaching this point, especially if it is not reflective of a broader deterioration in the
Dealer’s condition.
19 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Dealers therefore have a strong interest in clarifying the terms under which Clearing Banks would be willing to
provide intraday secured financing, either on a discretionary basis or possibly on a committed basis. Clearing
Banks have an interest in understanding the assumptions Dealers are making with respect to potential requests for
Clearing Bank credit in a stress event. Bilateral discussions to explore these topics and address the range of terms
involved (e.g., amount, drawdown conditions, maturity, fees, expiration, collateral eligibility, margin levels) will be
beneficial in providing clarity to both Dealers and Clearing Banks ahead of future stress events.
Recommendation 5.
Dealers and Clearing Banks to assess and clarify terms for the potential availability of
secured intraday credit facilities (both discretionary and committed) to mitigate the
liquidity risks associated with maturing repo trades. (15 Nov 2010)
20 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Section 6:
Margining Practices
Recent market events have highlighted several issues related to margining practices. These issues include:
Margin Levels: Margin levels in certain asset classes were insufficient to cover the close‐out/liquidation
risk of the securities held as collateral.
Valuations: Market participants did not sufficiently anticipate the potential for some types of repo
collateral to lose price transparency and liquidity for extended periods of time.
Margining Process between Dealer and Clearing Bank: The Clearing Bank unwind and margining process
was not well understood by all Dealers and Cash Investors
Due to the issues highlighted above, some Cash Investors were becoming more exposed to counterparty credit risk
at the same time that counterparty credit concerns were escalating. As a result, behavior started to trend closer to
the behavior of unsecured credit investors, resulting in Cash Investors exiting the repo market or drastically
changing their collateral requirements. Given the heavy reliance on the repo market for financing, this pull back in
funding and the meaningful increases in margin requirements in a deteriorating market contributed to systemic
risk concerns.
To address these issues, the Task Force initiated a workstream on margining practices, which has developed a set
of principles for firms to use in setting margins. The Task Force believes that if Cash Investors and Clearing Banks
fully incorporate these principles into their margin processes, the result will be more robust, less pro‐cyclical, and
more transparent and predictable margins. In turn, this will contribute to the stability of the repo market in future
times of market stress.
It is important to note that the Task Force is not endorsing standardization of margining methodologies or of
margin levels across the market. The Task Force believes the margining process is a risk management tool, and
each institution should be afforded the flexibility to manage their risk in accordance with their own risk
management policies, principles, and processes.
Principles to Consider For Margin Requirements
Risk Based
As volatility increased throughout 2008, market participants recognized that the liquidation value of the collateral
received might not be sufficient to recover 100% of the repo financing in the event of a Dealer default. The Task
Force believes that this uncertainty can lead to instability as Cash Investors are more likely to exit the repo market
or exclude broad asset types in order to avoid unsecured exposure in a deteriorating market.
In hindsight we believe that this uncertainty was largely driven by an underestimation of how quickly a healthy
market can transition into a stressed market in which a Dealer’s credit quality and asset liquidity becomes a
concern.
There is broad agreement within the Task Force that Clearing Banks and Cash Investors should set margin
requirements considering the potential price decline of the securities held as collateral during a period of market
stress and volatility while assuming a strong correlation with a Dealer’s failure to perform. This risk based analysis
should also consider:
Portfolio concentration risks: A portfolio of diverse assets may perform better than a highly concentrated
portfolio. In other words, an increase in portfolio concentrations will correspond to an increase in
security‐specific, idiosyncratic gap risk.
21 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Liquidation horizon: A conservative liquidation time horizon should be assumed to support an orderly
liquidation of collateral and to account for potential delays in liquidating a portfolio. These delays can be
driven by potential stay periods (e.g. SIPC Stay) or by asset concentrations (e.g. a security holding may
exceed the daily traded volume, and therefore multiple days may be required for the market to absorb
the position), or possibly other factors.
Implied & historical asset volatility: When calculating counterparty risk exposure, market participants
should complement a historical volatility analysis with the implied volatility in the markets. This is
important since history is not always a good proxy for the future.
Stress testing: In cases of stable markets where implied volatility is low and historical volatility
assumptions have decayed, an overlay of market stress testing to determine margin levels is critical to
ensure that a low volatility environment does not lead to pro‐cyclical behavior.
It is important to note that although the Task Force encourages all market participants to fully analyze all risks
inherent in the tri‐party repo market, it is not intended to be a risk‐free market. Market participants should have
flexibility to scale their margining levels up or down in exchange for incremental yield based upon their individual
risk appetite. The key is for market participants to size their appetite for unsecured credit risk and then set
assumptions and margins accordingly 8 .
Granularity
In order to properly quantify the liquidation risk, the margin analysis should be conducted at least at a level
granular enough to distinguish the risk between the various asset classes, credit ratings, durations, etc. As an
example, it may not be sufficient to look at the historical price volatility of Corporate Bonds. The Corporate Bond
asset class is very broad and includes sub‐asset classes that may have different risk and liquidity profiles.
By enabling margin levels to be set at a more granular level Clearing Banks/Cash Investors will be in a better
position to understand/assess the risk of collateral that they hold, as well as ensure that the margin properly
covers their liquidation risk.
Periodic Review
It is important to review the methodologies and assumptions that are used in the calculation on a periodic basis in
order to recalibrate the haircuts. Although the initial haircuts have already assumed a stressed scenario, the
recalibration will be required if changes in market conditions prove that various assumptions were too aggressive
or too conservative.
Reliable 3rd Party Valuations
Collateralizing tri‐party repo trades with assets that have reliable 3rd party valuations is an integral part of any risk
based margining process. This is discussed further in Section 8 below.
Practicality
As a counterbalance to the principles above, any margining proposal should consider the practicality of the
calculation/implementation. Simply put, a robust risk‐based algorithm that analyzes stress levels and volatility at
the cusip level may be ideal from a risk management approach, but the practical requirements of building this
infrastructure and rolling out this approach to all market participants is beyond what market‐wide infrastructure
can currently manage. For most Cash Investors, the Task Force believes that setting margin levels by asset class
provides an appropriate balance, allowing credit ratings and maturities to be taken into account, with sufficient
granularity to ensure sufficient risk differentiation but also ensuring that the number of collateral types associated
with margin levels is manageable. In addition, the repo market will need to balance any new risk based
approaches with the potential cost of implementation as well as the operational difficulties associated with day‐to‐
8
As discussed in Section 5, some Cash Investors assign more weight to the Dealer credit quality, independently of the collateral pledged, so risk‐
based margining may not prevent Cash Investors from exiting tri‐party repos with a deteriorating Dealer.
22 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
day management. However, the principles outlined here should be followed by all market participants, regardless
of the risk management tools and the specific approach they use to implement them. This may mean that some
securities are not appropriate for certain Cash Investors. This will be driven, at least in part, by the Cash Investors’
ability to analyze the risk of the specific asset class given their internal risk systems.
Avoid Pro‐Cyclical Behavior
As risk was perceived to be lower and spreads tightened throughout the last credit cycle a common trend was to
see reductions in the amount of collateral that was provided in the repo market. At the time, the market accepted
this practice based upon the prevailing stable market.
As the markets deteriorated in 2008 and 2009 market participants changed margin rule sets by excluding certain
asset types and increasing margin levels in order to offset the perceived higher collateral liquidation risk due to the
increase in price volatility. At the extreme, some participants pulled out of the repo market because they became
uncomfortable with the unsecured credit risk resulting from insufficient margin. This pro‐cyclical behavior incented
risk‐taking in periods of stability and it constrained liquidity at the worst possible time. In some cases, this also
resulted in particular concern as some Dealers relied on Clearing Banks to finance collateral no longer accepted by
Cash Investors while alternative financing was sought.
In general, the Task Force believes the margining process should avoid pro‐cyclical behavior whereby Clearing
Banks and Cash Investors change their rule sets in a sudden and capricious way in times of stress, leaving Dealers
with little financing options for illiquid collateral. As a more risk‐focused and stress‐based haircut approach is
incorporated we believe this pro‐cyclical behavior will be reduced because of the higher margin levels that will be
applied ex ante and regularly adjusted throughout the market cycle. This should reduce dramatic or unexpected
calls for additional collateral. Furthermore, this through‐the‐cycle margin will provide sufficient protection such
that increases in volatility or reductions in liquidity and price transparency will not have the same significant
impact on repo funding or margin arrangements.
Objective & Transparent Methodology
Misunderstandings related to the tri‐party margining process between Dealers and Clearing Banks was another
driver of instability in the recent market crisis. While both Clearing Banks and Cash Investors had discretion to
increase their margin, there was no framework to disclose or explain the margin methodology or underlying
drivers and assumptions.
In contrast, the Task Force believes that an objective, well defined, and transparent methodology that reduces
unexpected increases or decreases in margin requirements should contribute to the elimination of this
uncertainty. Furthermore, we believe a more transparent approach will reduce the need for unanticipated and
poorly understood margin calls. A key feature of this approach will be disclosure that explains the drivers and
rationale of the calculation, as well as its underlying assumptions and mechanics (e.g., how are credit risk, interest
rate risk, liquidity, concentration risks, etc. accounted for?).
Additionally, any changes to the methodology should be communicated to all parties, and should be phased into
the margining process with reasonable notice time. Although the ability to increase haircuts is a key component to
risk management, the phasing‐in of changes to the margining process should not materially impact the various
parties’ credit exposure analysis as the agreed upon through‐the‐cycle haircuts have already assumed a stress
based cushion. Additionally, this phased‐in approach will give Dealers sufficient time to prepare for increased
haircuts or to otherwise manage their inventory if posting the incremental margin is uneconomic. As a result, we
believe this process will reduce the possibility that changes in repo margining will have a destabilizing impact on
the market.
Determining Appropriate Margins
Because of the complexities of the margining process, the Task Force is not making detailed technical
Recommendations on margin approaches. Instead, the Task Force has articulated the principles just described and
23 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
recommends that market participants adopt these principles within their own risk management approaches. In
addition, the Task Force recommends that market participants review the regular publication of tri‐party repo
margin levels that will become available as the result of the Task Force‘s Recommendations in Section 8 of the
Report. These should serve as a benchmark for assessing margin levels but are not a substitute for undertaking
one’s own analysis. Information on the relative concentration of Dealers in different asset categories may be
informative with respect to the potential for larger liquidity effects on pricing in the event of a liquidation and
therefore might be particularly useful in the margin context.
Recommendation 6.
Cash Investors, Dealers, and Clearing Banks to determine appropriate collateral margins
in line with the principles set out in Section 6 of this Report, taking note of monthly Tri‐
Party Repo Statistics to be published on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York website.
(Ongoing)
Although this Recommendation is addressed to both Clearing Banks and Cash Investors, it is important to note that
the implementation considerations are different. Therefore, it should not be expected that the specific margining
methodologies/processes would be the same between Clearing Banks and Cash Investors.
Margining Process between Dealer and Clearing Bank
The Clearing Bank unwind and margining process was not well understood by all Dealers. As highlighted above,
the Task Force does not propose a precise margining methodology to be used by all Clearing Banks. Instead we
recommend that Clearing Banks / Dealers work together to improve transparency and reduce subjectivity in the
daily margining process.
Recommendation 7.
Clearing Banks to continue to share information on intraday margin methodologies and
processes with respective Dealers. (Ongoing)
24 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Section 7:
Contingency Planning
The focus of this part of the Task Force’s efforts has been on improving preparedness to cope effectively with the
default of a Dealer firm. Given the Recommendations on operational arrangements and the envisioned reductions
in Clearing Bank provision of intraday credit, it follows that Cash Investors should have even stronger incentives to
engage in effective contingency planning for such events.
A critical starting point for such contingency planning is the assessment of potential impacts from such a default
event. This type of stress analysis should consider the default of the Cash Investor’s single largest repo
counterparty (as measured by exposure), a standard that has long been applied to participants in systemically
important payment and settlement arrangements. In addition, it should consider the impact of that Dealer’s
default on the price of the collateral that would need to be liquidated, the length of time the Cash Investor
believes would be available for such liquidation, and any other factors that might impact the proceeds from
collateral liquidation. The results of the stress analysis should factor into the risk assessment and risk appetite of
Cash Investors as well as their collateral concentration limits and margin setting processes. These results should
be discussed with senior management and boards as appropriate depending on the nature of the organization.
Recommendation 8.
Cash Investors to undertake regular stress tests of tri‐party repo counterparty exposures
that consider a default of the largest repo counterparty together with potential changes
in the market value of the underlying collateral. (Ongoing)
After a Dealer default, Cash Investors have the right to seize and liquidate the collateral and should have
appropriate processes and procedures to handle collateral management and liquidation. In the event that the
collateral liquidation proceeds are insufficient to offset the entire amount of the Cash Investor’s claim, the Cash
Investor retains an unsecured claim against the Dealer for the amount not satisfied. Thoughtful management of
the collateral can minimize the impact to an individual Cash Investor and to the market as a whole.
Cash Investors should be prepared for a borrower default by having policies, procedures, and systems in place to
be able to facilitate the delivery of collateral. This plan could include instructing the Clearing Bank that holds the
collateral on behalf of the Cash Investor prior to the default to transfer the collateral to a segregated collateral
account at the Clearing Bank. The Cash Investor, either directly or with the assistance of an agent, must be able to
price the collateral in order to assign a price to their defaulted repo position held by the Cash Investor (e.g., market
value of defaulted repo position is dependent upon the market value of the collateral it expects to receive upon
liquidation).
Cash Investors should have a cohesive strategy and resources to support the orderly liquidation of a defaulted
Dealer’s tri‐party repo collateral. Depending upon market conditions, immediate liquidation may not be the best
option for some Cash Investors. The defaulted repo position could be an illiquid holding and the Cash Investor may
need liquidity before the repo collateral is liquidated. Each Cash Investor should have an overall liquidity plan
which takes into account the possibility of a Dealer default. Some Cash Investors may choose to manage the sale
of collateral directly while others may elect to use a delegated liquidation agent. Cash investors should establish,
monitor, and test these procedures to ensure that agents are able to accept the delivery of collateral at any time.
Recommendation 9.
Cash Investors to put in place and regularly review contingency plans for a Dealer default
that cover, at a minimum, a process for effectively managing collateral, including a plan
to manage liquidity and risk exposure during the liquidation process. (15 Jan 2011)
Building on the work of Task Force, to which it has contributed substantially, the Investment Company Institute is
developing a more comprehensive set of Best Practice guidance for the Cash Investor community, with a particular
focus on money market mutual funds. The Task Force strongly supports this initiative.
25 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Recommendation 10.
Relevant industry associations in conjunction with their constituents are encouraged to
publish comprehensive Best Practice guidance for Cash Investors. (30 Sep 2010)
Mitigating liquidity impact of Dealer default
There are several possible ways to reduce the liquidity impact of a failing Dealer on Cash Investors, in addition to
the obvious approach of reducing the size of repo exposures in the first place.
Pre‐arranging secured liquidity facilities
Cash Investors may choose to enter into a committed liquidity facility that would allow them to obtain temporary
liquidity secured by high‐quality unencumbered securities that they own. Many Cash Investors own sufficient
high‐quality, short‐dated securities that could collateralize the funding under such a facility. The facility would
reduce the need to engage in a “fire sale” of collateral that could depress securities prices. Cash investors would
need to gauge how large a credit facility might be needed to cover their liquidity needs. This must be reassessed
regularly. The potential use of such facilities by regulated Cash Investors should be discussed with those
regulators.
Netting/offset of Dealer positions through DTCC (The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation)
Offseting positions that Cash Investors hold relative to a defaulted Dealer and those that the Dealer held with its
other clients reduces the number of positions that need to be liquidated. The more potential offsets that can be
identified, the less potential liquidation needs to occur
In the event of a Dealer default, Clearing Banks and DTCC should review all FICC (Fixed Income Clearing
Corporation), NSCC (National Securities Clearing Corporation), and DTC (The Depository Trust Company) sell
positions in order to identify tri‐party repo collateral that can be used to satisfy the defaulted Dealer’s short
positions through a netting/set‐off process, which could result in less collateral to be liquidated in the open
market. Procedures need to be in place to control this flow. DTCC has existing infrastructure in place with Clearing
Banks that could potentially be leveraged to accommodate this process. DTCC did a preliminary sample analysis of
three large tri‐party repo portfolios based on data received from each of the Clearing Banks. The analysis focused
on U.S. Treasury and U.S. Agency debt collateral. Netting opportunities ranged from 9% to 18%.
Recommendation 11.
DTCC and its affiliates to work with other market participants to maximize the potential
for offsetting of positions in the event of a Dealer default; DTCC and/or other interested
parties can provide a viable collateral liquidation management service for those Cash
Investors wishing to delegate these activities. (30 Nov 2010)
Additional Concepts
Liquidity Stabilization Utility
This is a more far‐reaching concept as mentioned in Section 1 of the Report. The idea would be to establish an
ongoing bank entity, the Liquidity Stabilization Utility (LSU), which would exist for the primary purpose of providing
liquidity to Cash Investors. The LSU could provide Cash Investors a collateralized loan transaction secured by high
quality short term assets owned by the Cash Investors. Cash Investors could then dispose of the repo collateral
received from the defaulted Dealer in an orderly manner.
As a bank, the LSU could in principle raise cash to fund the loans to the Cash Investors by pledging the high quality
assets to the Federal Reserve discount window. The objective would be to eliminate as far as possible the risk of
loss to the LSU or the Federal Reserve by having the relevant Cash Investors contractually obligated to bear the
26 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
first loss of any shortfalls due to the prices obtained in the ultimate liquidation. Capital would be built up in the
LSU over time through fees, allowing it to play a greater role in providing liquidity as it grows.
As noted in Section 1, the LSU raises a number of issues, including its ultimate reliance on Federal Reserve liquidity,
and therefore the Task Force is not including a recommendation regarding the LSU.
Central Counterparty
Another far‐reaching concept is the notion of a central counterparty or “CCP” for tri‐party repo transactions. At
the heart of the CCP idea is the concept of mutualization of any losses above the margins charged by the CCP.
These are expected to be higher than those charged in bilateral transactions. The mutualization could occur across
the Dealer community, or across some combination of Dealers and Cash Investors, and would not necessarily imply
any change in infrastructure relative to that maintained by the two Clearing Banks. Because the CCP stands in as
the counterparty facing Cash Investors in its tri‐party transactions, in principle it could finance the liquidation of
collateral associated with a defaulted Dealer simply by undertaking new tri‐party transactions. As long as the
credit quality of the CCP itself was not in question, this approach would therefore have potential to address
concerns both with respect to the “fire sale” liquidation of collateral and with respect to the stability of tri‐party
financing. The costs and complexity of the issues involved, however, especially prior to the operational
enhancements needed to eliminate the need for intraday credit, lead the Task Force to avoid making a specific
recommendation regarding a central counterparty.
Recommendation 12.
All market participants to continue exploring additional concepts that have the potential
to add to the stability and resilience of tri‐party repo financing and/or reduce the
potential for collateral “fire sales” in the event of a Dealer default. (Ongoing)
27 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Section 8:
Transparency
The tri‐party repo market has historically seen only limited disclosures regarding the aggregate size of the market,
collateral types, and margin levels. This lack of transparency contributes to market uncertainty during times of
stress and also may have contributed to under‐estimates of the extent of pro‐cyclicality inherent in pre‐crisis
margin levels and in the systemic risk potential of the tri‐party repo market overall.
Recommendation 13.
Initiate monthly publication, via the Federal Reserve, of aggregate statistics on tri‐party
repo collateral and Cash Investor margin levels, with disclosure by asset class, based on
information provided by the Clearing Banks. (See Table 1 for a pilot version.) (30 Jul 2010)
The pilot version of the report does not yet include term information, however the plan is to provide this once it is
available and reviewed by the Task Force.
Collateral Valuation
As highlighted in the discussion of margining practices, margins will only be effective to the extent they are being
applied in conjunction with an accurate price for the securities held as collateral. If inaccurate prices are being
supplied by third party vendors the Clearing Bank/Cash Investor may be exposed to a situation where the market
value of collateral is insufficient to cover the repo notional. This could potentially result in unsecured counterparty
credit exposure resulting from ‘collateral valuation risk’.
In order to minimize the collateral valuation risk the Task Force believes the valuation process requires robust,
reliable and independent pricing sources. Managing collateral valuation risk requires that participants understand
the nature and type of sources that are being used together with associated methodologies, in particular where
model‐based prices are being used, as well as the assumptions and input sources associated with those models.
There may also be some collateral types where collective efforts by Dealers could further enhance the
transparency of valuation. For example, in some markets, third party services have enabled anonymous
compilation of marks applied and thereby provided additional useful information on the range and central
tendency of such marks.
Given the loss of liquidity and the increase in valuation uncertainty that some collateral types experienced during
the crisis, there may also be benefit in exploring whether additional information on the range and nature of
valuations could be useful in measuring the extent of valuation uncertainty. Cash Investors would also benefit
from understanding as rapidly as possible when and where valuation uncertainty is increasing.
Lastly, in the current environment, there are many asset classes for which the vendors provide pricing as of the
previous day’s close of business. In a volatile market, this stale pricing can misstate the current value of the
assets. As a result, there is a need to evaluate the possibility of providing same day pricing valuations across a
wider range of assets included within the tri‐party repo market.
For all these reasons, the Task Force believes that it is desirable to establish a focused working group of valuation
specialists to look at these and other issues and to make recommendations.
Recommendation 14.
The Task Force will establish a working group of valuation specialists across tri‐party repo
market participants to evaluate collateral pricing methods and make recommendations
for improvements, including the feasibility of same‐day pricing. (15 Oct 2010)
On a regular basis, both Dealers and Cash Investors should be comparing or testing valuations provided by Clearing
Banks. Cash Investors should test the vendor prices provided by the Clearing Bank to determine if the level of
over‐collateralization is appropriate. Running independent pricing analysis can help Cash Investors identify
28 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
potential issues and correct them. Cash Investors should be able to price the collateral they receive and should
validate their prices with Clearing Banks and Dealers. This supports validating the prices used by Clearing Banks
and increases price transparency across the tri‐party repo market. Dealers should likewise include a comparison of
valuations as part of their regular interactions with Clearing Banks. This could include establishing bilateral
tolerance levels that trigger greater review or discussion between the Dealer and the Clearing Bank.
Recommendation 15.
Cash Investors to regularly validate tri‐party collateral for pricing, appropriateness, and
classification. Dealers to regularly compare collateral marks on their own books and
records with vendor prices provided by the Clearing Banks. (Ongoing)
A special case arises when the Dealer’s marks for a given security are materially below the prices provided by the
Clearing Banks, which obtain them from third party vendors. In such cases, Dealers should highlight the variations
to Cash Investors and Clearing Banks to ensure that repo transactions are not financing securities at levels that
would imply a material shortfall of margin, assuming the Dealer’s valuation is the correct one.
Recommendation 16.
Dealers to inform Cash Investors and Clearing Banks in cases where the Dealer’s marks
are materially below the vendor prices provided by the Clearing Bank. (Ongoing)
29 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Section 9:
Assessment
As discussed in Section 1 of this Report, the recent credit crisis highlighted material weaknesses in the U.S. tri‐party
repo market that exposed the global financial markets to systemic risk. These weaknesses can be grouped into the
following categories:
Operational Arrangements: The daily unwind process resulted in the two Clearing Banks extending up to
$2.8 trillion dollars in intraday funding. This also resulted in uncertainty as to where the credit exposure
resided throughout the day.
Dealer Liquidity Risk Management: Examples include Dealers’ reliance on very short‐dated repo
financing, as well as Dealers’ reliance on uncommitted funding to support the daily unwind process.
Margining Practices: Pro‐cyclical margining practices resulted in a loss of liquidity for Dealers in a stressed
market.
Contingency Planning: Insufficient preparation for market participants to cope with a Dealer default.
Transparency: The market generally lacked transparency in terms of market depth and risk.
In aggregate, the proposals that are detailed in this Report will drastically reduce, although not eliminate, many of
these risks. The following paragraphs will summarize, through specific examples, where this risk is reduced.
The practical elimination of the daily unwinds for non‐maturing trades will reduce the intraday credit by the
Clearing Banks to less than 10% 9 . At its peak, this would have resulted in a $2.5 trillion reduction in Clearing Banks’
credit risk. Furthermore, by potentially re‐setting the market standard for unwinding maturing trades until later in
the day, the Clearing Banks’ remaining credit risk will be further reduced to an afternoon window period in a given
day with regards to the unwind process for maturing trades 10 .
In order to improve Cash Investors’ capacity to manage a Dealer default, the Recommendations in this Report (1)
encourage a more risk based, non pro‐cyclical margining process that will improve the expected recovery rate in a
default scenario, and (2) provide an industry netting mechanism and support an optional liquidation agent. These
enhancements will improve the resiliency of the product as participants will have greater access to a fully
functional operational process for collateral liquidation.
From a Dealer’s perspective, although the amount of intraday funding required from the Clearing Banks is limited,
a transition from uncommitted funding facilities to committed funding facilities would greatly reduce a Dealer’s
liquidity risk. Additionally, by the market moving to a risk‐based, non pro‐cyclical margining process the Dealers
will be less likely to see a massive withdrawal of funding as they enter a stressed environment.
Lastly, the industry is undertaking an effort to improve market transparency. This transparency will come in
various forms: (1) the industry’s first monthly publication which details the overall size and depth of the U.S. tri‐
party repo market, (2) Tri‐Party Repo Best Practices guidance for Cash Investors which will educate all market
participants as to the risks of the product and the best practices to manage these risks, (3) a three‐way, real‐time
trade confirmation process, and (4) practical elimination of the daily unwind process which will ensure clarity on
intraday exposures. This will substantially enhance the ability for supervisors and market participants to assess
trends and call attention to emerging issues before they become systemic in nature.
9
The 10 % represents the estimated portion of a Dealer's book that matures or receives initial funding on a given day.
10
Clearing Banks may additionally provide some intraday credit related to cash substitutions prior to trade maturity. We do not expect these
amounts to be material.
30 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
It is important to note that the Task Force was not mandated to opine on the liquidity risk management practices
of the various Dealers. Although the Report has touched briefly on some general best practices on this topic, it
also seems clear that upcoming regulatory changes (e.g. Basel III, etc) will further reduce, although not eliminate,
the probability of a Dealer default by increasing capital and liquidity standards generally. The standards proposed
in relation to liquidity are particularly relevant as they are likely to mean that lower‐quality collateral funded via
short‐dated repo must be matched by liquid assets within the firm’s liquidity buffer.
The benefits of these modifications are illustrated by the following simplified transaction examples that compare
(1) the current tri‐party framework, and (2) the framework after implementation of all proposals:
Example #1: Business As Usual Scenario ‐ Repo Trade Is Extended 11
Assumptions
o Dealer has a single, $1.0bn repo maturing today
o Dealer and Cash Investor agree to enter into a new $1.0bn repo prior to the morning deadline
o The collateral allocation is static (e.g. no collateral substitutions are required)
Current Market Process
o The Clearing Bank is not notified of the new trade details
o The Clearing Bank extends a $1.0bn intraday loan to the Dealer as part of the daily unwind
process
o The Clearing Bank credits a $1.0bn deposit into the Cash Investor’s account
o The Dealer is reliant on a discretionary line of credit from the Clearing Bank to manage the
operational flows on this trade
o At the end of the day: the Clearing Bank reallocates the collateral to the Cash Investor;
withdraws the cash deposit from the Cash Investor’s account, and closes out the intraday loan to
the Dealer
o Cash Investor’s credit risk is transferred between secured Dealer risk and unsecured Clearing
Bank deposit risk. The timing of this risk transfer is unknown to Cash Investor throughout the
day
Post Task Force Implementation
o The Dealer, Cash Investor, and Clearing Bank confirm the details of the new trade via the three‐
way, real time confirmation process
o The trade is no longer subject to the daily unwind
o The Clearing Bank will not need to extend any credit to the Dealer in the context of this example
o The Cash Investor has repo exposure to the Dealer all day
Example #2: Business As Usual Scenario – Repo Trade Matures
Assumptions
o Dealer has a single, $1.0bn repo maturing today
o The Dealer and Cash Investor are unable to agree on a new repo trade
o The collateral allocation is static (e.g. no collateral substitutions are required)
o In the Post Implementation Task Force scenario, the original trade will be subject to the End of
Day Settlement time discussed in Section 4 of the Report.
11
Current Market Process
o In the morning, the Clearing Bank extends a $1.0bn intraday loan to the Dealer as part of the
daily unwind process
o The Clearing Bank credits a $1.0bn deposit into the Cash Investor’s account
With the exception of the confirmation process, a non‐maturing term trade will have similar mechanics
31 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
o
o
o
The Dealer is reliant on a discretionary line of credit from the Clearing Bank to manage the
operation flows on this trade
Cash Investor withdraws this cash in the morning leaving the Clearing Bank with sole exposure to
the Dealer
At the end of the day, the Dealer repays the $1.0bn to the Clearing Bank to close out the intraday
loan
Post Task Force Implementation
o At the end of the business day and subject to the terms of the committed funding line in place
between the Dealer and the Clearing Bank 12 , the Clearing Bank extends a $1.0bn loan to the
Dealer, and credits $1.0bn of cash into the Cash Investors account
o From the Dealer’s perspective, the intraday loan is committed subject to the terms of the
agreement
o The Cash Investor withdraws its cash at the end of the day
o The Dealer will repay the intraday loan prior to the end of the day
Example #3: Dealer Stress Scenario ($1.0bn repo trade does not mature due to Dealer default)
Assumptions
o Dealer has a single, $1.0bn repo maturing today
o In the Post Implementation Task Force scenario, Dealer is unable to meet the terms of its
committed intraday funding facility from the Clearing Bank (e.g. unable to post the necessary
collateral), and the Dealer is unable to repay the principal amount due
12
Current Market Process
o Due to the stress in the market, there is general uncertainty as to how the unwind process will
work:
‐ The Clearing Bank may or may not unwind this trade
‐ The Dealer does not have any clarity as to whether the trade will unwind
‐ The Cash Investor does not know if/how the maturing trade will be unwound
‐ If the trade is not unwound and the Dealer defaults, there is uncertainty regarding the
liquidation process
Post Task Force Implementation
o At the end of the day, the Clearing Bank makes a margin call to the Dealer; Dealer is unable to
meet the call
o Per the terms of the committed funding facility the Clearing Bank will not unwind the maturing
trade (i.e. no credit will be extended to the Dealer, collateral will remain in the Cash Investors
account). As a result, the Cash Investor will retain its risk to the Dealer
o At the end of the day, if the Dealer has not repaid the principal due, the collateral liquidation
process will begin
‐ The industry netting process would pair off trades to reduce the inventory that will be
delivered to the Cash Investors
‐ If elected, the remaining collateral after netting will be transferred to the third party
liquidation agent who will act on behalf of the Cash Investor
‐ In general, the Cash Investor will be better prepared to manage this scenario due to their
improved contingency planning
Terms may include maximum funding capacity, collateral eligibility, defined haircuts, etc
32 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Section 10: Next Steps
Upon the publication of this Report the Task Force’s original mandate will be completed. However, in order to
maintain the current momentum through to execution, the Task Force proposes to take ownership of the
implementation phase from a collective industry perspective. This proposal is intended to combine the benefits of
continuity with the flexibility to evolve the Task Force and the individuals that are participating. The Task Force
also recognizes that other groupings may in time be seen as more natural points of governance for certain issues
discussed in this Report. Nevertheless, the Task Force believes the greater concern in the short run must be to
maintain momentum and drive the operational improvements needed in the tri‐party repo infrastructure.
Accordingly, the focus of the Task Force’s next phase will consist of: (1) the execution of its Recommendations, in
particular the industry action plan to improve tri‐party repo operational arrangements, and (2) analyzing and
adapting these Recommendations based upon potential regulatory developments and responses to the Federal
Reserve’s White Paper. The Task Force will maintain a working group focused primarily on operational
infrastructure improvements and will establish a second working group on valuation issues as outlined in the
Recommendations. The Task Force will also continue to seek input from market participants not directly
represented on the Task Force.
The Task Force wishes to thank all market participants and staff at official agencies who provided input or
otherwise contributed to this Report. A full listing of the Task Force members and those who contributed to its
work streams is included as Annex 4 of the Report.
33 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Section 11: Annexes
Annex 1 ‐ Minimum Parameters Required for Trade Matching
A minimum number of parameters must agree in order for a booked trade to be matched.
These parameters have been listed and defined below. There are certain economic terms of a repo trade, such as
the actual benchmark used, which may not have been defined in the initial booking, but which are not required for
a successful match. All fields listed below must be populated, at least with default values. No fields can be blank
unless otherwise noted below.
1.
Buyer legal entity. The Buyer’s legal name. For the initial morning trades, prior to beneficial owner sub‐
account allocations being ready, the Buyer’s legal name may belong to the top account owner, the investment
advisor, or another affiliated entity representing the eventual beneficial owner(s). In the afternoon, once
allocations are available, this field would be populated with beneficial owner’s legal name.
2.
Seller legal entity. The Seller’s legal entity name.
3.
Transaction type. (Repo, B/P, [other]) The default would be Repo.
4.
Trade date. (MM/DD/YYYY) The date the trade’s terms are agreed.
5.
Settlement/start date. (MM/DD/YYYY) The date on which the Buyer’s cash begins funding the Seller’s
inventory.
6.
Currency. (CCY) This will default to USD.
7.
Principal. The size of the repo financing, listed in the units of CCY.
8.
Rate type. (fixed or floating)
9.
Rate. (NNNN bps) If “Rate type” is fixed, the fixed rate is entered. If the “Rate type” is floating, the applicable
spread to the benchmark would be included. The benchmark would be included in a subsequent
communication.
10. Maturity date. (MM/DD/YYYY) The date when a trade matures, whether it is an overnight trade or a term
trade longer than overnight. Open trades will have a standard representation TBD in this field.
11. Collateral type identification. The Seller and Buyer will input the same identifier to represent the collateral
agreed to under the trade. The Clearing Bank will need to be able to recognize, at the very least at a high level,
what this collateral basket is (e.g., Treasuries, common equities, etc.) in order to do allocations. Note: this may
require a standard collateral classification across all market participants, as well as more standard collateral
schedules.
12. Block trade identification. This field is necessary to be populated by the Matching Service in order for
subsequent allocations to beneficial owner sub‐accounts can cancel and replace the original early morning top
account trades. This will only be used for trades that have afternoon allocations.
13. Initial/Revised Breakdown. (Will become final breakdown if no subsequent submission received at "end of
day" ‐ to be defined)
14. Morning/Afternoon settlement. (If convention is adopted by industry)
15. Rolled Trade. (Y/N)
34 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Annex 2 ‐ Summary of Work of the Legal Subcommittee of the Task Force on Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Overview
Under the leadership of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, the Legal Subcommittee of the Tri‐Party Repo Task
Force included legal representatives from Cash Investors (asset managers/repo Buyers, Dealers (repo Sellers), and
Clearing Banks. The work of the Legal Subcommittee focused on trying to provide legal solutions to the following
two challenges in the tri‐party repo market:
1. Confirming the legal certainty regarding repo commitments made early in the day between various funds
and/or joint account(s) and their Dealer counterparties (on a principal to principal basis) while maintaining
flexibility to change allocations to specific principals after the overall commitment is established; and
2. Eliminating the daily unwind of cash and collateral currently performed by the Clearing Banks in respect of
term repurchase transactions and, to the greatest extent possible, eliminating the daily unwind of cash and
collateral performed by the Clearing Banks in respect of all other repurchase transactions.
The proposal of the Legal Subcommittee is described below, in broad terms. This proposal is intended to cover all
types of repurchase transactions, including transactions which involve joint trading accounts as well as transactions
involving government and non‐government securities, with the understanding that there will no longer be daily
unwinds for term repurchase transactions. In addition, the Legal Subcommittee thought it was important to note
that each time a Cash Investor and a Dealer enter into a new repurchase transaction (even if that transaction is
between the same Cash Investor and Dealer and for the same Purchase Price as the transaction entered into on the
prior day), such subsequent transaction is legally a new transaction. The use of capitalized terms refers to common
definitions in master repurchase agreements.
Note that as discussed in Section 4 Operational Arrangements, these proposals on new standardized settlement
times have not yet been agreed or finalized. The below is an outline of how a Morning Settlement and or End of Day
Settlement could work.
Operational Assumptions
This summary assumes that the Clearing Banks would be able to support two operational changes to current
practice:
1. Dealers would be able to substitute collateral in Cash Investors’ account throughout the Business Day in
compliance with applicable margin requirements; and
2. There will be a three party confirmation system through which Cash Investors, Dealers and Clearing Banks
will have complete information regarding what has been agreed to between Cash Investors and Dealers
early in the trading day and through which repurchase transactions may be allocated among Cash Investors
and the allocations adjusted at agreed upon intervals during the Business Day. Such confirmation system
shall be referred to herein as the “Three Party Confirmation”.
Lifecycle of an Overnight Repurchase Transaction
As a general rule, subject to the provisions below, the maturity of an overnight repurchase transaction agreed
to on any Business Day will occur at the end of the day on the following Business Day.
Alternatively, and as an exception to the general rule described above, Cash Investor and Dealer may, at the
time such parties agree to enter into such repurchase transaction, agree to a “morning settlement” in respect
of all or any portion of the repurchase transaction agreed to on such Business Day, whereby such repurchase
transaction (or portion thereof subject to morning settlement) shall mature on the morning of the following
Business Day. If only a portion of the repurchase transaction agreed to on such Business Day is subject to
morning settlement, the parties will treat such portion as a separate transaction with its own Three Party
Confirmation, and the balance will mature at the end of the day on the following Business Day.
35 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Allocation of Transactions
On any Business Day that Cash Investor and Dealer agree to enter into a repurchase transaction, Cash Investor
or Cash Investor’s agent, along with Dealer and Clearing Bank, shall confirm in the morning the legally‐binding
agreement entered into with Dealer, with a provisional notice (the “Initial Notice”), which shall take the form
of the Three Party Confirmation, and which shall indicate the specific principal(s) or joint account(s) that are
expected to participate in such repurchase transaction. If more than one principal or joint account will
participate in a repurchase transaction, the Initial Notice will indicate the portion of the Purchase Price to be
paid by each principal or joint account specified in the Initial Notice.
In respect of any repurchase transaction evidenced by an Initial Notice, Cash Investor or Cash Investor’s Agent
may subsequently adjust the identity of the principal(s) or joint account(s) and their respective allocations (but
not the aggregate principal amount) of the Purchase Price specified in the Initial Notice by providing Dealer
and Clearing Bank with a revised notice delivered no later than the end of the day on the date of the Initial
Notice (the “Final Notice”); it being understood that (i) Cash Investor may provide one or more revised notices
on such date, but only the latest revised notice relating to such repurchase transaction and confirmed by Cash
Investor, Dealer and Clearing Bank shall be deemed to be the Final Notice, (ii) if Cash Investor does not provide
any such revised notice to Dealer, the Initial Notice shall be deemed to be the Final Notice, and (iii) any revised
notices, including the Final Notice, shall take the form of the Three Party Confirmation.
Promptly upon Dealer’s declaration of a Cash Investor Event of Default, and in any event before noon New
York City Time on the next Business Day, Cash Investor(s) agree to inform Dealer and Clearing Bank of (i) each
Cash Investor responsible for the Event of Default (each a “Defaulting Cash Investor”), and (ii) each Defaulting
Cash Investor’s share of the Purchase Price of the account Transactions specified in the Final Notice. Only such
Defaulting Cash Investor’s allocated share of the Purchase Price for such Transaction shall be deemed subject
to such Cash Investor Event of Default.
Daily Maintenance of Transactions
If, on any Business Day following the date a Final Notice was provided in respect of a repurchase transaction
between Cash Investor and Dealer, Cash Investor and Dealer agree to a subsequent repurchase transaction,
and Cash Investor, Dealer and Clearing Bank have confirmed such transaction via an Initial Notice, subject to
any morning settlement agreed to either on the trade date or as described in the following paragraph,
Clearing Bank will unwind 13 only the portion of the repurchase transaction entered into on the previous
Business Day that exceeds the Purchase Price specified on the current Business Day’s Final Notice at the end of
the day on the current Business Day.
On any Business Day following the date a Final Notice was provided in respect of a repurchase transaction
between Cash Investor and Dealer, Cash Investor and Dealer may agree to a “morning settlement” in respect
of all or any portion of the repurchase transaction agreed to on the previous Business Day, whereby (upon
notice of the mutually agreed morning settlement to Clearing Bank) such repurchase transaction (or portion
thereof subject to morning settlement) shall mature on the morning of the current Business Day. Subject to
the preceding paragraph, any repurchase transaction (or portion thereof) not subject to morning settlement
will mature at the end of the day on the current Business Day. For the avoidance of doubt, the morning
settlement option may be agreed to by Cash Investor and Dealer both at the time of entering into a
repurchase transaction and on the morning of the following Business Day.
If, on any Business Day following the date a Final Notice was provided in respect of a repurchase transaction
between Cash Investor and Dealer, Cash Investor and Dealer do not agree to a subsequent repurchase transaction,
unless the transaction is subject to morning settlement, Clearing Bank will unwind the repurchase transaction
entered into on the previous Business Day at the end of the day on the current Business Day.
13
Nothing contained in this summary is intended to create any obligation on behalf of Clearing Bank to extend credit to the Seller in order to
support any unwind upon the maturity of a repurchase transaction contemplated herein.
36 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Annex 3 ‐ Explanatory notes to the table on investor haircuts and the table on collateral composition
1.
The tables are based on the market value including and margin percentages applied in tri‐party repurchase
transactions in the U.S. The summary statistics are being provided to market participants in the interest of
creating greater transparency on the size and nature of the U.S. tri‐party repo market. Each investor should
make risk‐based decisions appropriate for his or her own institution with proper consideration for the credit
quality of the parties to a transaction.
2.
The figures in the table are derived from the entire population of securities allocated in tri‐party repurchase
transactions for which Bank of New York Mellon (BNYM) and JP Morgan Chase (JPMC) serve as agents. These
transactions are executed on their U.S.‐based tri‐party platforms.
a. Because the data set comprises the entire population of tri‐party repos, the figures shown are all‐inclusive
and are not estimates that are obtained by drawing a sample.
b. Readers should be aware that while this data reflects all U.S. tri‐party repo, it does not account for any
bilateral repo trades, and thus does not reflect the entire U.S. repo market.
3.
The data set was obtained for a single date, specifically the close of business on 4/9/2010. This date, the
seventh business day of the month, was selected because it is judged to be a typical business date. Days such
as the first or last business day of the month, or a mortgage‐backed securities settlement day, could introduce
distortions into the data.
a. It is proposed that these tables be published monthly as of the seventh business day of each month unless
such date is deemed by the FRBNY or the two Clearing Banks to be an atypical business day in which case
an alternate date will be selected.
4.
The data consists of the market values applied by BNYM and JPMC using their standard processes and third
party vendor sources. The figures shown in the first table are based on the haircuts (also called margins)
applied to the value of the securities used as collateral, expressed as a percent of the valuation given to the
securities. The collateral values used for calculating the totals are the value of collateral (including accrued
interest) before the haircut.
a. For each asset group, a median value and a range of haircuts are shown.
b. Concentration data is shown for the three largest Dealer holdings both by asset group and for the entire
population of tri‐party repo. For the entire population, the dollar value of the top three largest Dealer
portfolios was summed and divided by the total dollar value of all tri‐party Dealer portfolios.
5.
The data set comprises 5,419 individual repurchase agreements (“deals”). It is common practice to use a
combination of securities from two or more asset groups to serve as the collateral for a single repurchase
agreement. Securities taken from each asset group may have a different haircut applied to them. For
example, a mix of Treasury securities, agency debentures, and agency MBS could collateralize a single
repurchase agreement. The respective haircuts could be 2 percent, 2.5 percent, and 3 percent. In this
example, the single repurchase agreement would yield these three data points. As a result, in the haircut
table, the number of data points (or collateral allocations) is 7,774 which is greater than the number (5,419) of
repurchase agreements.
37 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
6.
Definition of asset groups
Asset group
Asset‐Backed Securities
(Investment Grade and
Non‐Investment Grade)
Definition
Securities that are secured by cash flows of a discrete pool of receivables or
other financial assets, further divided by the following, if the 1% threshold*
is met:
ABS Investment grade securities and
ABS Non‐Investment grade securities.
Agency CMO
(Collateralized Mortgage
Obligations)
REMIC and CMO securities issued by GSEs supporting the housing market –
FNMA, FMAC, and GNMA.
Agency MBS (Mortgage‐
Backed Securities)
MBSs issued by Government Sponsored Enterprises (GSEs) that support the
housing market – FNMA, FMAC, and GNMA.
Agency Debentures and
Agency Strips
Debt securities issued by federal agencies or GSEs. These agencies and GSEs
are: FNMA, FMAC, GNMA, FHLB, TVA, SLMA, REFCO, FICO, USPS, FFCB,
FMHA, FAMC, FCFAC, and FLBB, further divided by the following, if the 1%
threshold is met:
Agency Debentures excluding Strips and
Agency Strips.
Private Label
Collateralized Mortgage
Obligations (CMOs),
(Investment Grade and
Non‐Investment Grade.
CMOs issued by corporations or private institutions, further divided by the
following, if the 1% threshold is met:
CMOs Private Label Investment grade and
CMOs Private Label Non‐Investment grade.
Corporate Securities
(Investment Grade and
Non‐Investment Grade
Unsecured debt securities issued and guaranteed by a corporation, further
divided by the following, if the 1% threshold is met:
Corporate Investment grade and
Corporate Non‐Investment grade.
Equities
Common and Preferred Stock, ETFs, ADRs, UITs, Mutual Funds, Warrants &
Rights, and Convertible Bonds.
Money Market
CP, CDs, BAs, and Bank Notes.
US Treasuries excluding
Strips and US Treasury
Strips
Bills, bonds, and notes issued by the U.S. Treasury, including TIPS, further
divided by:
US Treasuries excluding Strips and
US Treasury Strips.
* Please see explanatory note 7 for additional detail regarding the 1% threshold.
7.
A materiality threshold of 1 percent of total market value of securities allocated in tri‐party repo is applied for
inclusion of an asset group in the haircut tables. For the tables based on March 9 data, the threshold for
inclusion of an asset group is $17 billion, or one percent of $1.7 trillion. The sum of collateral value of the
asset groups not shown within the “Other” category is $19.49 billion, a little more than 1 percent of total
collateral value. As the total collateral value in tri‐party repo agreements rises or falls over time, the threshold
value will change accordingly. This may result in the inclusion of more or fewer asset groups in the monthly
reports.
38 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
a.
b.
8.
Although the Task Force members requested that haircut data be broken out by Investment Grade and
Non‐Investment Grade for the following asset classes: ABS, CMO Private Label securities and Corporate
Securities, this breakout is only displayed if the 1% threshold is met. If this threshold is not met, the
Investment Grade portion is combined with the Non‐Investment Grade portion for the purposes of
displaying haircut data. Similarly, while Task Force members also requested that Agency Strips be broken
out from Agency Debentures, this detail is only displayed for haircut data if it meets the 1% threshold.
Additional asset groups that do not meet the 1% threshold and therefore do not appear in the current
haircut table are: Collateralized Debt Obligations, International Securities, Municipal Securities, Trust
Receipts, and Whole Loans. Municipal Securities is the largest of the asset groups that do not appear.
Both sides of the tri‐party repo market are characterized by at least moderate levels of concentration.
a. On the cash borrowing side, the broker‐dealers that are most active in the market engage in a substantial
number of repo contracts. As a result, several of the data points have the same broker‐dealer as the
counterparty. This pattern is true for the entire data set as well as for a particular asset group.
b. On the cash lending side, entities that are most active in the market also engage in a substantial number
of repo contracts, and as a result, several of the data points have the same financial institution or legal
entity as the counterparty. In the case of money market mutual funds, this pattern is described in their
semi‐annual reports. In the reports, a Money Market Mutual Fund (MMMF) lists its entire portfolio
holdings, including repurchase agreements. A large MMMF may be engaged in as many as 50 repurchase
agreements on a given day.
c. Concentration on both sides of the market also yields some repetition in the data set for a specific
counterparty pair (for example, Barclays Capital as cash borrower, and Fidelity Cash Reserves as cash
lender). The repetitions occur not only in the data set as a whole, but also for specific asset groups (for
example, equities). In effect, there are fewer independent observations than the number of collateral
allocations, which each yields one data point.
The repetition of counterparty pairs in the data is an additional reason to establish a threshold such as one percent
of total collateral value before including an asset group in the table.
39 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Annex 4 ‐ Tri‐party Repo Infrastructure Reform Task Force and Workstream Participants
Tri‐Party Repo Task Force Members
Role
Member
Task Force Chairman
Darryll Hendricks
PRC Oversight
Don Monks
Clearing Banks
Art Certosimo
David Weisbrod
Dealers
Investors
Hedge Funds
Utilities
Industry Groups
Secretariat
Technical Advisors
Federal Reserve Board of
Govs.
FRBNY
SEC
Dick Seitz
David Lohuis
Barrie Ringelheim
Paul Scheufele
Tom Devine
Robin Vince
Craig Delany
Tom Wipf
Colin Parry
Robert Dolecki
Debbie Cunningham
Norm Lind
Laurie Brignac
Sean Dillon
Dan Dufresne
Murray Pozmanter
Brian Reid
Rob Toomey
Carl Kennedy
Emily Gu
Michele Braun
Joanna Wisniecka
Kirsten Harlow
Matt Eichner
Jeff Stehm
Lucinda Brickler
Larry Radecki
Brian Begalle
Michael Alix
Chris Burke
Antoine Martin
Michael Schussler
Mike Macchiaroli
Richard Bookstaber
Daniele Marchesani
Alternate
James Malgieri
Sandie O’Connor
Kelly Mathieson
John Feraca
Thomas Mellina
Joe Rice
Michael Kurlander
Ed Corral
Gary Chan
Firm
UBS Investment Bank
BNY Mellon
BNY Mellon
JPMorgan Chase
Bank of America
Barclays Capital
Citigroup Global Markets Inc
Credit Suisse
Deutsche Bank
Goldman Sachs
JP Morgan Chase
Morgan Stanley
UBS Investment Bank
Fannie Mae
Federated Investors
Fidelity
Invesco
State Street
Citadel Investment Group
DTCC
ICI
SIFMA
Managed Funds Association
UBS Investment Bank
FRBNY Payments Policy
FRBNY Payments Policy
FRBNY Payments Policy
Research & Statistics
Rsv Bk Ops & Payment Sys.
Payments Policy
Payments Policy
Bank Supervision
Credit Risk
Markets Group
Research
Legal
Trading & Markets
Risk, Policy & Fin. Innovation
Investment Management
40 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Operational Workstream
Member
Ed Corral (Lead)
Michael Kurlander (Lead)
Gary Chan
Ricardo S. Chiavenato
Dan Dufresne
Enrico Giardina
Emily Gu
Elke Jakubowski
Peter Kelly
Mike Limeri
James Malgieri
Kelly Mathieson
Firm
Morgan Stanley
Goldman Sachs
DTCC
JP Morgan Chase
Citadel Investment Group
Morgan Stanley
UBS Investment Bank
DTCC
DTCC
Morgan Stanley
BNY Mellon
JP Morgan Chase
Tactical Reductions in Intraday Exposure Workstream
Member
Firm
Paul Scheufele (Lead)
Credit Suisse
Michael Albanese
JP Morgan Chase
Jim Beckenhaupt
Barclays
Tony Blasi
Credit Suisse
Laurie Brignac
Invesco
John Butler
UBS Investment Bank
Francesco Cafagna
Goldman Sachs
Gary Chan
DTCC
Ricardo Chiavenato
JP Morgan Chase
Edward Corral
Morgan Stanley
Craig Delany
JP Morgan Chase
Sean Dillon
State Street
Linda Felchak
Invesco
John Feraca
Barclays
Daniel Fleming
Barclays
Kevin Gaffney
Fidelity
Emily Gu
UBS Investment Bank
Jacqueline Hakimzadeh
Invesco
James Hraska
Barclays
Joseph e Johnston
Bank of America
Craig Jones
Barclays
Michael Kurlander
Goldman Sachs
Member
Sean McWeeney
Karl Mocharko
Al Morabito
John Morik
Jeff Petro
Murray Pozmanter
Mark Robinson
Paul Scheufele
Michael Schroeder
Mark D Trivedi
James White
John Morik
Firm
Goldman Sachs
Federated Investors
Federated Investors
BNY Mellon
Federated Investors
DTCC
BNY Mellon
Credit Suisse
BNY Mellon
JP Morgan Chase
Goldman Sachs
BNY Mellon
Member
Sharon Lester
Larry Mahler
James Malgieri
Kelly Mathieson
Shirley McCoy
Sean McWeeney
Karl Mocharko
John Morik
Sandie O’Connor
John Palchynsky
Jeff Petro
Murray Pozmanter
Christian Rasmussen
Paul Ritchie
Jeffrey Scott
Dick Seitz
Brian Smith
Douglas Sorin
Brian Swann
Brandy Talge
Mark Trivedi
Gilbert Vinluan
Firm
Invesco
Credit Suisse
BNY Mellon
JP Morgan Chase
JP Morgan Chase
Goldman Sachs
Federated Investors
BNY Mellon
JP Morgan Chase
Barclays
Federated Investors
DTCC
UBS Investment Bank
UBS Investment Bank
UBS Investment Bank
Bank of America
Invesco
UBS Investment Bank
Goldman Sachs
Invesco
JP Morgan Chase
Bank of America
41 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Legal Workstream
Member
Michael Schussler (Lead)
Ted Amley
Jeff Aronson
Peter Bonanno
Mary Breslin
Gary Buki
Deena C. Ethridge
Alexander Gordon
Firm
FRBNY
Morgan Stanley
JP Morgan Chase
Goldman Sachs
Deutsche Bank
BNY Mellon
State Street
GSAM
Member
Michael Kurlander
Joseph Lallande
Moses Lin
Karl Mocharko
Jennifer Maloni
Karrie McMillan
Kevin Meagher
Frank J Nasta
James Panella
Anastasia Sheffler‐Wood
Robert Toomey
Kathleen Tripp
Andrew Waskow
Keith Weller
Jason Ketchen
Citibank
ICI
Invesco/Stradley Ronon
JP Morgan Chase
Deutsche Bank
Federated Investors/Reed
Smith
Fidelity
Margining Workstream
Member
Seth Kammerman (Lead)
Stephen Brennan
Laurie Brignac
Kevin Caffrey
Firm
Goldman Sachs
BNY Mellon
Invesco
BNY Mellon
Member
Sue Hill
Sanja Hukovic
Joseph Johnston
Stephen Keen
Ricardo Chiavenato
Richard Coffin
Michael Curran
Craig Delany
Tom Devine
Keith Donohue
Dan Dufresne
John Feraca
Eric Graham
Kirsten Harlow
JPMorgan Chase
Barclays Capital
UBS Investment Bank
JPMorgan Chase
Deutsche Bank
BNY Mellon
Citadel Investment Group
Barclays Capital
Fidelity
FRBNY
David Lamb
Matt Leisen
Lawrence Radecki
Mike Reiffsteck
Mark Robinson
Jeffrey Scott
Guido Storemer
Mark Trivedi
Joanna Wisniecka
Firm
Federated Investors
UBS Investment Bank
Bank of America
Federated Investors/Reed
Smith
JPMorgan Chase
Goldman Sachs
FRBNY
Bank of America
BNY Mellon
UBS Investment Bank
UBS Investment Bank
JPMorgan Chase
FRBNY
Liquidation Workstream
Member
Murray Pozmanter (Lead)
David Weisbrod (Lead)
Gary Chan
Firm
DTCC
JPMorgan Chase
DTCC
Member
Elke Jakubowski
Peter Kelly
Firm
DTCC
DTCC
Shannon Hales
Jane Heinrichs
Debra Hong
Gail Inaba
Bruce Ismael
Stephen Keen
Todd Zerega
Firm
Goldman Sachs
Invesco Aim
GSAM
Federated Investors
Bank of America
ICI
Fidelity
JP Morgan Chase Asset
Management
Morgan Stanley
Invesco/Stradley Ronon
SIFMA
JP Morgan Mutual Fund
Goldman Sachs
UBS Global Asset
Management
Federated Investors/Reed
Smith
42 of 43
Tri‐Party Repo Infrastructure
Task Force Report
Annex 5 ‐ Bibliography
Abate, Joseph, “Money Markets: Tri‐Party Repo Concerns,” Barclays Capital Research, US Economics & Rates
Strategy, March 12, 2009.
Bank for International Settlements, “The Role of Margin Requirements and Haircuts in Procyclicality”,
www.bis.org/publ/cgfs36.htm, March 2010.
Bank for International Settlements, “The Role of Valuation and Leverage in Procyclicality”,
www.bis.org/publ/cgfs34.htm, April 2009.
Brunnermeier, Markus K. and Lasse Heje Pedersen, “Market Liquidity and Funding Liquidity,” Review of Financial
Studies, 2009, Vol. 22, No. 6, pp. 2201–2238, December 2008.
Dudley, William, “Some Lessons from the Crisis,” Remarks at the Institute of International Banks Membership
Luncheon, October 13, 2009.
Duffie, Darrell, “How Big Banks Fail and What to do About It”, March 2010, Manuscript, forthcoming Princeton
University Press.
Ewerhart, Christian and Jens Tapking, “Repo Markets, Counterparty Risk, and the 2007/2008 Liquidity Crisis,”
Working Paper 909, European Central Bank, 2008.
Gorton, Gary, Slapped in the Face by the Invisible Hand: The Panic of 2007, Oxford University Press, 2010.
Hordahl, Peter and Michael R. King, “Developments in Repo Markets During the Financial Turmoil,” BIS Quarterly
Review, www.bis.org/publ/qtrpdf/r_qt0812.pdf, December 2008.
Scott, Kenneth and John Taylor, eds. Ending Government Bailouts as we Know Them, Hoover Press, 2010.
Tuckman, Bruce, “Systemic Risk and the Tri‐Party Repo Clearing Banks,” Technical Report, Center for Financial
Stability, February 2010.
Valukas, Anton, “Report of Anton R. Valukas, Examiner” In re: Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., et al, March 2010.
43 of 43
TAB 5
Page 1 of2
Thanks,
Dan
From : Mark G Doctoroff [maitto:mark.g.doctoroff@j pmorgan .com)
Sent: Friday , July 11, 2008 6:44 PM
To: Fleming , Dan (TSY)
Cc : Jeffrey Aronson ; Piers Murray
Subject: l etter
Dan ,
I know you must be as happy as I am that it is the end of the week!
Enclosed is the letter that we had promised to send for your review and
execution. Once you have had a chance to loo k through and think about
ii , feel free t o come back to me . I have cc: Jeffrey Aronson who my
partner in our legal team working on this and Piers Murray who is my
colleague in our credit departm ent.
Appreciate all your help and partnership this week. Have a relaxing
weekend. Best, Mark
Mark G. Doctoroff
Executive Director
Financial lnstitulions
JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA
277 Park Avenue , 14th Floor
TEL# (2 12) 622-1878
LBEX-AM 001354
CONF IDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS, INC
Page 2 of2
FAX#(917) 464-6265
Mobile# (917) 885-9268
General~, this communication is for informational purposes only and it
is not intended as an offer or solicitation for the purchase or sale of
any financial instrument or as an official confirmation of any
transaction. In the event you are receiving the offering malerials
attached below related to your interest in hedge funds or private
equity , this communication may be intended as an offel or solicitation
for the purchase or sale of such fund(s). All market prices , data and
other information are not warranted as to completeness or accuracy and
are subject to change without notice. Any comments or statements made
herein do not necessarily reflect those of JPMorgan Chase & Co., its
subsidiaries and affiliates. This transmission may contain information
that is privileged , confidentia l, legally privileged , and/or exempt from
disclosu re under applicable law. If you are not the intended recipient,
you are hereby notified that any disclosure, copying, distribution, or
use of the information contained herein (including any reliance thereon)
is STRICTLY PROHIBITED. Although this transmission and any attachments
are believed to be free of any virus or other defect that might affect
any computer system into which it is received and opened , it is the
responsibility of the recipient to ensure that it is virus free and no
responsibility is accepted by JPMorgan Chase & Co., its subsidia ri es and
affiliates, as applicable , for any loss or damage arising in any way
from its use. If you received this transmission in error, please
immed iately contact the sender and destroy the material in its entirety,
whether in electronic or hard copy formal. Thank you. Please refer to
http://www .jprnorgan.corrJpages/disclosuresfor disclosures relating to UK
legal entities.
LBEX-AM 001355
CONF IDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS, INC
TAB 6
July - , 2008
Lehman Brothers Inc.
Lehman Commercial Paper Inc.
745 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10019
AttenLion: Paolo Tonueci
Treasurer
Re; Delivery to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. or $5 bi llion
Ladies and Gentlemen:
!
!' "'
. _, _,_.. -_F,
"Inc following shall clari fy our understanding ,vltb respect
Commercial Paper Inc. (" LBCP") of securities (thd "LBCP C"Uaieo"")
("JPMC" ).
rr~w P':Wl .J
Brothers
Bank, N.A .
til .JPI\10'g'"
e~tclldcd by JPMC
Agreement between
For The avoidance of
or loans
111c delivcry of thc LBCP Collateral is
to LBCP and Lehman Brothers
"" JeMC,LBCP'a nd L6ldatcdJttllC l 5~
d6ubtthe LBCP Collateral shall constitute
>
"I
I on the tenns and conditions sct fonh in
LBCP Collateral may be used by JPMC to
·~~:~I~~.~:I~,~~~~I~~~~LBI
and their affi liates, as detennined by JPMC
CollateraL
'~
4
Net
in its sole
such time
as JPMC implements
cnhancements
is
:~~~i~~:~!~:i1;~~~~]':~~:;'~~j~to
its calculation
of
Freesuch
Equity
which are itthe
pursuant to the Agreement shall bc reduced by $5 bill ion
I
In
calculation).
5
This lcttcr agreement and the perfonnancc of all transactions contemplated hereunder have been
dul y authorized by LBCP, LBi and JPMC in accordance with all req uisite action.
Acknowledged and agreed as of this _ day of July, 2008 :
LEHMAN BROTHERS COMMERCIAL PAPER INC.
LBEX-AM 001356
CONF IDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS. INC
________________
Name:
B y: ~
Title:
LEH1\1AN BROTHERS INC.
By :
~______________
Name:
Title:
2
LBEX-AM 001357
CONF IDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS, INC
TAB 7
Page 1 of 1
f:",'first $Jtit~; j;1h& :avEif~~7NF1:~~ltiOfi<:fjy ijme. :Qfa;y: .sh'lC±eA40~
(14t"'
IUs L
vera
value:NCOliat"
, Ie ed "r-~ ____ '_ '~w_,'
,. " P
. gG"$
....
. . ~",J,p~g
• Second slide is the high, low and averag e NFE position by day
sin ce Aug 14 plus the average $ value of collateral pledged .
• Third slide lists the assets we have pledged from LBHI and LCPI.
Let me know if you have any questions or would like to discuss.
Dan
LBEX-AM 000870
CON FID ENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS, INC
r
()
"' 0
:tz
:<: :;
> 0
Zm
NFE Intra-Day Since August 14
", Z
;o:!
0 >
i", r-l
II
;oGi
"'
>
:t-l
0:<:
r ",
25.00 -r ................................................................................................................................................. ,........................................................................................................................... .......................... .
O z
a;o
!
•
20.00
Z -l
-----1
$19.81 bnonAug 21
"'m
,0
'
"
ZC
n~
15.00
'"o
I
~
w
~~
~.
10.00
D
-iF
'W
D
iii
""~.
5.00
"
___
..
~
.........
t
;0
iii
J
/
~
~
u
;;
z
0.00
~S.()O )
1, I'--------------•-:--------------------------------J
(lOGO)
(lG.vO)
r
L ______.________...
($12.68) bn on Aug 14
--- -----"" , - -- , - - - , - - ,
08 :30AM
09:00AM
10:COA'v1
11:00AM
12:00PM
----
1:00PM
2 :00PM
-'------ - , - - - - 3:00P M
4:00 PM
5:00PM
6:00PM
(lJ
m
Ti me
X
~
o
-+- Average Credit Positi on since 100% Margirl
o
o
'"....
~
LEH.\1AN BROTHERS
~~·- Coll ateral
Market VaJue (Ch ase)
•
Minimu m Pt
•
Maximum ptl
6:30PM
r
()
"' 0
:tz
:<::;
> 0
Zm
NFE Daily Since August 14
", Z
;o:!
0 >
i", r-l
II
25.0 1···································" ,................................ ..or
;oGi
"'
>
:t-l
0:<:
r ",
,••• •.•• , .................. ...... ... ...... ..., ... ....... ... ... ... .. ... ........... , .... ............................ ... ., ••••••••••••••.•• ••••••••••••• " ................ .......... .......... ....... ,..
!
O z
'7\
20,0
Z -l
a;o
"'m
,0
..
ZC
.---
15.0
n~
I'
'"o
~
<
10,0
~
'·
.-
~ >'-:
..........., '
L:- ~
,"
,
:
~ ._--=----.l--_.~
:
~: \\ ~/' ~-- ,'' -=----:=+=
~~
=I
~
f
_
_
_
_
~
=.:-:--:;:;
:y\ -
'-'-.---. --",-_A( / ' :
\
.-'"'"
--r
\ ' - _/--
fr·
I
..
--<1.,_
/
""-"B, " -
... _,g;.
<
E
•
5.0
/
0
~
'~
~
~
"
I
I
(1 00)
,Ii
:.
I"'I
r
(lJ
m
(1 5.0)
8/12108
I
v
/
,
(5.0)
I
.
\
•
8J16108
811 8108
8I2llf08
8f22f08
6124108
8fl6JU8
X
~
o
o
"'''
I
-+- Dai ly A\erage
__*n. Collateral Pledged
o
'"....
'"
LEH.\1AN BROTHERS
2
~/
'
I
8114/08
~
--A- Daily Max
-l1li- Daily Min I
,
8f28108
6J30f08
r()
"'0
:tz
:<: :;
> 0
Zm
NFE Collateral as of EOD 9/2/08
",Z
;o:!
0>
i",-lr
II
;oGi
"'>
:t -l
0:<:
r",
t:'
+:';:f
H L,EH
!:Mpody
S&P
/~£l~.,t.-,.,,>¥,<"«-_ S~~Rw · d;~rI!~'~ , ~",TbJ·;l!H1J~YJi ,"nX,~£N!-~~~LL~!'~,",w.[LS~~;~,.MXA~L",", P!9c!l,l9t)~£9meE,tn¥"".¢.S ~~!_ip~L,;_~>~,tt~g "
'",ceo'
""1
Fenway
Pine
Pine
..
Pine---
31 465DJA3
722490AA7
722490A85
72249()A b(
-- -- -- -fO(f60
-- -- -- -- "1"3.24
n~
Pine
722490AE9
100.00
24,600 ,000.00
Verano
Subtotal
92336PACO
100.00
270,500,000.00
6,451 ,426,089.45
Kingfisher
19567YAA5
101.06
970,198,954.37
Oz
Z -l
a;o
"'m
,0
ZC
99.94
100.00
100.00
'I.
~~~~~ . .. . .~ iii~i~ii
'"o
~
78403W207
WE370
H2DD83FRN
100.00 :
100.00
n/a
48.86
n/a
nla ; Corp
': LBHI
A3
A3
-- riil:i--l-Corp ---- -- TSHi ------- ------ - ,----
88.23
11.78
.. 100.00
A PQCAYMAN
PQ HDSFRNA
40415RAC9
100.00
100.00
66.00
....1 ........................................ ) .................. , ....
··67:323:926·.s6
477,467,251 .69
1,22 1,905,606.95
73,955,586 .79
112,1376,141 .00
41,633,014.42
78,162,508.00
53,760,6 14.82
970,051,345 .83
=ASS
=LCP I
,...... ~.
............ ,... .;,........................... l ... .
67 , 323 , 930,12 ~ MTN
1LCP I
.
477.405,273.91 1cMO
:LCP I
100.00
112,S7S,f41.bof Corp ----- :LCPI
0,00:: Corp
100.00
100.00 :
66.00 :
AIA-
:LCP I
,LCP I
53 ,791,1 60 .55:; Corp
,
tCP I
r
8,111 ,372,013.93 ;
(lJ
>
;;::
0
0
0
3
ISS B+
A
;LCP I
41 ,633 ,01 4.4i : Corp
78 ,162,S08 .QOr Corp---1 , 861 , 243 , ~/') . o')
3,157,283,604.84
m
X
,
LEH.\1AN BROTHERS
................."l"" ................
101.05 :
24.70 :
98.09 :
·ilia··:···· ....................... """" ni a";CM 0 """""':LCP"j"
r
'"
--·--------·---lliei--; c6rp
;LBHI
:LBHI
:LBHr
n/a i - - - - --rLBH I
.................................... ·'f.. ·.. ·· .. ··· , ......... <.. .
; 6,250,128,640.10 j
I!
GRAND TOTAL
'"....
3,003,563 ,000 ,00 j CP
1025,000,000,001 Corp
~ ~H~ "Iii;~~,~;~~~~~ ,:,~~~i&I ;~::~~~;;~::~6~or~i!~,~tin!
I~::
~,~,j~:
~
.
n/aTCorp--
~~a;:~G ·················r~:;~~~~!····· ·I ······ !::~.~.
SASCO
Delta TopeD
Cayman Par1n9rs -·
Cayman Partners
Cayma n Partners
HD Supply
Subtotal
3,00 1,781 ,720.26
924,021 ,662.72
!
r
Caa
CCC+
TAB 8
From:
Sent:
To:
Subject:
Van Schaick, George V <gvanscha@lehman.com>
Thursday, July 10,20086:34 PM (GMT)
Feraca, John <joferaca@lehman.com>
FW: Federated Sub Custodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
From: Cornejo, Emil
Sent: Thursday, July 10,2008 12:41 PM
To: Guglielmo, Robert; Roberts, Garrett; Shanley, Gail
Cc: Van Schaick, George V; Luglio, Thomas; Webb, Michael A; Fleming, Dan
(TSY); Tonucci, Paolo; Miller, Mmjorie A; Coghlan, John F. (Prime
SelVices); Witek, Charles; Boron, Lisa-Lynn; Lista, William; McMurray,
Locke R
Subject: RE: Federated Sub Custodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
Spoke to Mark. Expect feedback shortly. Thanks
Emil F. Cornejo
LEHMAN BROTHERS
Emil F. Cornejo
Senior Vice President
Treasury
1301 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10019
Phone: 212-320-4495
Fax: 212-520-0838
Email: emi1.comejo@lehman.com
From: Guglielmo, Robert
Sent: Thursday, July 10,2008 12:20 PM
To: Roberts, Garrett; Shanley, Gail
Cc: Van Schaick, George V; Luglio, Thomas; Webb, Michael A; Fleming, Dan
(TSY); Tonucci, Paolo; Millcr, Mmjoric A; Coghlan, John F. (Primc
SelVices); Witek, Charles; Boron, Lisa-Lynn; Lista, William; Cornejo,
Emil; McMurray, Locke R
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 110245
Subject: RE: Federated Sub Custodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
Garrett,
We discussed with Emil Cornejo in Credit & Bank Relations who is
responsible for the JPM Chase relationship. He is following up with
Michael Doctoroff at JP Morgan Chase.
Regards,
Rob
From: Roberts, Garrett
Sent: Thursday, July 10,2008 12:01 PM
To: Guglielmo, Robert; Shanley, Gail
Subject: FW: Federated SubCustodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
From: Van Schaick, George V
Sent: Thursday, July 10,200811:44 AM
To: Van Schaick, George V; Feraca, John
Cc: Roberts, Garrett; Lista, William; Luglio, Thomas; Webb, Michael A;
Fleming, Dan (TSY); Tonucci, Paolo; Miller, MaJjorie A; Coghlan, John F.
(Prime Services)
Subject: RE: Federated Sub Custodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
From: Mocharko, Karl [mailto:KMocharko(o)Jederatedinv.com]
Sent: Thursday, July 10,200811:14 AM
To: Shanley, Gail; Roberts, Garrett;julia.a.fox@jpmorgan.com
Cc: RS: Beneigh, Sara; RS: Zerega, Todd; RS: Dugan, Erin; RS: Whetzel,
James
Subject: RE: Federated Sub Custodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
Because JP Chase the triparty clearing bank is unwilling to negotiate in
good faith with Federated, we will no longer pursue additional business
with Lehman. We will also do as much current REPO as possible with
dealers that utilize BONY as their custodian and only back with JPChase
as necessary.
Karl Mocharko
Assistant Vice President / Senior Trader
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 110245
Federated Investors
Business: 412-288-1975
Personal: 412-288-1447
kmocharko@federatedinv.com
From: Van Schaick, George V
Sent: Thursday, July 10,200811:31 AM
To: Feraca, John
Cc: Roberts, Garrett; Lista, William; Luglio, Thomas; Webb, Michael A;
Fleming, Dan (TSY); Tonucci, Paolo; Miller, MaJjorie A; Coghlan, John F.
(Prime Services)
Subject: FW: Federated SubCustodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
John,
We have been trying to negotiate triparty docs on new Federated funds
with Chase for over 6months now. These new funds would have cash for
"Non-Traditional collateral" (IG and NON-IG ABS, PL, Corps, etc.).
Charles Witek previously outlined the issues below, and we sent to Mike
Scarpa at JPM, after our April meeting Witll tlle111. The issues are all
changes from JPM's previous triparty docs.
Today Federated has notified us that JPM would now like to re-negotiate
all its existing docs with Federated.
Federated has stated they are considering pulling all funding from
Dealers that use JPM as a triparty agent and moving exclusively to BONY.
They are more comfortable with them Legally, Operationally, and from a
Client Service perspective.
They currently fund 900mm NON-IG PLiABS, and would have at least
another 500mm in these new funds.
I think we need to raise the issue again with JPM, but ultimately this
might just be a good candidate to use in the BONY migration.
Thanks.
George
From: Witek, Charles
Sent: Wednesday, April 23, 2008 3:41 PM
To: Van Schaick, George V
Cc: Shanley, Gail
Subject: RE: Federated Sub Custodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 110245
OK.
To avoid confusion, we'll deal with Federated first, as it is a large
issue, then I'll address the others in a third E-mail.
The markup of the Federated agreement, as JPMorgan would change it, is
attached. I'll only discuss the major issues, but the fact that
JPMorgan is choosing to make numerous changes to an agreement it
accepted as recently as November is a problem in itself.
Significant issues include (listed by section):
l(j) JPMorgan added the language "The Margin Value of Securities
shall equal or exceed the Sale Price at the times calculated by Bank
pursuant to this Agreement." In effect, JPMorgan negated the agreement
of the parties to margin on the Repurchase Price and substituted, for
its own operational convenience. its own requirement that collateral be
margined on the Sale (i.e. Purchase) Price. While that would normally
be better for Lehman, as a registered investment company governed by the
Investment Company Act of 1940, Federated feels that it is legally
obligated to margin on the Repurchase Price, and will not enter into an
agreement if margining on the Repurchase Price does not take place.
JPMorgan's position that it will not margin on the Repurchase Price, for
operational reasons, is new, having only arisen in the past month or so.
Lisa-Lynn Boron conducted a substantial investigation into the issue in
relation to one of her accounts, and discovered that there is no
operational impediment at Lehman or at JPMorgan that prevents margining
on the Repurchase Price.
len) Related to l(j), above, JPMorgan deleted the definition of
"Repurchase Price" and substituted its own simplified definition, which
is not amenable to margining a term repo based on the Repurchase Price.
3(b) Again, as in point l(j) JPMorgan changed the actual terms of
the Transaction agreed to by Lehman and Federated, altering "Margin
Value equal to the Repurchase Price" to "Margin Value equal to the Sale
Price." Quite bluntly, whether we choose to margin on the Sale
(Purchase) Price or the Repurchase Price is a business decision arising
out of a negotiation between Lehman and Federated; it is none of
JPMorgan's business and they should not be interfering in the economic
terms of the transaction, particularly when Federated (and most
investment companies) view this as a regulatory issue. Similar changes
also occur in Section 3(c), 3(e).
3(d) JPMorgan inserted language that, in the event that Federated is
undercollateralized or Lehman has insufficient cash to repurchase the
Purchased Securities on the Repurchase Date, JPMorgan can, without
notice to Lehman, advance cash on Lehman's behalf and charge Lehman
interest for such advance. That is contrary to the clearance
arrangement between Lehman and JPMorgan, and JPMorgan Legal has been
reminded of that fact on multiple occasions, yet they persist in
demanding the change.
11
Indemnification provides the most egregious examples of JPMorgan
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 110245
high-handedness. ISSUE 1) The original LelnnanlFederated agreement
provided for Lelnnan giving JPMorgan a full indemnification for any
losses not attributable to the Bank's negligence or willful misconduct,
while Federated only indemnified for its own negligence, breach,
insolvency or instructions, again with the carve-out for JPMorgan's
negligence or willful misconduct. Such a "split indemnification" was
commonly used in custodial undertakings involving a large or
sophisticated counterparty, and has been accepted practice at both
JPMorgan and The Bank of New York for years (and doesn't really harm
Lelnnan, as JPMorgan could, in the event of an insolvent counterparty,
always argue that Lelnnan already had an obligation to fully indemnify
pursuant to the terms of the clearance agreement). However, a few
months ago (I believe it was the late fall of 2007), JPMorgan, without
any prior notice to or discussion with Lelnnan, arbitrarily decided that
"split" indemnification would no longer be acceptable. In the case of
Federated, they insisted that both parties provide a full
indemnification to JPMorgan, a provision wholly unacceptable to
Federated and contrary to prior agreements between JPMorgan and either
Lelnnan or Federated.
ISSUE 2: To make matters worse, JPMorgan is insisting upon a new
provision, which would have both Lelnnan and Federated "absolutely"
indemnify JPMorgan (i.e., no carve out, even for JPMorgan's gross
negligence or willful misconduct) for any losses "incurred as a result
of complying with the instructions of' Lelnnan or Federated, even if
following such instruction "constitutes or is alleged to constitute a
violation of the rights of any party or a violation of an injunction,
stay, order or law"! Pursuant to such agreement, if JPMorgan followed
an instruction, no matter how obviously wrong or even illegal, JPMorgan
would be entitled to full indemnification for any damages or claims that
it suffered as a result. Needless to say, Lehman has never agreed to
such a provision, does not have it in its boilerplate agreement, and is
unwilling to accept it in the Federated document. Federated is equally
opposed.
There are a number of other, lesser changes (although it should be noted
that what seems "lesser" to me may be of greater importance to
Federated.) However, the above points, in which JPMorgan 1) takes it
upon itself to change the terms of the agreement between Lelnnan and
Federated re margin, 2) is, through its Legal Department, insisting on
changing the terms of the business relationship between Lelnnan and
JPMorgan re advances and 3) is insisting on burdensome and unnegotiated
changes in the customary indemnification provisions, should be viewed as
the most offensive positions.
From: Van Schaick, George V
Sent: Wednesday, April 23, 2008 2:37 PM
To: Witek, Charles
Cc: Shanley, Gail
Subject: RE: Federated Sub Custodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
please include all issues (not just Federated). we met with Chase this
afternoon and hopefully that will result in some progress.
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 110245
From: Witek, Charles
Sent: Wednesday, April 23, 2008 2:34 PM
To: Van Schaick, George V
Cc: Shanley, Gail
Subject: FW: Federated SubCustodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
George-Before I send an E-mail outlining the precise legal issues (which I'll
begin preparing immediately upon sending this one), I wanted to forward
the below to you, because it gives a good overview of the issue.
Federated has a proprietary agreement that it negotiated with various
dealers, including Lehman, and JPMorgan many years ago. The agreement
was modified not long before I came to Lehman in order to modernize the
document. As recently as last November, Federated, Lehman and JPMorgan
entered into such document with no problems. However, JPMorgan reversed
course with regard to the current Federated agreement, and refuse to
agree to it without the substantial changes discussed in Todd Zerega's
E-mail.
Although I recognize that Federated is a priority issue, I would point
out that this is not a unique instance. In the past year or so,
JPMorgan has become increasingly uncooperative, reneging on previous
agreements regarding acceptable language, dictating the form of
agreements that they will review (e.g., tlley will no longer review a
.pdfversion of an agreement marked up by the client, but instead insist
that Lehman or the client take the time to convert such .pdf into a
blacklined Word document, in order to save JPMorgan the trouble of
working with an inconvenient file) and taking positions contrary to
either the clearlanguage of an agreement (e.g., refusing to accept cash
as repo collateral, despite a statement in the document that says
"Securities shall always include cash") or refusing to take language
acceptable in the Lehman-boilerplate form if inserted in a different
form provided by the counterparty--something very similar to what is
happening here.
From: marcus.c.johnson@jpmchase.com
[mailto:marclls.c.johnson@jpmchase.com]
Sent: Friday, April 18, 2008 2:06 PM
To: Zerega, Todd P.
Cc: Shanley, Gail
Subject: Re: Federated Sub Custodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
Todd:
We carmot use this form without the changes that we have made. Feel
free to call me if you wish to discuss specific comments.
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 110245
----- Original Message ----From: "Zerega, Todd P." [TZerega@ReedSmith.com]
Sent: 04/1812008 01:28 PM AST
To: Marcus Johnson
Cc: <gai1.shanley@lehman.com>
Subject: FW: Federated SubCustodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
Marcus,
I wanted to get back to you regarding your extensive comments on
Federated's Subcustodial Undertaking. A master form of this
Subcustodial Undertaking specifically for Federated Investors, which I
have attached for reference, was negotiated with your predecessor
Charles Witek. This form of agreement has also been approved by all of
Federated's repo counterparties. The agreement is currently is use for
all Federated repo counterparties. However, due to a change in
custodian on certain Funds Federated needs to put in place the same
agreement as in place currently for its other Funds. Federated does
not wish to renegotiate an agreement that was painstakingly finalized to
the satisfaction of all parties. For example, the indemnification
language, definition provisions, and representations were also discussed
at length among all parties until an acceptable form was drafted. To
revisit this issue would cause Federated to incur unnecessary legal
expenses and costs as well as delay the execution of agreements that
they wish to utilize. Witll tllat being said, it is our understanding
that the language added regarding fund transfers (Section 12) is
something that Federated has agreed to in the form of a side letter and
therefore Federated is willing to agree to add it to the master
agreement.
Please let me know if you would like to discuss further but based on my
conversations with Sara Lehman only had one minor comment on the
sub custodial which Federated accepted and we would like to move forward
with execution.
Best Regards,
Todd
From: Shanley, Gail [mailto:gail.shauleviallelmlau.com]
Sent: Thursday, April 03, 2008 1:53 PM
To: Beneigh, Sara M.
Cc: Roberts, Garrett
Subject: FW: Federated SubCustodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
Sara,
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 110245
I received the attached from Marcus at JPMC. After you have had a
chance to review let's chat.
Thanks
Gail
From: Euisun.Lisa.Lee@chase.com [mailto:Euisul1.Lisa.Lee(alchase.com]
Sent: Thursday, April 03, 200812:14 PM
To: Shanley, Gail
Cc: Janowski, John Patrick; marcus.c.johnson@jpmchase.com
Subject: Fw: Federated Sub Custodial Agreement
Hi Gail: attached please find clean and marked versions of the
acceptable Federated agreement. Thanks!
Redline:
Clean:
Euisun Lisa Lee
Assistant Vice President
JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA
1 Chase Manhattan Plaza, 25th Floor
New York, NY 10005
NYI-A424
Tel: (212) 552-1618
Fax: (212) 383-0250
euisun.lisa.lee@chase.com
- - - - - - - - This message is intended only for the personal and
confidential use of the designated recipient(s) named above. If you are
not the intended recipient of this message you are hereby notified that
any review, dissemination, distribution or copying of this message is
strictly prohibited. This communication is for information purposes only
and should not be regarded as an offer to sell or as a solicitation of
an offer to buy any financial product, an official confirmation of any
transaction, or as an official statement of Lehman Brothers. Email
transmission cannot be guaranteed to be secure or error-free. Therefore,
we do not represent that this information is complete or accurate and it
should not be relied upon as such. All information is subject to change
without notice. -------- IRS Circular 230 Disclosure: Please be advised
that any discussion ofD.S. tax matters contained within this
communication (including any attachments) is not intended or written to
be used and cannot be used for the purpose of (i) avoiding D. S. tax
related penalties or (ii) promoting, marketing or recommending to
another party any transaction or matter addressed herein.
***
This E-mail, along with any attachments, is considered confidential and
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 110245
may well be legally privileged. If you have received it in error, you
are on notice of its status. Please notify us immediately by reply
e-mail and then delete this message from your system. Please do not copy
it or use it for any purposes, or disclose its contents to any other
person. Thank you for your cooperation.
***
To ensure compliance with Treasury Department regulations, we inform you
that, unless otherwise indicated in writing, any U.S. Federal tax advice
contained in this communication (including any attachments) is not
intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of
(1) avoiding penalties under the Internal Revenue Code or applicable
state and local provisions or (2) promoting, marketing or recommending
to another party any tax-related matters addressed herein.
Disclaimer Version RS.US.l.O 1.03
pdcl
This communication is for informational purposes only. It is not
intended as an offer or solicitation for the purchase or sale of any
financial instrument or as an official confirmation of any transaction.
All market prices, data and other information are not warranted as to
completeness or accuracy and are subject to change without notice. Any
comments or statements made herein do not necessarily reflect those of
JPMorgan Chase & Co., its subsidiaries and affiliates. This transmission
may contain information that is privileged, confidential, legally
privileged, and/or exempt from disclosure under applicable law. If you
are not the intended recipient, you are hereby notified that any
disclosure, copying, distribution, or use of the information contained
herein (including any reliance thereon) is STRICTLY PROHIBITED. Although
this transmission and any attachments are believed to be free of any
virus or other defect that might affect any computer system into which
it is received and opened, it is the responsibility of the recipient to
ensure that it is virus free and no responsibility is accepted by
JPMorgan Chase & Co., its subsidiaries and affiliates, as applicable,
for any loss or damage arising in any way from its use. If you received
this transmission in error, please immediately contact the sender and
destroy the material in its entirety, whether in electronic or hard copy
format. Thank you. Please refer to
http://www.jpmorgan.com/pages/disclosures for disclosures relating to UK
legal entities.
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 110245
TAB 9
From:
To:
Subject:
Date:
Patrick M Parkinson
Pat White
Fw: Update on Lehman
07/11/2008 05:14 PM
Federated is one of the very largest tri-party repo investors. Pat
ź David Marshall
----- Original Message ----From: David Marshall
Sent: 07/11/2008 03:45 PM CDT
To: Patrick Parkinson; William Dudley; Patricia Mosser; William English
Cc: Pat White; Alejandro LaTorre
Subject: Update on Lehman
Kim Taylor sent me a follow-up e-mail. The repo lines that were pulled from
Lehman were from Dreyfus and Federated. These are mid sized players, but not
dealers. Kim thought that this represented an improvement to the picture.
-- David
_________________________________
David Marshall
Senior Vice President
Financial Markets Group
Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago
(312) 322-5102
HIGHLY CONFIDENTIAL
FCIC-155481
FRB to LEH Examiner 001830
TAB 10
From:
To:
Subject:
Date:
Joseph Sommer
Patrick M Parkinson
Re: another option we should present re triparty?
07/13/2008 12:39 PM
I agree, if you are willling to fund the firm indefintely, and maybe enter the private
equity business. The question, in my mind, is whether we will be perceived as a
credible investor by counterparties and employees. If so, the only question is goingconcern value
----------------Sent from my BlackBerry Handheld.
ź Patrick M Parkinson
----- Original Message -----
From: Patrick M Parkinson
Sent: 07/13/2008 12:35 PM EDT
To: Joseph Sommer
Cc: Antoine Martin; Arthur Angulo; Brian Begalle; Catherine Kung; Chris
McCurdy; HaeRan Kim; Jamie McAndrews; Jan Voigts; Lawrence Sweet; Lucinda
Brickler; Meg McConnell; Michael Schussler; Morten Bech; Sandy Krieger;
Terrence Checki; Thomas Baxter; Til Schuermann; William BRODOWS; William
Dudley
Subject: Re: another option we should present re triparty?
But the point of our PDCF lending would be to head off a massive run.
Perhaps in a world where "headline risk" is an important concern a run
would still occur. But if so we would end up lending at the end of the
day an amount that still would be no higher(and could be far smaller)
than what others seem to want to commit to lend at the beginning of
the day. I assume that our judgment that an institution is sound refers
to its going concern value, not its fire sale value.
Pat
ź Joseph Sommer/NY/FRS@FRS
Joseph
Sommer/NY/FRS@FRS
To
William BRODOWS/NY/FRS@FRS, Antoine
Martin/NY/FRS@FRS, Patrick M
Parkinson/BOARD/FRS@BOARD, Lucinda M
Brickler/NY/FRS@FRS
cc
Arthur Angulo/NY/FRS@FRS, Brian
Begalle/NY/FRS@FRS, Catherine Kung/NY/FRS@FRS,
Chris McCurdy/NY/FRS@FRS, HaeRan
Kim/NY/FRS@FRS, Jamie McAndrews/NY/FRS@FRS,
Jan Voigts/NY/FRS@FRS, Lawrence
Sweet/NY/FRS@FRS, Meg McConnell/NY/FRS@FRS,
Michael Schussler/NY/FRS@FRS, Morten
Bech/NY/FRS@FRS, Sandy Krieger/NY/FRS@FRS,
Terrence Checki/NY/FRS@FRS, Thomas
Baxter/NY/FRS@FRS, Til Schuermann/NY/FRS@FRS,
William Dudley/NY/FRS@FRS
07/13/2008 11:21 AM
Subject
Re: another option we should present re triparty?
I only wish. Balance-sheet capital isn't too relevant if you're suffering a
HIGHLY CONFIDENTIAL
FCIC-155510
FRB to LEH Examiner 001859
massive run. And capital is the difference between two large numbers-sensitive to asset value fluctuations.
I suppose this is where we come in. If we indeed do come in.
----------------Sent from my BlackBerry Handheld.
ź William BRODOWS
----- Original Message -----
From: William BRODOWS
Sent: 07/13/2008 11:19 AM EDT
To: Antoine Martin; Patrick Parkinson; Lucinda Brickler
Cc: Arthur Angulo; Brian Begalle; Catherine Kung; Chris
McCurdy; HaeRan Kim; Jamie McAndrews; Jan Voigts; Joseph Sommer;
Lawrence Sweet; Meg McConnell; Michael Schussler; Morten Bech;
Sandy Krieger; Terrence Checki; Thomas Baxter; Til Schuermann;
William Dudley
Subject: Re: another option we should present re triparty?
Given that lehman has 32 billion in capital (which is also in liquid form),
there are few scenarios over the next few weeks in which one could
contemplate an intra-day determination that they would become
bankrupt.
---------------------------------------Sent from my BlackBerry Handheld.
ź Antoine Martin
----- Original Message -----
From: Antoine Martin
Sent: 07/13/2008 10:07 AM EDT
To: Patrick Parkinson; Lucinda Brickler
Cc: Arthur Angulo; Brian Begalle; Catherine Kung; Chris
McCurdy; HaeRan Kim; Jamie McAndrews; Jan Voigts; Joseph Sommer;
Lawrence Sweet; Meg McConnell; Michael Schussler; Morten Bech;
Sandy Krieger; Terrence Checki; Thomas Baxter; Til Schuermann;
William BRODOWS; William Dudley
Subject: Re: another option we should present re triparty?
JPMC should be willing to unwind as long as we can commit to lend at
the PDCF. If we cannot commit, they may be worried that by the end
of the day, we would judge that LB is not solvent and then we could
not use the PDCF.
Of course, in that case we would do something else to rescue LB, but
the negotiating position of JPMC would be much weaker than in the
morning, before they unwind.
Antoine
-------------------------Sent from my BlackBerry Wireless Handheld
ź Patrick M Parkinson
----- Original Message -----
From: Patrick M Parkinson
Sent: 07/13/2008 09:21 AM EDT
To: Lucinda Brickler
Cc: Antoine Martin; Arthur Angulo; Brian Begalle; Catherine
Kung; Chris McCurdy; HaeRan Kim; Jamie McAndrews; Jan Voigts;
Joseph Sommer; Lawrence Sweet; Meg McConnell; Michael Schussler;
Morten Bech; Sandy Krieger; Terrence Checki; Thomas Baxter; Til
Schuermann; William BRODOWS; William Dudley
Subject: Re: another option we should present re triparty?
I think this option is much too complex. To answer a question others
HIGHLY CONFIDENTIAL
FCIC-155511
FRB to LEH Examiner 001860
have asked, the biggest difference between today and when Bear lost
access to financing is that the PDCF is in place. As long as we judge
that LB is sound we should be willing to lend to it through the PDCF at
conservative haircuts (as previously envisioned). With the PDCF in
place there is no need to use JPMC as an intermediary.
And we should tell JPMC that with the PDCF in place refusing to
unwind is unnecessary and would be unforgivable. It is unnecessary
because even if JPMC is right that LB will have trouble rolling its repos
with private counterparties we will provide the credit necessary to
obviate any credit extensions to LB by JPMC. Failing to unwind would
be unforgivable because it would force us to immediately lend an
amount equal to the entire amount of LB's outstanding tri-party
financing when private parties may be willing to continue to fund a
significant portion, especially after we demonstrate that they are not
vulnerable to a run because of our willingness to lend.
Pat
ź Lucinda M Brickler/NY/FRS@FRS
Lucinda M
Brickler/NY/FRS@FRS
To
07/12/2008 06:20 PM
Chris.McCurdy@ny.frb.org, Patrick M
Parkinson/BOARD/FRS@BOARD,
Sandy.Krieger@ny.frb.org,
Lawrence.Sweet@ny.frb.org, Arthur
Angulo/NY/FRS@FRS, Til Schuermann/NY/FRS@FRS,
William BRODOWS/NY/FRS@FRS, Jamie
McAndrews/NY/FRS@FRS, Morten Bech/NY/FRS@FRS,
Antoine Martin/NY/FRS@FRS, Michael
Schussler/NY/FRS@FRS, Joseph
Sommer/NY/FRS@FRS, Meg McConnell/NY/FRS@FRS,
HaeRan Kim/NY/FRS@FRS, Catherine
Kung/NY/FRS@FRS, Brian Begalle/NY/FRS@FRS, Jan
Voigts/NY/FRS@FRS, William Dudley/NY/FRS@FRS,
Terrence Checki/NY/FRS@FRS, Thomas
Baxter/NY/FRS@FRS
cc
Subject
another option we should present re triparty?
Perhaps another option we could offer Tim on triparty...
If JPMC refuses to unwind LB's triparty one morning out of fear of
being caught with the entirety of this exposure when the music stops,
by that evening they (and we) will likely have a much bigger problem
to deal with as scores of investors pull away from triparty repo.
Instead of merely offering to take all of the risk to LB on our shoulders
by stepping in as the intraday creditor (as the current proposal
suggests), perhaps we just need to offer JPMC an outcome that is
slightly more palatable.
HIGHLY CONFIDENTIAL
FCIC-155512
FRB to LEH Examiner 001861
TAB 11
From:
Sent:
To:
Subject:
Attach:
Mark G Doctoroff <mark.g.doctoroff@jpmorgan.com>
Monday, August 18,20083:52 PM (GMT)
Fleming, Dan (TSY) <dfleming@lehman.com>
Legal Documents - Clearance
Lehman CA AmendmentDOC;Lehman Guaranty DOC;Lehman
Security AgreementDOC
Dear Dan,
Welcome back from vacation -- hope you were able to relax. Attached are the documents that we wanted
to supply that will allow for the lien in all the clearance accounts in Lehman's broker/dealer group.
Let me know is these are good from your perspective, or if we need to have the legal people to huddle, let
me know. I am back in the office. Best, Mark
Mark G. Doctoroff
Executive Director
Financial Institutions
JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA
277 Park Avenue, 14th Floor
TEL# (212) 622-1878
FAX#(917) 464-6265
Mobile# (917) 885-9268
Generally, this communication is for informational purposes only and it is not intended as an offer or
solicitation for the purchase or sale of any financial instrument or as an official confirmation of any
transaction. In the event you are receiving the offering materials attached below related to your interest in
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 451527
hedge funds or private equity, this communication may be intended as an offer or solicitation for the
purchase or sale of such fund(s). All market prices, data and other information are not warranted as to
completeness or accuracy and are subject to change without notice. Any comments or statements made
herein do not necessarily reflect those of JPMorgan Chase & Co., its subsidiaries and affiliates. This
transmission may contain information that is privileged, confidential, legally privileged, and/or exempt
from disclosure under applicable law. If you are not the intended recipient, you are hereby notified that any
disclosure, copying, distribution, or use of the information contained herein (including any reliance
thereon) is STRICTLY PROHIBITED. Although this transmission and any attachments are believed to be
free of any virus or other defect that might affect any computer system into which it is received and opened,
it is the responsibility of the recipient to ensure that it is virus free and no responsibility is accepted by
JPMorgan Chase & Co., its subsidiaries and affiliates, as applicable, for any loss or damage arising in any
way from its use. If you received this transmission in error, please immediately contact the sender and
destroy the material in its entirety, whether in electronic or hard copy format. Thank you. Please refer to
http://www.jpmorgan.com/pages/disclosures for disclosures relating to UK legal entities.
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 451527
TAB 12
AMENDMENT TO CLEARANCE AGREEMENT
WIIERI'AS. Lehman Brothers Inc. and Ll:hman Commercial Paper Inl:. (the "CUS\Olllcr")
tlnd J1'MmWlIl ChilS\: DiUlk. N.A. (lumlerly The Chnsc Manhattan Blink. the "Hank") have entered
into Utat cC'r1ain Clearance Agreement dated as of June IS. 2000, !IS amended by the Amendment to
Clenrance Agree-Olent cllllt.'<I tIS of May 30,2008 (thc -Agreement"): Ilnd
WHEREAS. the Cm;torner and the Hank desire to amend thl! Agreement ((l mid l.dunan
Brothers Iioidings Inc., Lehman Brothers International (Europe), Lehman Brothers OTC
Derivatives Inc.. Lehman Brothers Commercial Bank and Lehman Brothers Japan Inc. as
addition.11 Customers under the Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration. the reccipt and 5uflicicncy of
which are hereby acknowledged. it is hereby agrel'(l as follows:
I.
lllc Agreement is hereby amended hy adding LehnkUl Brothers Huldings Inc ..
I.ehman Brothers Intcmational ·(Europe). Lehman Brothers OTC Derivlttives Inc. and Ll'hmun
Brothers Jl1pnTl Inl:. as additional Customers.
2.
The Agreement is hereby amended by adding u new Section 2.5 which will read as
follows: "NotwithstQnding anything provided lor Iwrein to the controry. except lilf the
ohligations of I.ehman Brolhers Holdings Inc. under Ihe Guaranty find Secwity Agreement dated
August 26, 2008. the obligations and liabilities of cach of the Lehman entities which arc a puny
10 thi:; Agreement under this Agreement shall be seveml and not joil\l and any sccurity in\crl·~t.
lien. right of set-oli or other c()lIate~1 accommodation provided by any Lehman entity purSuilllt
to this Agreement $hall not be available to support the· obligations and liabilities of ,my other
l.ehman entity pursualllio this Agreement."
3.
All other tcmlS and conditions of the Aw-ecmcnt are hereby mtilied. lind the
Agreement shall. except as expressly modified herein. continue in full /orcc and etTect.
4.
This Amcndmenl shall be govc.mc9 by und ~o\lstrucd in accordance wi!.h the Iilws ()f
the State of New York without giving effect to the conflict ofi!1ws principles thereof.
IN WflN'ESS WHEREOF. the p!1I1ios have L'llUSl..>d their duly authorized reprcst:ntativcs to
execute this Amendment as of the 26th day August. i008.
of
LEHMAN BROl)fERS INC.
By:
Name
Title:
IL,
PIoIo TOIIIICd
MaIIa\PIII ~
OlobalTrtI!I\II'tI"
LEHMAN ~MMERCIAL PAPER INC.
By:
#3 77428v3-cic:D1l
l~·....
T~
Mau&iIIII)Irector
010baI TICISUIU
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-2004 0005856
NlUllC:
Title:
LEI-IMAN
BR1T IERS HOI.I)IN(iS IN('
By:
NlUn~:
Title:
LEHMAN
(EUROPE)
___________ .
PIDkI Tonucxa
MuIJinI Director
Global T~WCT
BROlllERS
INTERNATIONAl.
By: _ _ _ _ __
Name
Title:
LEHMAN BROn ERS OTe DERlVl\TIVI":S IN(-_
By: _ _ _..L-::"""-<.:--,-=~____
Name:
Tille:
LEHMAN BROTHERS JAPAN INC_
Dy: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Name:
Title:
JPMORGAN CHASE OANK. N_A_
By: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Name:
Title:
11377228... 3-clcan
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-2004 0005857
·
--- .. --- ---
-----
Title:
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOlDINGS INC
By:---------
Name:
Title:
LEHMAN
(EUROPE)
BROTHERS
INTERNATIONAL
By.,_______________________
Name
Title:
LEHMAN BROTHERS OTC DERNATIVES INC_
By:____________________
Name:
Title:
LEHMAN BROTHERS JAPAN INC.
By:
Lis
Name: ~'1 t""Tb
Title: At.mtCfl-I-e® SI6t.)~'1
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
~:,------------------
Name:
Title:
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMAnON
JPM-2004 0005858
Title:
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC
B~
_______________________
Name:
Title:
lNTERNATIONAL
By.__~~~~~~~_______
Name
Title:
LEHMAN BROTIIERS OTC DERlVATIVES INC.
By._______________________
Name:
Title:
LEHMAN BROTHERS JAPAN
By.________
~
_____________
Name:
Title:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.
By._______________________
Name:
Title:
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMA nON
JPM-2004 0005859
·.
Name:
Title:
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC
By: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Name:
Title:
LEHMAN
(EUROPE)
BR011lERS
INfERNATIONAL
By:,_____________________
Name
Title:
LEHMAN BROTIIERS OTC DERIVATIVES INC.
By:, _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Name:
Title:
LEI-lMAN BROTHERS JAPAN INC.
Br. __________------_____
Name:
Title:
By:____~~~~~~------
Name:
Title:
#377228u3-clean
. , . , . IT ",1\.:6
,..,.,,,,. . .
CONFIDENTIAL lNFORMA nON
JPM-2004 0005860
TAB 13
SECURITY AGREEMENT
In consideration of one or more loans, letters of credit or other financial accommodation
made, issued or extended by JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NA and any of its successors or
assigns party to the Clearance Agreemerrt referred to beloll\ (hereinafter, the "Bank"). the
undersigned hereby agree{s) that the Bank shall have the rights. remedies and benefits
hereinafter set forth.
The "Accounts" means (i) the securities account of the Guarantor at the Bank known as
LCE or any subaccount or replacement accounts thereto (the 'Securities Account"), (ii) DDA#
066-141-605 Ohe ·Cash Accounn and (iii) any other account cit the Bank to which Guarantor
transfers (A) cash from the. Cash Account. (8) any interest, .dividends. cash. instr.uments and
other property from time to time received, receivable (including without limitation sales
proceeds) or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the cash or
securities in the Securities Account or the CaSll Account or (C) any cash or securrties from the
Securities Account or the Cash Account during such time as the Guarantor or an Other Obligor
has an outstanding obligation or liability to the Bank under the Guaranty or the Clearance
Agreement.
The "Guaranty' means the Guaranty of even date herewith made by the undersigned in
favor of the Bank.
The "Other ObHgors' mean Lehman Brothers Inc., Lehman Brothers International
(Europe), Lehman Brothers GTC Derivatives Inc., Lehman Brothl~rs Commercial Paper Inc. and
Lehman Brothers Japan Inc. and their respective successors.
The "Clearance Agreement" meal'ls·theCJearahce Agreement dated as of June 15; 2000
to which one or more of the other Obligors· and the Batik are parties (as amended by-=(i) the
Amendment to Clearance Agreement dated as of May, 30, 2008 and .(ii). the Amendment to
Clearance Agreement dated as of even date herewith and as it may be further amended from
time to time).
The term "Uabillties" shall mean (a) a/l "Liabilities· as ciefined in the Guaranty.·(b) all
obligations of the utidersi~ned under this Secur'ityAgreement and (c) without duplicalion:of the
foregoing. all costs. e;)(penses and charges (ihCludlng without limitation fees andc.hEirges of
external legal counsel for the Bank and .costs allocated by its intemal legal department) incurred
by the Bank in connection With the preparation, performance or enforcement of the Guaranty
and this Security Agreement.
The term "Security" means (i) the Acc-ounts, together with any security entitlements
relating thereto and any and all financial assets, investment property, funds and/or other assets
from time to time he.ld in or credited to the Accounts or otherwise carried in the Accounts (or to
be received for credit or in the process of delivery to the Account), (ii) any iriteresl, dividends,
cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise
distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-20040005867
of the then existing Security and (iii) all proceeds of any and all clf the foregoing Security.
As security for the payment of all the Liabilities. the unclersigned hereby grant(s) to the
Bank a security interest in. and a general lien upon andlor right of set-off of. the Security.
Further. for the avoidance of doubt and not in limitation of the ri9hts of the Bank under Sections
9-104(a){1). 9-106(a) and 8-106(e) of the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted by the State of
New York (the ·Code"). the undersigned and the Bank (acting as a bank with respect to any
Accounts consisting of deposit accounts and as a securities intermediary with respoct to any
Accounts consisting of securities accounts), acknowledge and :Igree with respect thereto. that
the Bank, as the secured party hereunder, may issue instructions to direct disposition of any
and all of the funds in the deposit accounts (and acting as the bank will comply with such
instructions) and may issue entitlement orders with respect to any and all se(;uri1ies accounts
(and acting as the securities intermediary will comply with such entitlement orders), in either
case, without the consent of the undersigned. Terms used herein and defined in Articles 1. 8
and/or 9 of the Code shall have the m~anif'lgs set forth therein. The undersigned and the Bank
agree that the jurisdiction of the Bank (including. withollt limitation. in its capacities as a bank. a
securities Intermediary and a commodity intermedIary) for purp()ses of the Code is the State of
New York.
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to the Bank as follows: (a) it is duly
organized and v~lidly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or
organization and has all requisite power and authontyto execute and deliver thfs agreement; (b)
the execution. delivery and performance of this agreement has been duly authorized by all
necessary corporate action of the undersigned and this agreement constitutes the legat valid
and binding obligation of the undersigned, except as may be limited by bankruptcy. insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally or by
equi1abte principles relating to enforceability (whether enforcem'ent is sought in equity or at law);
(c) the execution, delivery and performance of this agreement dues not and will not confli¢t with
the previsions of its governing instruments and will not violate 2ny provisions of appli~ble law
or regulation or any order of ahy court or re'gulatory body and will not result in the. breach of. or
constitute a default. or require any consent, under any material agreement, instrument or
document to which the undersigned is a AArty or by which it or any of its property may be I;>ound
or affected;=(d) it is the sale owner of the S~rity: (e) the Security is and will be free and clear
of any lien, charge, seourity interest, ciaim, encumbrance or othl~r adverse Interest whatsoever.
except for fnat crEfated by this ag~erriEklt. the Gu~rahty or the Clearance Agreement and other
liens in favor of the Bank arising under applica~J$ laWs, and (f) it has nOt agreed to tesell any of
the Security pursus'nt to a repurchase agreement or similar arrangement.
in
The right is expressly granted to the Bank,
each case upon the occurrence and during
the continuation of a Default or to preserve the Se(;urity or its vCllue. to transfer to or regiSter in
the name of itself or its nominee any of the -Security: to exchange any of the Security for any
other property upon any reorganization, recapitalization or other ."eadjustment and in connection
therewith to depo'sit any of -the Security with any committee or dl~positary upon such terms as it
may determine: to notify any account debtor or obligGlr 0n an instrument to make payment te the
Bank; and to exercise or cause its nominee to exercise all or any powers with respect to the
Security with the same force and effect. as an absolute owner thereof and to file one or more
financing statements under the Uniform Commercial Code naming the undersigned as debtor and
the Bank as secured party and indicating therein the types or clescribing the items of Security
herein specified; all without notice (except such notice as may be required by applicable law and
cannot be waived) and without liability except to account for property actually received by it
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, payments, distributions and/or dividends, in
securities. property or cash, including without limitation dividends representing stock or
2
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMAnON
JPM-2004 0005868
liquidating dividends or a distribufion or return of capital upon or in respect of the Security or any
part thereof or resulting from any split-up, revision or reclassification of the Security or any part
thereof or received in exchange for the Security or any part thereof as a result of a merger
consolidation or otherwise. shall be paid directly to and retained by the Bank and held by It until
applied as herein provided. as additional collateral security pledged under and subject to the
terms hereof. Without the prior written consent of the Bank the undersigned will not file or
authorize or permit to be filed in any jurisdiction any such financing or like. statement covering the
Security in which the Bank is not named as the sale secured party.
The Bank upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Default or to preserve
the Security or its value may. whether any of the Liabilities may be due. in its name or in the
name of the underSigned or otherwise, demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or
property at any time payable or receivable on account of or In exchange for, or make any
compromise or settlement deemed desirable with .respect to, any of the Secllrity, bvt shall be
under no obligation so· to do. or the Bank may upon the occurrence and during the· continuation
of a Default or to preserve the Security or its valu·eextend th13. time af payment. arrange for
payment in irn?tallments, or otherwise modify the tef1'ps of. 01' release, any of the Security,
without thereby incurring responsibility to, or dischargi.ng or otherwise affecUng any liability of,
the undersigr:\I~d. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Bank shall not
be required to take any sleps necessary to 'preserVe any rights a!~ainst prior parties· to any~of the
Security. The Bank may upon the occurrence and dVririg thi3 continuation of a Oefault or to
preserve the Security or its value use or operate any of 1he- Security for the purpose of
preserving the ~curity or its value in the manner and to 1he extent the Bank deems
appropriate, but the Bank shall be under no obligatlon to do so.
Except as otherwise provided herein, aUhe e'nd of a b{lsiness day, ifthe undersigned
has determined that no Obligations (as deflli:~d Tn the Caearance Agreement) remain
.an. aCCQurit (the "Overnight Account~) any and all
outstanding, the LlndersiQned may transfer
Secuiity held in or credited to or otherwise carried iil·the'Apcolmts.Any determination of the
undersigned or the Other Obligors that nO ObligatiOns .remaii'\ outstanding shall net be binding
upon the Balik.
to
The Bank shall have in addition to all other-rights and remedies available ts. it under taw
or otherwise, the rights and remedies with respect 16 the Securi:ry of a secured party under the
Uniform Commercial Code (-..yhether or not the Code is in effect in the juris9iction wh~re the
rights and remedies are asserted). In additKm, with respect to any security or interest issllle-d by
an open-end management or investment company registered as such under the Inve$tment
Company Act of 1940 in which the Bank has a security interest hereunder. the Bank shan have
upon the occurrence and during the contJnuatibn of a Default the fight to redeem such securities
or Interests. Further. with respect to the Security, ohlny part thareof, upon the occurrence and
during the continuation of a Default. the Bank ma·y s_ell or causa to be sold in the Borough of
Manhattan, New Yofl< City, or elsewhere, in one or more sales or parcels. ~ such price as the
Bank may deem best. and for cash or on credit or for f\:.ltOre delivery. without assumption of any
credit risk. aU or any of the Security, at any broker's board or at public or private sale, in any
reasonable manner permissible under the Uniform Commer~ial Code (except that, to the extent
permissible thereunder. the undersigned hereby waives the requirements of said Code). and the
Bank or anyone else may be the purchaser of any or all of the Security so sold and thereafter
hold the same absolutely. free from any claim or right of whatsQ,ever kind, including any.equity
of redemption. of the undersigned, any such demand; notil;S or right and equity being hereby
expressly waived and released. In this regard, the undersigned recogniz.es that due to certain
prohibitions contained in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended l or applicable state securities
laws. the Bank may consider it advisable to resort .to one or mere private sales to a restricted
3
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-2004 0005869
group of purchasers who will agree to acquire such of the Security consisting of securities for
their own account for Investment and not to engage in a distribJtion or resale thereof, and that
private sales so made may be at prices and on other terms le!;s favorable to the seller than if
such Security were sold at public sale. The undersigned agrees that private sales made under
the foregoing circulllstances shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable
manner. The undersigned acknowledges that the Security is of a kind ihat is customarily sold
on a recognized market and is the subject
widely distributed standard price quotations. The
undersigned will pay to the Bank all expenses (including reason;ible and documented attorneys'
fees and legal expenses incurred by the Bank) of, or incidental toJ, the enforcement of any of the
provisions hereof or of any of the Liabilities, or any actual or attempted sale, or any exchange,
enforcement. collection. compromise or settlement of any of the Security or receipt of the
proceeds thereof, and for the care of the Security and defending or asserting the rights and
claims ofthe Bank in respect thereof, by Iltig·alien or otherwise, including expense of insurance;
and all such expenses shall be Liabilitieswiti1in the terms of th/~~agreement. The Bank, at any
time, at itsoplion, may apply the net cash receipt~ from the SecuritY to the paymeht of principal
and/or interest on any of the Liabillties, whether or not then due, making proper reb!3te of
interest or discount. Notwithstanding thai the Bank, whether in its own behalf and/or In behalf of
another or others. may GOntinue io hold Security and regardess of the value thereof, the
undersigned shall be and remain liable for lRe payment in full elf any balance of the- Liabllities
and expenses at any time unpaid. THE RIGHTS OF THE BANK SET FORTH HEREIN -ARE
WITHOUT LIMITATION OF, AND IN ADDITION TO, ANY OTHER RIGHT OF THE BANK
UNDER ANY OTHER -DOCUMENT EVIDENCING OR EXECllTED IN CONNECTION WITH
THE LIABILITIES.
ot
If at any time any sum payable upQri -any of the Liapiliti·as shall not be paid when due
(which, for sums payable by the Guarantor ·in respect of the Uabilrties as d.afined under the
Guaranty, are due on demand): or if the undersigned or the Other Obligors shall default in the
payment or pedormance of the Guaranty, the CI~arance Agreement, any of its ~greements herein
or in any instrument or document delivered pursuant· hereto. or in. cohnectlon herewith; or if a
decree or order shall be entered for relief by a ceurt haVIng jurisdiCtion of the undersigned :or the
Other Obligors in an involuntary bankruptcy case under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now or
hereafter constituted, or under any other applicable fI:lderal or state bc;inkrljptcy, insolvency, or
other similar law, or appointing a receiver, Uquidator, a~lgAee, cu·stodian, trustee or sequel>trator
of the undel'$ignect or the Other ObligOlll or for any substantial part of its property; or ordering the
reorganiZation. dissolution. winding-up of or licjuidati£m of itS· affairs, and the contihuation of any
SliGh dooree or order shall·be unstayedand·in :effect. Qr any case ~)f qther proc¢ediJ'Ig·seekimg any
such deme dr order shall continue undismissed, ·for a· period of 00 consecutiveoays; or, if the
uhderSigned or the Other Obligors shall. or (if a cO~ratroo)Shali take any cc>rporate action to.
commenCta a voluntary case under the federal barikruptc.y 1¢Ys, or r.i0W Qih~eafter coristituJed. or
seek to take adVantage of any other applicable federal Qf' state bankrUptcy, insolvency, or ~imilar
law, or apply for or consent to theappdintment of or taking of possession by a reC'elver, liqUidator,
assignee, trustee. custodian or sequestrator of the unde~ignea Cir the Other ObligorS or fpr any
substantial part of its property, or the making by the undersignej or the OthElr Obligors of any
assignment for the benefit of creditors; or the undersisned or the Other Obligors shall admit in
writing its inability, or be generally unable. te pay its debts as they become due; or if the
undersigned or shall suspend the transaction of hls, its or their usual business, or if any
govemmental authority (Including. without limitation, the Securities.lnvestor Protection Corparation
or any successor) or any court at the instance ltlereGf Shall. or shall appoint a receiver or trustee
to. take possession of any substantial part of the property of, or assume control over the affairs or
operations of. or a receiver or trustee shall be appointed for. or with ~pect to any substantial part
of the properly of, or a writ or order of attachment or gamishment shall be issued or made against
any substantial part of the property of. the undersigned or 1he Other Obligors: or if the
4
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-2004 0005870
undersigned or any of the Other Obligors shall (x) default in the payment of any indebtedness
(other than indebtedness incurred under the Clearance Agreement or the Guaranty) having ar.
aggregate principal amount of $100.000,000 {or its equivalent In ;~ny other currency or currenciesi
or more beyond the period of grace (not to exceed 30 days), if any. provided In the instrument or
agreement under which such indebtedness was created, or tv) default in the observance or
performance of any agreement or condition relating to any indebtedness (other than indebtedness
incurred under the Clear.ance Agreement or the Guaranty) or contained in any instrument or
agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any othE!f event shall occur or condition
shall exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause any such
indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity in the aggregate principal amount of
$100,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) or more; or any indebtedness
of the undersigned or·any of the Other Obligors in the aggregate amount of $100,000,000 (or its
equivalent In any other currency or currencies) or more ·shall be declared due and payable prior to
the stated. matjJrity there~f; or if the undersigned shall be dissolved; thereupon; unless and to the
extent that the Bank shall otherwise elect, itSh;;J1I be·a DEFAULT under this·agreement.
The undetsigi'Jed acknow1edgesand agrees that the Ban'< may from
further security or Payments on account of any of the liabilities.
time to time request
Upon the occurren~ and continuation of a Default.; the Bank may assign, transfer andlor
denver to any tranSferee of any of the liabilities and/or any or all of the Sec:urity; and thereafter
shall be fully diScha(yed from aU responsibility with respect to the SecUrity so aSsllgned,
transferred and/at delivered. Such transferee shall be vested with all the powers and rights of the
Bank hereunder with respect to such Security, but the Bank shall retain all rights and powers
hereby g!:ven with respj!!ct to any of the Security not so assigned, transferred or delivered. No
delOlY on the part of the Ba·nk in exercising any power or right hereunder shall operate as a
waiver thereof; nor shall any Single or partial exerCise of any power or right hereunder preclude
other or further exertise t1i.;ireof or. the exercise of any other power or right, The rights,
remedil;ls art(ibE!~ts~iA·e~pres:slysp~eqlfj~·Clre cumulative and.note~chl$i\;(e ~f ally jights,
remedies or benefl'ts WhiCh the 8ankmay otherWise. have, Th;6 Uride~ig~ hereby·waive(s)
presentment, notice of dishonor and· protest of all instruments inClUded in or evidendilg the
Uabilities or the Security atJd any and aU ~her notices· and demands whataoever, whether or
not relating·to such instruments.
No provision hereof shall be .modified or limited except by a written instrument e;ICpressly
refeA'ed hE'treto al1d tathe prOVision so mo.difled
limited. TIlis ~reemetlt shi311 be binding
upon the assigns or successors of the unders!g'ned, shall com;t1tute a contiAuing agreement,
app1yingto all future.as .....ell as existing trahs~lctions applying to ali future as·welf as existing
transactJons, whether or not of the character CQntemplatecl" at the date of thiS ~gre~t. and if all
transactions between the Bank and the underslgned shall be at any time closed,shall be ~ually
applicable to any-new transactions thereqfter; i:l.Ild shaU be governed by andOOhsWed acCording
to the intemal laws oftne State of NewY'Of'kwithout reference ·to principles 9f cOrlfJr~s
laws.
By·the execution hereof·the underslgn~dhE;lreby submits to the jurisdiction of the Federal and
State .courts tocated in New York. The·(mdersigf1ed hereby consents to the service ofpiocess
in any action or proceeding brought againSt it by the Bl:Ink by means of t~~lstered mail·to the
last known address to the undersigned. NOthing herein, hO'Never, shall pre~ent serv.ice of
process by any other means recognized as"~lid by law within or without the state of New York.
Unless the context othefWise requires, all tenns. used herein which are defined in the Uniform
Commercial Code shall have the meanings therein stated. All references to agreements.
guaranties, documents and other writings herein refer to such writings as the same may be
hereafter amended, modified, supplemented and/or restated,
or
m
5
CONFIDENTIAL lNFORMAnON
JPM-20040005871
THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY WAIVES AND AGREES TO WAIVE THE RIGHT TO
TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM INSTITUTED WITH
RESPECT TO ANY MAnER WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY
CONNECTED TO THIS AGREEMENT.
New York, New York
LEHMAN BROTHEHS HOLDINGS INC.
Dated: As of August 26. 2008
By:
-----'-I-={::..,_-_
Name:
Title:
6
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-2004 0005872
TAB 14
(;UARANTY
GUARANTY dated as of August 26, 2008 made by the undersign.cd (th~
"Guarantor") in favor of JPMORGAN CHASE I3ANK. N.r\. and any of its successors or assigns
(hereinafter, the "Bank").
I'RELIMINARY STATEMENT: Lehman Brothers Inc., Lehman Urothers
lntemational (Europe), Lehman Brothers OTC Derivatives Io.c., Lehman Brothers· Comme·rCial
Papcr Inc. and Lehman Brothers Japan lhC. (collectively, ·with their respective successors, the
"Borrowers"), each a whol\y-owncd dircct or indirect subsidiary of the Guarantor. desire to ~ransact
business with andlor toobwin credit, clc,aring ·advances, Clewing loans or other financial
accommodation from the Bank or to cOntinue suchex.tensions of.credi1. c1t:8nng advan~s, ~learing
loans or other tinancial accommodation.or such·busiJ\css in ~h. ca,se \1lld.er.ot- jn cQ"nec«on with
theCtea~ancc Agr~ent (as d~fihed belo~) transaC1ions.·p~t thereto. imd the·aiU\k has
requ~d that it receives the following guaranty of the undersigned before it will .consider
extending slich credit. The Guararitor derives, and expects ttl continue to d~v~, substanli~ direct
and indirect benefIts from the business of the Borrowers and· the credit, clearing·a~vances, clearing
l~n.s and other financial accominodations provided by the Bank to the Borrowers.
or
TH.EREFORE, for good and valuable consideration and in order to induce the
Bank from lime to lime, in its discrction,to eX1cnd or continue credit, clearing advances, clearing
loans or other financial accommodations to the Borrowcn; under the Ckaranct! Agreement (a<;
hCJcinulkr defined). (all of !:he foregoing extensi()ns of credit, advanCt.-'S, loans or Ilccommoo:ltions
under the Clearance Agreement being the "facilitiet;" and auy writing evidencing. supporting or
securing a Facility, consisting of (i) the Clearance Agn.:emcnt, Oi) this Guaranty,. and (iii) the
·Security Agreement as of eVen date hereof (thc "Security Agreenlcnt") and entered !into by
Guara1'Itor tor the benefit of the Bank, as ead~ such writing may be amended, modified or
supplemented from time to time being a "Facility Document"), the Guarantor agrees as follows:
Section 1. .Guarantv of Payment. TIle Guarantor unconditionally and
irrevocably guarantees tt> the Bank tho punctual payment· of all obligations and liS.bilities
·(including. without limitation the. "'Obligations" .as defined" in the Cle~~ Agreeme.llt) of the
Bori:'owers to the Bank of whatever nature. whether ·now existing or hereafter incurred, Whether
created directly or acquired by the Bank by assignment ·or otherwise, whether JTlatUred or
unmatured and whether absohlte or conlingent, when the same are due and/or due and payable,
whether on demand, at stated matulity, by acceleration or otherwise, and whether fot ptincipal,
interest, tees, expenses, ind~nification or other.wisc. (all of the foregoing ~l.1lllS b~ng the
"Uabilities"), pursu~nt. to the Clearance Agreement, dated as of June l5, 2000, to which one or
more of the Borrowers and the Bank arc parties, as it may be further amended (rom (ime. to lime
(the "Clearance Agreement") and subject i~ the last sentence of this Section I. TIle L~ahilitics
include, without limitation. (a) interest accruing alter the commencement of a case or proceeding
under bankruptcy.• insolvency or similar laws of any jurisdiction at the rate or rales provid~d in the
facility OOCUlllcnt'i, regardless of whether such interest is allowed or allowable as a claim in such
case or proceeding and (b) the obligations or the Borrowers under seclion 16 or the Clearance
Agreement. ·nlis Guaranty is a guaranty of payment and nOl of collection only. The Bank 8h~11I
nol be required to exhaust any right or reml:dy or take ,my action against the Borrower:; or any
#377227 ..... 3
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-20040005879
other person or entity or any collateral. All money::; available to the Bank for application in
payment or reduction of the Liabilities may be applied by the Bank to the paymcnt or redu<;tion uf
such of the Liabilities as the Bank may elect in its sole di.scretion and in such manner and !n such
amoun~and at such time or timeS as it may see fit The Guamntor agrecs that., as between ~hc
Guarantotand the Bank. the Liabilities·may be declared 10 be due and payable for the purpOses of
this quarnnty n<,>lwithst~nding any stay, injuncti<,>n or other prohihition which may prevent, delay
or vitiate any declaration as regards the BOlTowers and that in the event of a declara.tion or
attempted deClaration, the Liabilities shall imrnedi~ely become due and payable by the Gl.(arantor
fOl: the purposes.of this Guaranty. The Guarantor's maximum liability under this Guaraniy shall
adjust each day- and for each such day sh!\O be;equalto the dollar ·amount of cash and se~urities
(based on the market value of suqh seCurities· as d~termined by the Bank in its rea~onable
di~orttioh) (i) held
such day in the· accounts of the Guarantor subject to the Cl¢arance
Ag~ment 1md the Set;urity Agreem~tit~d QU. that the Bank has notified :tbe G~tQr to be
delivered to the Bank on such day in suppOrt of.this Guaranty.
on
Section 2. Guaranty Abs()lute. The Guarantor guarantees lhal. the Liabilities
shall be paid strictly in· accordance with the tenns of the Facilitic.<? and any Facility Oocwncnts.
TIle liability· of the Gll3JilJlIOr under Ulis Guaranty isabsoJUle and unconditional irrcspectivc:of: (It)
any change in the .time, maruu.,,:r or place of payment of, or in any other tenn of. all or any of theFacilities, the Facility Documents or Liahilities, or any other amendment QI" waiver of or any
consent to dcpanure from any of the tenus of any Facility, Facility DOtZument or Li~hillt>,
inciLiding, 'hithout limitation, any increase or 'deere.1se in lhe rale of interest there{m: (b) any
release of.amendment or waiver of. or cOll$ent to departure- from, any other guamnty or support
do¢wnent, or any exchange, release or noh-perfection of any collaLera~ tor all or any of the
Facilities, Facility r:>Qcumcnts or Liabilities; (c) any present or future law, rcg~lation or qrdcr of
any jurisdiction (\vhether of right or in fad) ·or af'any agency thereof purporting to reduce, ;a:rnend.
restructure or othetV.;se affect nny tenno(any. Facility, Facility Document or Liability; (d) without
being linlited by the foregoing, any lack of validity or enforceability of any foacilily. ~:acility
Document or Liability; and (e) any other seto;fl, defense, or countcrtlui1l1 whatsoever (in any case,
whether based eln contract, tort or any oilier theory) or cirl:umslance whatsoever with respect to the
Lia1;>i.litici$.·lhe ·Fil.Cilitics,or the Facility. Documents contemplated thereby which might co~tilute a
legal or" equitable d~fense available to, or discharge of, 1he Borrowen; or a guara,nt9r; and lh~
G·u~ntor .in-evocably waives the right to asSI;rt such defenses, set;:lffs or cOunterclni~ in uny
litigation or other proceeding relating to the Liabilities, the Facilities or the Facility Documents
contemplated thereby .
.section 3. Guar.anfy }r.rcYoc:lbJc. This Guaranty is a continuing gua('allty of
the payment of all Liabilities. (absolute. or.contingent) now or hereafter existing and shall reinain in
full force and efi.ecl until the later of(hereinlltler the''Tcrmination Date") (i) payment in full of aU
Liabilities and other amounts payal;>le under this GuarantY (ii) the expiration or terminatjo~ of the
Clearance Agreement ond all of the Borrowers' <l(.."COunts at the Bank in oonnection ~ith the
Clearance Agreem~t: and Oii) the fulfillment of aU obligations and l.'Ommitments of the
Borrowers under the Facilities and any Facility Documents.
Section 4. Reinstatement. This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be
reinstated. as the ·case may be. if at at\y time MY payment of any of the Liabilities arising Qr
it3772'-7V3
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-2004 0005880
incurred prior tc:> the l'cnnination D;ue is rescinded or must otherwise bc returned by the Bunk on
the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganiZation of the Borrowers or otherwise (including, \vithout
limitation, on the grounds of ~ference or fraudulent trdllSrer). all as though the payment" had not
been made.
Section 5. Subrogation. The Guarantor shall not cxereise ·an), rights which it
may acquire by way of" subrogation, by .anypayment made under this Guardflt)'or otherwise, untiJ
the Tenninatipn Date. If any amount is paId to the Guarantor on account of subrogation rights
lUlder this Guaranty at any time priona the Termination Date, the amount shall be held iIi in.b1. for
the .ben~fit of the Bank and shall be pro~t1y- paid to the Bank to ·be ~rcdited and applied to the
. Uabilities. Whether matured or wunatut~ or· absolute or contingent, in accordanCe with tlle tenus
ofth~· Facilities. if the GUarantor makes payment to the BanIc. of all or any part of the· L~bJiities
~dthe T~na~rt Qate ~haJl have'~' 1.h~ Bank. shall, at t.he q~r's req• • bxt;Cute
and -deliver to the Guarantor·appropriate documents. without reco~ and ·~ut rep~eSentation
or 'J1!afTanty, nec.essary to evidence the transfer by s~brogation to the Guarantor of an inte~t in .the
Liabilities resuliing from the payment.
.
Section 6. Subordination. Without limiting the Bank's rights under any Qt11~r
ugrcemenL any liabiiities owed by the Borrowers to the Ousr..mlor in connection \\)ith .an)i
extension of credit or financial accommodation by the Guarantor to or for the account of the
Borrowers. including hut nol limited to interesl accruing at the agreed contract rate n:tiCt the
commencement of a bankr.uptcy or similar case or proceeding (rcgardlcs~ of whether such. interest
is allowed or allowable as a claim in such case dr proceeding), are hereby subordinat~ to the
Liabilities, wid such liabilities of the Borrowers to the Guarantor, if the Bank so requeslS,.shali be
collected, enlorced and received by the Guarnl1lllr as trustee for Ule Bank and shalJ be paid· over to
the Bank on accoWlt pfthe Liabilities but without reducing or affccting in any lnanner the liability
of the Guarantor under the other provisions of this Guaranty.
Section· 7. Payments GencnlJy. All payments by the Guar-mtor shall be made
in the manner. at Ihe plaGC and ill the. c.UlTcncy (the "PHyme"t Currency") required by the !Facility
Docuinents; provided. however, that if the Payment Currency is other than U.S. doliacs the
Guarantor may, at its option (or, if fl)r any reason whaffloeverthe Guaranlor is ~We 10 effect
payments in the manner required b)' the Facility Doc;mncnts, the Guarantor shalt be obligated to}
pay to the Bank at its oilice located at 277 Park Avenue. New York, New York ]0017 the
eq!.,liv~lIent amoun. in U.S. dollars computed·at the sel\ing mte of the Bank. inost~cei11ly ~ effect
on or prior to the date the Liability becomes due or jf such rate is WlavaiiabIe. at a selUng rate
chosen by the Bank, for cable transfers of the Payment Currency to the place where -the Liability is
payable. In MY case in which the Guarantor makes or is obligated to make payment iin U.S.
dolJars. the Guarantor shall hold the Bank harmless from Wly loss incurred by the Bank· arising
date
from any c1~ange in the value of U.S. dollars in rdation to the Payment Currency between
th~ Liability becomes due and the date the Bank is actually able, following the conversion of the
U.S. dollars paid by ihc Guarantor into the Payment Currency and remittance of such .p.ayment
Currency to the place where such Liability is payable, 10 apply such Payment Currency ·to such
,he
Liability.
. Section 8. [Intentionally Omitt¢d.]
~)7n21v3
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-20040005881
Section 9. Representations and Warranties. The Guar~tor represents and
wamrits that: (a) the execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor under this Guaranty;
(i) has been duly authorized by all ne:cessary corporate action;(ii) does not., conflict with orvio.late
any material agreement or instrument or any COll$tilutivc document, law, regulation or order
applicable to the Guarantor; (iii) does not require. the .consent or approval of any person or entity,
including but not limited to any governmental authority•. or any fiiing.or rogistra~ion of any kind;
and (iv) Is the legal, valid and \:>inding o~ligation
the Guarantor enforceable llgrunst the'
Guarantor in accordance with its temlS· except to the extent that enforcement may be linlited b.y
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and, other similar laws affecting creditor's rig!1ts gene~Uy; and
(b) in executing and delivering tl1iS'Guaranty; the Guarantor has (i) without reliance OIi the $ank or
anyjnfonnalion received ftom the Bank. and based uponsucb documen(s:~d infonnation it deems
awropri"trte, made an independent investigatillnof"'~ ~.ions contenlp~'ted here~y imd th~
Borrowers, the Borrowern' business, asSets, operations. prospects. and condition. finaricial or
otherwise. and any circumstances which may beiu" upon sUch otntnsactions, the BotrQ.werS OT tlle'
ohHgations and risks undertaKen herein with respect to the Liabilities; (ij) adequate means to obtain
froril the Borrowers on a continuing basis informntionconcerning the Borrowers; (iii) has full and
complete access to the Facility Documents !lJ)d any other documents executed in conrtecti()n \Vilh
the Facility Documents; and (iv) not relied and will not: rely uJXln any representatiaos or warranties
of the BanI:. not emhodied herein or allY acts hen;tofore or hereafter taken by the Bank (including
but not limited to any review by the Rank of the affairs of the ·Borrowers). The Guarantor: hereby
furthet repn..-scnL<; and warrants that lhc Guarantor owns. (dire<;tly or indirectly) a substantial
amount of the stock or other ownership intcrestsofthe Borrowers and is financially interested in its
uffairs.
of
Section 10. Remedies Generally. The remedies provided in this Guaran(y are
cUnluJnlive and not exclusive of any reme{\ieS provided ~y law.
.
Set.'tion i I. Setoff. The Guarantor agrees that, in addition to (and withou~
limitatiQIl 01) any right of ~off, banker's lien or coWlterclaim the Bank may otherwise have, the
Bank shall be entitled, at its option, to Offici balances (genemJ or special,. time or demano;
provisional or final) beld by it for the account of the Gttamntor at any of the offices of th~ Bank,
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., ()r any other affiliarc; i~:U.S. dollm, or in any. other currency;;against
arty arilount payable by the Guarantor ';Jndef"this Guaranty whicb·:is Ilot'paid when due (regardless
of whether such balances are then due to the Guarantor), in which case it shaU Pfemptly n~#i:fyth~
Guarantor thereof; provided that the Bank~s fuil:ure to give such notice shall not affect the validity
,
~[
Section 12. .Formalities. The Guarantor w~ives presentment, nQticc of
dishonor, protest; notice or acceptance of this Guaranty, notice of creation, renewal. exte1)sion or
nccruaJ of nny r.iability and notice of any other kind arid any other formality with respect t~ any of
the Liabilities or t.his Guaranty. The Guarantor moO ~ves the right \0 require the Bank to prQC(."ed
tirst. against the Borrowers lIpon the Liabilnics before proceeding against the Guarontor hereunder.
Section lJ. Amendments and Waivers. No attlCndment or waiver of any
proVision of Ihi::: Guaranty. nor consent to any departure by the Guarantor thcrclrom, shall ~
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-20040005882
eflective unless it is in writing and signed by the Bank. and then the waiver Or consent shall be
effective only jn the specific in~ce and .for the specific purpose for whicb given. No failure on
the part of the Bank to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right or remedy Wlder tlus
Guaranty shall operate as a waiver or preclude any other·or flUther exercise thereof or the exercise
of any other right or remt.:dy.
Section 14. E:tpeoseS. The Guarantor shall reimbut'Se tbe Bank on demand for
all·costs, expenses and charge~ (inCluding without limitation the reasonable ~d· docwnented tees
and charges of .cxtemaJ legal counsel for the Bank) incurred by the Bank in connection with the
preparatioll, p4;!rfonnance or enforcenwnt of this· Ouaramy. 111e obligations onhe dUaraIllQf under
this Section shall survive the· termination of this Guaranty.
Section .15.. ASsil!nmen~. ·This Guafa.nty shaH !>e ~incft~g on, ~d s~U Jnure to
the benefit of the dimrantor, the. B"ank and· theitJespective suecessors ·and ·assigns; PrQviqedthat
the Guanmtor may no~ assigp Qr transfer its rights qr obligations un4erthis Guanmty.
.
Section 16. Captions. The headings and captionli in thi~ Guaranty· arc for
convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation or construction of this Guaranty.
Section 17. (;m'cming Law, Etc.
THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE
GOVERNED llY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE GUARANTOR
CONSENTS TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE .JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF THE STATE
OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK. SERVICE OF
PROCESS BY TilE BANK IN CONNECflON WITH ANY SUCH DISPUTE SHA~L BE
BINnING ON THE GUARANT9R IF SENT TO THE GUARANTOR BY .REGIS~ERED
MAIL AT THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED BELOW OR AS OTHERWlSE SPECIFl~D BY
THE GUARANTOR FROM. tlME TO TIME. THE GUARANTOR WA~ ANY
RIGHT THE GUARANT9R MAY HAVE TO .JURY TRIAL IN ANY ACI'ION REIfATEP
TO THIS GUARANTY OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBV AND
FURTHER WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO INTERPOSE ANY COUNTERCLAIM REI.,ATED
TO TIllS GUARANTY OR THETRANSACTJONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY
ANY
SUCH ACTro.rt TO THE ·EXitNT THAT tilE GUARANTOR .IiAS OR HEiU4FTER
MA \' ACQ.UlRE ANY IMMUNITY FROM JURrSDICflON OF ANY COURT OR ll'ROM
ANY LEGAL PROCESS (WHETHER FROM SERVICE OR N(jTIC~ AITACnMENT
P·R10.R TO JUDGMENT,.ATIACHMENT IN AID OF EXEClJTIOlN OF A..:JUl)G~n~r.rr,
EXECUTION OR OTIIERWISE). THE GUARANTOR HEREBY· IRREVOCABLy
WAIVES SUCH IMMUNITY· IN RESPECf OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS
GUARANTI'.
*'
Section l~, In·tegration; Effectiveness. Thjs Guaranty and the Facility
Docutnents sets forth the entire understanding of th<! Guarantor and the Bank .relating to the
guarantee of the Liabilities·and con~lutes the entire contract .between the parties relating 10 the
subject matter hereof and ~persede any and all previous ·agreements and understandings,: oral or
\\,;tten, relating to thesubj~t matter hereof.; provided, however. that notwithsta,ndi"ng anything to
the contrary, this Guaranty shall not effect or impair any other'Guaranty made by the Guanmtor in
support of any of Ih~ QPlig~lions or liabilities of the Borrowers with respect to or in c·onnection
#377227v3
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-2004 0005883
v.ith extensions of credit or facilities other than those related hereto. This Guaranty shall ;become
effective when it shall ~ve been executed and ~elivered ~y the G~antor to the Bank. Delivery of
an execmed signature page of this GUiUCUl1y, by lclecopy shall be effective as deliveiry of a
manually executed signalure page ofll1is Guaral1ty.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has caused this Guara.nty to, be duly
executed and delive~d by its authorized officer as" of the datefirsl ilbove written.
"2~
By:
Name:
Title:
L;.1}.
.::r:.A;(\ \.D u,) " ~
c...'n\ e,.(' ~ ("'\ o.l'I6 J Ot:"tH:,~(L-
Address: 11-\ 5 -,~ fl.c\H.
3 \~ f{ .
~eu) ~O~'L, ~'i
\OO\Ci.
It 377227v3
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-2004 0005884
TAB 15
CURTIS, MALLET-PREVOST,
COLT & MOSLE LLP
101 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10178-0061
Telephone: (212) 696-6000
Joseph D. PizZUITO
L. P. Harrison 3rd
Michael J. Moscato
Nancy E. Delaney
Counsel for Plaintiff, Debtor Lehman Brothers
Holdings Inc.
QUINN EMANUEL
URQUHART & SULLIVAN, LLP
865 South Figueroa Street, 10th Floor
Los Angeles, California 90017-2543
John B. Quinn
Erica Taggart
Counsel for Proposed Plaintiff/Intervenor, the
Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors of
Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.
UNITED STATES BANKRUPTCY COURT
SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK
------------------------------------------------------------------------_.
)(
Chapter 11
Case No. 08-13555 (JMP)
In re:
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC., et ai.,
Debtors.
------------------------------------------------------------------------_. )(
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC., and
OFFICIAL COMMITTEE OF UNSECURED
CREDITORS OF LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS
INC.,
Plaintiff and Proposed
Plaintiff Intervenor,
-againstAdversary Proceeding
No.: 10-_ _ _ (JMP)
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
COMPLAINT
Defendant.
------------------------------------------------------------------------_.
)(
Plaintiff, Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. ("LBHI"), by its undersigned attorneys,
alleges the following against defendant, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. ("JPMorgan"):
NATURE OF THE CASE
1.
A century ago, John Pierpont Morgan used his position atop the world of finance
to shore up a teetering firm and rescue the nation from the brink of financial collapse. A century
later, when the nation faced another epic financial crisis, Morgan's namesake firm stripped a
faltering Lehman Brothers of desperately needed cash. On the brink of LBHl's bankruptcy,
JPMorgan leveraged its life and death power as the brokerage firm's primary clearing bank to
force LBHI into a series of one-sided agreements and to siphon billions of dollars in criticallyneeded assets. The purpose of these last-minute maneuvers was to leapfrog JPMorgan over other
creditors by putting itself in the position of an overcollateralized creditor, not just for clearing
obligations, but for any and all possible obligations of LBHI or any of its subsidiaries that
JPMorgan believed could result from an LBHI bankruptcy. The effect of JPMorgan's actionstaken with the benefit of unparalleled inside knowledge - was devastating. JPMorgan not only
took billions of dollars more than it needed from LBHI, but it also accelerated LBHl's freefall
into bankruptcy by denying it an opportunity for a more orderly wind-down, costing the LBHI
estate tens of billions of dollars in lost value.
2.
JPMorgan accomplished its design, in part, by using the threat that it would stop
providing LBHl's subsidiaries, including Lehman Brothers Inc. ("LBI"; LBHI and all of its
subsidiaries, "Lehman"), with the essential clearing services that were the lifeblood of Lehman's
broker-dealer business. With this financial gun to LBHI's head, JPMorgan was able to extract
extraordinarily one-sided agreements from LBHI literally overnight. JPMorgan then relied on
those overreaching and invalid agreements to extract billions of dollars in collateral from LBHI
shortly before the bankruptcy, collateral that JPMorgan used not for clearing exposures, but to
-2-
secure billions of dollars of grossly exaggerated exposures that it now claims were incurred as a
result of Lehman's bankruptcy filings. JPMorgan did this at a time when LBHI, and many of its
subsidiaries, were insolvent, and JPMorgan provided no consideration in return, let alone
anything resembling reasonably equivalent value. Those billions of dollars in collateral
rightfully belong to the LBHI estate and its creditors.
3.
JPMorgan was able to achieve its goal only because of its unique position as
primary clearing bank to Lehman's broker-dealer business. In the eight years before LBHI' s
bankruptcy, JPMorgan provided clearing services to LBI pursuant to a clearance agreement.
Each trading day, JPMorgan served as the third party intermediary for the vast majority of LBI' s
trades and triparty repurchases, acting as custodian over the securities and cash subject to those
transactions until the counterparties had each delivered their matching part of the transaction.
LBl's ability to buy and sell securities quickly, and to effect repurchase transactions, was an
essential feature of Lehman's business, and could not be accomplished without these clearing
services. JPMorgan was compensated well for this critical service, receiving hundreds of
millions of dollars in fees over the years for its role as trading intermediary.
4.
In the weeks preceding LBHI's bankruptcy filing, JPMorgan's top management
were the ultimate insiders to the evolving crisis, enjoying real-time access to the key decisionmakers at the United States Treasury and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. JPMorgan's
investment bankers were also attempting to assist Lehman's primary potential bidder, the Korea
Development Bank, and consequently had first-hand knowledge of its intentions regarding a
potential acquisition. JPMorgan also had direct access to internal financial information about
Lehman, including an advance opportunity to review and comment on Lehman's presentation to
the rating agencies. At one crucial point, JPMorgan was invited to a meeting with Lehman to
-3-
consider rescue financing proposals, but instead used it as an opportunity to probe Lehman's
financial condition and business plans from a risk management perspective. With all of the
bank's tentacles encircling the financial crisis at Lehman, lPMorgan was uniquely positioned to
capitalize on the opportunities that crisis presented.
5.
With the benefit of its unparalleled access to critical nonpublic information about
Lehman, lPMorgan grew increasingly concerned about Lehman's solvency and financial
viability in August and September 2008. In response, lPMorgan was able to flex the power of its
clearing bank position to take swift and severe steps to catapult itself ahead of all of LBHI' s
other creditors. In late August 2008, lPMorgan insisted that LBHI enter into a guaranty of the
clearing obligations of many of its subsidiaries, including LBI, and also required that LBHI
become a party to the clearance agreement and execute a security agreement securing LBHI's
obligations under the guaranty. Then, in the days immediately preceding LBHI's bankruptcy
filing, lPMorgan required LBHI to enter into a new series of agreements - dictated by lPMorgan
- that were designed to ensure that lPMorgan would stand ahead of all other creditors should
LBHI be forced to file for bankruptcy. lPMorgan forced LBHI to sign these agreements in the
early hours of September 10, 2008, just minutes before the rest of the world would hear LBHI's
earnings report. lPMorgan coerced LBHI's compliance with the threat that Lehman's ability to
clear trades would be cut off, which would have forced the immediate collapse of Lehman's
business. LBHI received nothing in return for incurring the obligations set forth in those
agreements, and they were executed at a time when LBHI was insolvent and/or undercapitalized,
and when, on information and belief, many ofLBHI's subsidiaries were also insolvent.
6.
lPMorgan did not stop there. It also drained LBHI of desperately needed cash by
making repeated demands that LBHI increase the amount of collateral payments it posted. In the
-4-
last four business days before LBHI's chapter 11 filing, lPMorgan seized $8.6 billion of cash
collateral, including over $5 billion in cash on the final business day. All the while that
lPMorgan was aggressively leveraging its position to grab increasingly more collateral,
lPMorgan knew that it was already overcollateralized by billions of dollars.
7.
lPMorgan's insistence on the new agreements in August and September 2008, its
unjustified demands for billions in additional collateral, and its refusal to return that collateral in
the critical days before LBHI's bankruptcy filing, severely constrained LBHI's liquidity and
impeded its ability to pursue and implement alternatives and initiatives that would have resulted
in the preservation of billions in value. Instead, LBHI's liquidity constraints compelled an
exigent chapter 11 filing that has resulted in tens of billions of dollars in additional lost value to
the LBHI estate and its creditors.
8.
It is now too late to undo all the harm caused by the LBHI bankruptcy. It is not
too late, however, to return to LBHI's estate and its creditors the billions of dollars ofLBHI
assets that lPMorgan illegally converted and continues to hold, and to compensate LBHI for all
the damages that flow directly from lPMorgan's misconduct. This lawsuit seeks to return that
value to the LBHI estate and to restore all of the creditors to the position they would have
occupied but for JPMorgan's wrongful conduct.
THE PARTIES
9.
LBHI is a Delaware corporation with its former principal business address at 745
Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019, and its current principal business address at 1271
Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10020.
10.
lPMorgan is a national banking association chartered under the laws of the United
States, with its principal business address at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10012.
-5-
VENUE AND JURISDICTION
11.
On September 15, 2008 (the "Petition Date"), LBHI filed a voluntary petition for
relief under chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code, as amended (the "Bankruptcy
Code"). LBHI continues to operate its business and manage its property as a debtor in
possession pursuant to Sections 11 07 (a) and 1108 of the Bankruptcy Code.
12.
The Court has jurisdiction over this adversary proceeding pursuant to 28 U.S.C.
§ 1334(b) and (c). This is a core proceeding within the meaning of28 U.S.C. § 157(b). The
claims asserted include proceedings to determine, avoid and recover preferences and fraudulent
transfers, obligations and/or conveyances. In addition, resolution of the claims asserted will have
an effect upon the administration ofLBHI's chapter 11 case, the value of its estate and any
distribution to its creditors.
13.
Pursuant to 28 U.S.C. §§ 157(a) and 157(b)(1) and the district court's reference of
proceedings to the bankruptcy court, this Court may exercise subject matter jurisdiction. Venue
in this district is proper in accordance with 28 U.S.c. § 1409(a).
14.
LBHI brings this adversary proceeding pursuant to and under Rule 7001 of the
Federal Rules of Bankruptcy Procedure (the "Bankruptcy Rules") and seeks relief under Sections
105(a), 362, 502(d), 506(d), 541, 542, 544, 547, 548, 550, 551 and 553 of the Bankruptcy Code,
28 U.S.c. § 2201 and applicable provisions of state law.
-6-
FACTUAL ALLEGATIONS
Overview of the JPMorgan-Lehman Relationship
15.
Prior to its bankruptcy, Lehman was the fourth largest investment bank in the
United States. Founded in 1855, it offered an array of financial services in equity and fixed
income sales, trading and research, investment banking, asset management, private investment
management, and private equity. It also provided prime broker services to professional investors
and hedge funds, allowing them to borrow securities and cash to be able to invest on a leveraged
basis using borrowed funds, or debt, to increase the returns on equity. In order for Lehman to
provide its services, especially the prime broker services, it needed the ability to buy and sell
billions of dollars of securities each day for itself and its customers.
16.
During all relevant periods, JPMorgan was Lehman's primary bank. It provided
secured and unsecured intra-day credit advances for Lehman's clearing activities. It was the
leading credit provider to Lehman, including acting as lead arranger and administrative agent for
LBHI's $2 billion unsecured revolving credit facility. JPMorgan was also Lehman's main
depository bank for deposit accounts, one of Lehman's largest global counterparties for
derivatives activity in terms of numbers of trades and aggregate notional amounts, Lehman's first
overall counterparty among United States banks for fixed income and equity securities
transactions, and the agent for securities clearing activities for Lehman worldwide.
17.
Overall, Lehman entities paid fees exceeding $180 million to JPMorgan and its
affiliates from the beginning of 2005 through the first six months of 2008.
The 2000 Clearance Agreement
18.
Among its many roles, JPMorgan served as the principal clearing bank for LBI,
LBHI's United States capital markets broker-dealer subsidiary. As such, JPMorgan acted as
LBI's intermediary and agent in all securities trades entered into by LBI. JPMorgan would make
-7-
payments, transfer securities, and facilitate trades on behalf of LBI. JPMorgan also acted as
LBI's agent in triparty repurchasing agreements that LBI used to obtain short-term financing.
This clearing function was essential to LBI's business.
19.
JPMorgan acted as clearing bank for LBI pursuant to a Clearance Agreement
entered into on June 15, 2000 (hereinafter, the "2000 Clearance Agreement"), between LBI and
The Chase Manhattan Bank ("Chase"), JPMorgan's predecessor-in-interest. This document
served as the operative contract for JPMorgan's clearing services for LBI over the next eight
years.
20.
The terms and provisions of the 2000 Clearance Agreement generally followed
the format of customary and ordinary clearance agreements. The 2000 Clearance Agreement
included: (i) a lending provision authorizing Chase to make loans to facilitate the clearance
process; and (ii) lien provisions giving Chase a lien over certain assets to secure "any advances
or loans [Chase] may extend to [LBI] pursuant to this Agreement."
21.
As is typical in the industry and as expressly provided under the 2000 Clearance
Agreement, JPMorgan extended daily credit to LBI to cover its exposure for processing trades.
For example, in the purchase of a security, JPMorgan would wire transfer the purchase price to
the clearance agent of the seller before JPMorgan received the security being purchased. By
sending out cash or securities in anticipation of receiving the matching security or cash, clearing
banks incur what is referred to as "intra-day exposure." The normal pattern was that the intraday exposure to JPMorgan would be reduced to zero by the end of the settlement process each
trading day, except for exposure from "failed" trades, which were generally insignificant.
22.
The intra-day exposure for advances made by JPMorgan to LBI under the 2000
Clearance Agreement was secured by a lien on certain accounts maintained by LBI with
-8-
JPMorgan, and the cash and securities on deposit in those accounts. Because JPMorgan was the
primary clearing bank for LBI, virtually all LBI's securities and cash used in its trading activities
were on deposit with JPMorgan or in JPMorgan accounts at depositories. Thus, all LBI's trading
assets against which JPMorgan maintained a lien were subject to that security interest and served
as collateral for all intra-day exposures of JPMorgan under the 2000 Clearance Agreement.
23.
JPMorgan's security rights to LBI's collateral were limited, however, to the assets
in LBI's accounts subject to JPMorgan's lien and did not extend to the accounts of any other
Lehman entity. In addition, pursuant to the parties' understanding and course of dealing over the
next eight years, LBI had the right to access its collateral at the close of settlement each day in
order to use such collateral for overnight funding and other purposes.
24.
The 2000 Clearance Agreement provided that the advances of funds and other
extensions of credit in connection with clearance activities would be made at Chase's discretion,
and that reimbursement by LBI was to be made upon demand. Significantly, however, the
parties acknowledged a course of dealing between themselves with respect to the advancement
of credit and, as a result, required that notice be given prior to any refusal to extend such credit.
Section 5 of the 2000 Clearance Agreement provided:
Notwithstanding the fact that we may from time to time make
advances or loans pursuant to this paragraph or otherwise extend
credit to you, whether or not as a regular pattern, we may at any
time decline to extend such credit at our discretion, with notice and
if we are precluded from extending such credit as a result of any
law, regulation or applicable ruling. (Emphasis supplied.)
25.
The 2000 Clearance Agreement further provided that LBI could transfer money
out of its Clearing and Custody accounts "to the extent that after such transfer [JPMorgan]
remain[ ed] fully collateralized." Nothing in the 2000 Clearance Agreement gave JPMorgan the
right to be overcollateralized.
-9-
26.
The 2000 Clearance Agreement itself could not be terminated without proper
notice. Section 17 of the 2000 Clearance Agreement provided that either party could terminate
the agreement by written notice if: (i) the other party entered into a proceeding for bankruptcy;
(ii) the other party failed to comply with any material provision of the agreement, which failure
was not cured within 30 days after notice of such failure; or (iii) any representation or warranty
made in the agreement by the other party shall have proven to have been, at the time made, false
or misleading in any material respect.
27.
The initial term of the 2000 Clearance Agreement commenced on June 15,2000,
and ended on October 7, 2002. The parties continued to operate under the 2000 Clearance
Agreement from 2000 on, and amended it in 2008 (as discussed below). Prior to LBHI's
bankruptcy filing, JPMorgan never provided written notice of a continuing material default or
alleged that any representations or warranties were false or misleading at the time they were
made. Consequently, the 2000 Clearance Agreement was still in effect when LBHI filed for
bankruptcy.
The August Agreements
28.
After operating under the original 2000 Clearance Agreement for eight years, on
or about August 18, 2008, JPMorgan presented Lehman with a set of documents altering the
terms of the clearance relationship between the parties. These alterations included adding LBHI
as a guarantor of the obligations of LBI and other Lehman subsidiaries under the 2000 Clearance
Agreement. The new documents were executed on or about August 29,2008. They included an
amendment to the 2000 Clearance Agreement (the "August Amendment"), a guaranty agreement
(the "August Guaranty"), and a security agreement (the "August Security Agreement";
collectively, the "August Agreements").
-10-
29.
On information and belief, at the time the parties entered into the August
Agreements, LBHI was undercapitalized, and certain of the Lehman subsidiaries whose
obligations were guaranteed under those agreements, including LBI, were insolvent.
30.
Notwithstanding LBHl's undercapitalization, LBHI agreed under the August
Agreements to post collateral to guarantee the intra-day trading obligations of LBI and the other
Lehman subsidiaries arising under the 2000 Clearance Agreement. The parties further agreed
that LBHl's maximum liability under the August Guaranty would be limited to the value of
LBHI collateral held by JPMorgan (measured on a daily basis) in two specified accounts subject
to JPMorgan's lien.
31.
The parties also negotiated a crucial provision that confirmed LBHl's right to
access its collateral at the end of each trading day. Specifically, the August Security Agreement
provided that, to the extent LBHI determined that its collateral was no longer required to secure
the intra-day clearance obligations of its subsidiaries, it was entitled to transfer its posted
collateral from the accounts specifically pledged under the August Security Agreement to a lienfree account (the "Overnight Account"). In this regard, the August Security Agreement
provided:
... at the end of a business day, if [LBHI] has determined that no
Obligations (as defined in the Clearance Agreement) remain
outstanding, [LBHI] may transfer to an account (the 'Overnight
Account') any and all Security held in or credited to or otherwise
carried in the Accounts.
32.
As explained above, by the nature of the clearance process, the intra-day
clearance-related exposures of JPMorgan to the Lehman subsidiaries would typically be reduced
to zero at the end of each trading day. Thus, the August Security Agreement provided for the
right of LBHI to have access to all - or at least a substantial majority - of its collateral overnight.
-11-
33.
While the August Agreements purported to give JPMorgan significant new rights
against LBHI, they gave LBHI nothing of value in exchange. JPMorgan's obligations to the
Lehman entities remained essentially the same as they were prior to the August Agreements.
Further, LBHI did not even receive reasonably equivalent value from guaranteeing its
subsidiaries' obligations because, among other things, on information and belief, certain of those
subsidiaries, including LBI, were insolvent at the time the August Agreements were executed.
34.
According to Lehman's Code of Authorities, only Ian Lowitt (as LBHI's Chief
Financial Officer ("CFO"» or someone of equivalent or higher corporate rank: could approve a
guaranty such as the August Guaranty, while Paolo Tonucci (as LBHI's Treasurer) had the
authority to execute the August Amendment and the August Security Agreement. Thus, while
the August Security Agreement and the August Amendment were signed by Tonucci, the August
Guaranty was signed by Lowitt. Significantly, the August Guaranty, because it had to be
executed by Lowitt, was transmitted to JPMorgan separately from the August Amendment and
August Security Agreement.
As The Ultimate Insider, JPMorgan Learns Confidential Information About Lehman
35.
By September 2008, JPMorgan had obtained unparalleled access to and
knowledge of Lehman's financial condition and prospects. As Lehman's most significant
relationship bank:, JPMorgan was invited into Lehman's strategic planning and was given access
to Lehman's most confidential information, results, plans and outlook, as the firm held itself out
as Lehman's trusted partner, advisor, and potential investor. And given JPMorgan's role in the
nation's financial system, and the close relationships its leaders had with key policymakers,
JPMorgan management was invited into the United States government's inner circle as it
planned its efforts to address the issues relating to Lehman's financial distress. JPMorgan also
-12-
leveraged these relationships to gain an inside track on representing Lehman's main suitor, the
Korea Development Bank ("KDB").
36.
On September 4, 2008, senior management of LBHI met with senior officers of
JPMorgan, including its senior risk officer, Barry Zubrow. According to a JPMorgan-prepared
agenda, the purpose ofthe meeting was to discuss Lehman's upcoming third quarter results,
including the expected significant asset write-downs from Lehman's commercial and residential
real estate assets, and Lehman's plans going forward. After the meeting, Zubrow and the
JPMorgan executives expressed skepticism about the viability of Lehman's plans.
37.
JPMorgan also offered to assist Lehman by providing feedback on Lehman's draft
presentations to the ratings agencies. On the evening of September 4, 2008, Paolo Tonucci of
LBHI e-mailed a copy of Lehman's Fitch presentation to JPMorgan executives for their
comments. Tonucci warned in the cover e-mail that the presentation contained "a lot of
confidential info." Senior JPMorgan executives, including Zubrow and Mark Doctoroff, the
primary Lehman relationship manager, reviewed and commented on the presentation. In
response, Lowitt e-mailed Zubrow to remind him that: "The materials we sent you are very
sensitive, and trust that they will be kept to the limited group we met with and your rating
advisory team."
38.
As early as August 2008, JPMorgan's top management had also reached out to
KDB's Chainnan, in the hope of representing KDB in connection with its proposed investment
in Lehman. JPMorgan subsequently pitched KDB on three key points: (1) "JPM knows Lehman
best as the largest liquidity provider and #1 financing bank for Lehman"; (2) that JPMorgan
could perfonn prompt and thorough diligence on Lehman; and (3) that Steve Black (Co-Chief
Executive Officer of the Investment Banking Division of JPMorgan) "and Jamie Dimon
-13-
[JPMorgan's CEO] know Dick Fuld [LBHI's Chainnan] very well, are also close to Hank
Paulson of US Treasury to discuss any potential support to the deaVKDB." As a result of its
relationship with KDB, JPMorgan's leadership learned on the morning of September 5,2008 that
KDB was unlikely to press forward with the transaction.
39.
In addition, on the morning of September 9,2008, Jamie Dimon and other senior
officers of JPMorgan met in Washington, D.C., with the Chainnan of the Federal Reserve, Ben
Bernanke. That same morning, Dimon also met with the Secretary of the United States Treasury,
Henry Paulson.
40.
On infonnation and belief, at these September 9,2008 meetings with the principal
financial services policymakers, Dimon and the JPMorgan team discussed the financial state and
future prospects of Lehman, as well as the United States government's intent not to rescue
Lehman should it be forced to file for bankruptcy. From those conversations, the JPMorgan
leadership detennined that they would accelerate their efforts to secure LBHI collateral and
capitalize on a Lehman bankruptcy.
41.
LBHI originally intended to release its preliminary earnings report for the third
fiscal quarter of2008 on September 17,2008. However, because news in the marketplace of the
collapse of talks with KDB and analysts' estimates of losses caused a sharp drop in LBHI's stock
price on September 9, 2008, senior management of LBHI decided to release the preliminary
earnings report earlier, on Wednesday, September 10, 2008, at 7:30 a.m. Given its unique access
to Lehman and its affairs, JPMorgan knew what Lehman was going to announce to the market.
42.
Also on September 9,2008, Black and Fuld followed up on a discussion Dimon
had with Fuld two days earlier in which Dimon suggested JPMorgan might be willing to provide
-14-
funding to Lehman by purchasing preferred shares. Black agreed to send a team to a diligence
sessIOn.
43.
Rather than sending the dealmakers Lehman expected, JPMorgan sent a team that
included senior risk managers. The risk team was not there to conduct due diligence on a
potential acquisition, as portrayed to Lehman, but rather to probe into Lehman's confidential
records and plans. JPMorgan's team, led by Douglas Braunstein and John Hogan, left the
meeting and reportedly called Dimon and Black in Washington to tell them what was learned at
the "diligence" session in New York. In an e-mail that evening, Hogan reported to Black,
Dimon and other senior officers of JPMorgan that Lehman was seeking help, such as a credit line
from JPMorgan. Despite promising Fuld that morning that he would send a team of JPMorgan
bankers to explore just such a possibility, Black responded by asking about the "drugs they
apparently have been taking to think that we would do something like that."
JPMorgan Demands That LBHI Enter Into the September Agreements
44.
By September 9,2008, JPMorgan had learned that the federal government was
unlikely to provide support to Lehman, had been informed that the leading acquirer, KDB, had
dropped talks with Lehman, and had previewed LBHI's planned preliminary earnings
announcement. In light of the unique information it gained as the ultimate insider, JPMorgan
wasted no time maneuvering to gain a preferred position over LBHI's other creditors.
45.
According to JPMorgan's own calculations, at least as of September 4,2008, as a
result of the billions in securities and cash that LBHI and other Lehman entities had posted in the
prior months to secure the clearing-related obligations of the Lehman subsidiaries, JPMorgan
was more than fully collateralized for intra-day clearing risk. JPMorgan further acknowledged
that LBHI, too, believed JPMorgan was overcollateralized against any intra-day risks.
-15-
46.
Nevertheless, with the benefit of the highly material nonpublic information that
JPMorgan learned from Lehman and federal policymakers, and upon learning that LBHI would
publicly release its earnings earlier than expected, JPMorgan required LBHI to enter into a new
series of agreements to ensure that JPMorgan would stand ahead of all other LBHI creditors not just for its clearance exposure, but for all possible exposure that could result from an LBHI
bankruptcy. Even though the parties had just executed the August Agreements, Diane Genova,
in-house counsel for JPMorgan, called Andrew Yeung, a junior in-house lawyer for LBHI, on
the evening of September 9, 2008, and advised that her team was putting together a new set of
security agreements that LBHI would need to sign. At 8:50 p.m. on the night of September 9,
2008, JPMorgan forwarded a guaranty (the "September Guaranty") and security agreement (the
"September Security Agreement") to Yeung. At some point later that evening, JPMorgan
forwarded the remaining agreements, including a further amendment to the 2000 Clearance
Agreement (the "September Amendment") and an "Account Control Agreement" (the "Account
Control Agreement"; collectively, the "September Agreements").
47.
Late that same evening, JPMorgan executives made multiple calls to Paolo
Tonucci and Dan Fleming of LBHI, neither of whom had the authority to execute the September
Guaranty, and demanded that the draft September Agreements be approved by Ian Lowitt and
executed before LBHl's earnings call, scheduled for 7:30 a.m. the next day. However,
JPMorgan was advised that Lowitt was home, and that he could not be disturbed because of his
role in the crucial earnings call scheduled for the next morning.
48.
JPMorgan executives led Fleming and other LBHI personnel to believe that, if
LBHI did not execute the proposed agreements before LBHl's earnings call, JPMorgan would
-16-
immediately stop extending intra-day credit to, and clearing trades for, Lehman. In fact,
JPMorgan would have taken such action if LBHI did not accede to its demands.
49.
Although either action, if taken without commercially reasonable notice, would
have constituted a breach of the parties' clearance agreement, LBHI was in no position to insist
on its contract rights. All parties knew that if JPMorgan immediately ceased clearing activities
or extending intra-day credit to Lehman, Lehman's entire business would immediately collapse.
JPMorgan was one of only two banks, the other being the Bank of New York, that could provide
the clearing services required by Lehman. It would have taken several months, if not longer, to
transfer clearing responsibilities to the Bank of New York, and Lehman could not have survived
for more than a day without a bank to clear its trades. Under these circumstances, LBHI had no
alternative but to accede to JPMorgan's demand to enter into the September Agreements.
50.
During the course of the evening, JPMorgan's in-house counsel further
represented to Yeung that LBHI's Chainuan, Dick Fuld, had previously agreed to the tenus of
the September Agreements in a conversation with Steve Black of JPMorgan. Yeung did not
realize that this was not true. However, because LBHI's senior executives were all exclusively
occupied with preparing for the next morning's critical earnings call, Yeung was unable to verify
the truth or falsity of the misrepresentation made to him.
51.
The September Agreements radically altered the relationship between JPMorgan
and LBHI. Pursuant to these documents, JPMorgan required that LBHI guarantee and secure all
exposures of all JPMorgan entities to all Lehman entities, without regard to the nature, legal
vehicle or jurisdiction, and to convert all unsecured and unguaranteed exposures into guaranteed
and secured exposures. For example, JPMorgan has since asserted that the September
Agreements guarantee and secure over $3 billion in purported derivatives obligations of LBHI
-17-
subsidiaries that were previously unsecured, as well as approximately $720 million in claims
arising out of losses incurred not by JPMorgan, but by its customers who invested in JPMorgan
funds.
52.
The September Guaranty further purported to amend the cap on LBHI's liability
set forth in the August Guaranty by providing as follows: "The Guarantor's maximum liability
under the Guaranty shall be THREE BILLION DOLLARS ($3,000,000,000) or such greater
amount that the Bank has requested from time to time as further security in support of this
Guaranty."
53.
In addition, while the August Security Agreement provided that only two specific
LBHI accounts (and the assets therein) would be subject to JPMorgan's security interest, the
proposed September Agreements included the new September Security Agreement that covered
all accounts of LBHI at JPMorgan or any of its affiliates.
54.
The September Agreements also included the Account Control Agreement, which
purported to give JPMorgan control over certain LBHI-owned money market funds.
55.
Crucially, the September Agreements deleted the provision in the August Security
Agreement that expressly gave LBHI the right to transfer its collateral from the pledged accounts
to the lien-free overnight account - an important right that had been negotiated and confirmed
only two weeks earlier. In its place, the September Agreements provided that LBHI would only
be allowed to access its collateral ''upon three days written notice to the Bank." Thus, even if all
exposures of JPMorgan to Lehman for clearing services had been fully eliminated at the end of
the trading day, JPMorgan now purported to gain the right to withhold LBHI's collateral for
three days following written notice by LBHI.
-18-
56.
While the September Agreements purported to give JPMorgan significant new
rights vis-a-vis LBHI, they gave LBHI nothing in exchange. JPMorgan did not give up any
rights or incur any new obligations under the proposed September Agreements. Instead,
JPMorgan's obligations would remain the same as they were under its clearance-related
agreements with Lehman prior to September 9,2008.
57.
On the evening of September 9,2008, Yeung sent an e-mail to Tonucci and
Fleming (and others) in which he attempted to advise them of the onerous and unreasonable
terms of the September Agreements. However, because Tonucci was preparing for the next
morning's crucial earnings call, he did not review that e-mail. Nor did he otherwise become
aware of the terms of the proposed agreements until after their execution. Similarly, neither
Lowitt nor any other LBHI executive with the authority to bind LBHI to the September Guaranty
reviewed or approved that guaranty and related agreements.
58.
Instead, believing that JPMorgan would cease extending credit and clearing if the
September Agreements were not executed prior to 7:30 a.m. on September 10,2008 (which
would have been a breach of the 2000 Clearance Agreement), Fleming instructed Yeung to
"proceed as though we will agree to all the terms laid out by JPM." Legal counsel for the parties
thus worked through the night of September 9,2008, to finalize the agreements. Throughout the
course of the evening of September 9, 2008, and the early morning of September 10, 2008,
JPMorgan rejected any attempt by LBHI to negotiate or alter any material terms of the
September Agreements.
59.
Early on the morning of September 10, 2008, Tonucci executed the most
significant of the September Agreements, i.e., the September Guaranty, the September Security
Agreement, the September Amendment, and the Account Control Agreement. Pursuant to
-19-
JPMorgan's demand that the September Agreements be executed prior to LBHl's earnings call,
at 7:33 a.m. on the morning of September 10, 2008, Yeung e-mailed the executed signature
pages to JPMorgan showing Tonucci's signature.
60.
At that time, LBHI and its subsidiaries were only days away from bankruptcy,
and were insolvent. Given JPMorgan's unique access to information concerning Lehman's
financial state and future prospects, JPMorgan was or should have been aware of that fact.
61.
Neither Tonucci nor any other LBHI employee received approval of the
September Guaranty from Ian Lowitt or any other senior LBHI executive with the authority to
bind LBHI to those agreements. As stated above, under Lehman's Code of Authorities, the CFO
or someone of equivalent or higher corporate rank was required to approve the September
Guaranty. JPMorgan was well aware that Tonucci, as Treasurer, was not authorized to sign the
September Guaranty. Notwithstanding its knowledge that Ian Lowitt was unavailable, and that
his approval was required to bind LBHI to the September Guaranty, JPMorgan, in its rush to put
itself ahead of all other creditors of LBHI, accepted the September Guaranty even though it had
been executed by a person not authorized to sign it.
JPMorgan Demands Even More Excess Collateral
62.
During the last week ofLBHl's existence, JPMorgan used the September
Agreements as a pretext to improperly extract billions of dollars in cash from LBHI as additional
collateral. JPMorgan made these demands for additional collateral even though, at the time,
JPMorgan had already concluded that it held sufficient collateral to cover its intra-day clearing
risk. In fact, although the demands were made pursuant to a purported amendment to the 2000
Clearance Agreement, as well as a guaranty and security agreement executed in the context of
the 2000 Clearance Agreement (i.e., the September Agreements), JPMorgan's collateral demands
had nothing to do with intra-day clearance obligations. Instead, JPMorgan officials have since
-20-
admitted that the billions of dollars in cash collateral demands were based primarily on the
possibility of closing out derivatives contracts on favorable terms in the event of an LBHI
bankruptcy, and were not made in connection with exposure under the 2000 Clearance
Agreement. JPMorgan did not make this intent known to LBHI when it made its demands.
63.
At the time, the JPMorgan entities had no right to demand additional collateral
from the LBHI subsidiaries under the derivatives contracts themselves. On a net basis, the LBHI
subsidiaries were "in-the-money" under those contracts, as demonstrated by the fact that
JPMorgan was obliged to post approximately $1 billion to the LBHI subsidiaries as collateral to
cover those obligations. In fact, absent an LBHI bankruptcy, if the market continued to move in
the direction it had been trending, the trading position of the parties was such that the JPMorgan
entities would have been obliged to post significantly more collateral with their Lehman
counterparties.
64.
Moreover, the terms of the derivatives contracts did not permit the JPMorgan
entities to demand collateral from LBHI. Because JPMorgan could not legitimately demand the
collateral from LBHI or the Lehman counterparties under the derivatives contracts, JPMorgan
attempted to circumvent those contracts by cloaking its demands with the September
Agreements.
65.
Although the LBHI subsidiaries were "in-the-money" under the derivatives
contracts at the time (on a net basis), JPMorgan's collateral demands were based on risk models
that apparently assumed a future LBHI bankruptcy. Even so, JPMorgan demanded billions of
dollars worth of collateral in excess of what even its own risk models suggested was the total
amount to which it could be entitled in the event of a Lehman bankruptcy default under the
derivatives contracts.
-21-
66.
JPMorgan's accelerated demands for additional collateral, which continued
through the eve ofLBHI's bankruptcy filing, contributed significantly to LBHI's inability to
meet the liquidity needs of its business. Indeed, LBHI was already insolvent at that time.
Specifically, in response to JPMorgan's demands, on September 9,2008, LBHI posted $1 billion
in cash and $1.67 billion in money market funds. On September 10, 2008, LBHI delivered to
JPMorgan approximately $300 million of cash. Similarly, on September 11, 2008, LBHI posted
additional cash in the amount of $600 million as collateral for JPMorgan. Even though
JPMorgan did not intend to secure intra-day clearing exposure with this collateral, the demands
were made under color of the September Agreements, and were backed by the improper threat
that, if LBHI did not comply, JPMorgan would immediately stop extending intra-day credit to,
and clearing trades for, Lehman, in violation of its obligations under the 2000 Clearance
Agreement. Although LBHI protested these demands, it had no choice but to comply.
67.
Then, late in the evening of September 11, 2008, JPMorgan e-mailed to LBHI a
written ''Notice'' requiring confirmation that LBHI would wire to JPMorgan an additional
$5 billion in cash prior to the open of business on Friday, September 12, 2008. In the Notice,
JPMorgan threatened that, if it did not receive the demanded additional collateral, "we intend to
exercise our right to decline to extend credit to you under the [Clearance] Agreement."
68.
JPMorgan' s threat to stop advancing credit, if implemented without commercially
reasonable notice, would have constituted a breach ofthe parties' clearance agreement. This is
particularly so given that JPMorgan was fully collateralized against intra-day clearance exposure.
Nonetheless, LBHI was well aware that refusing JPMorgan's demand for this additional $5
billion was not an option. For example, on September 12, 2008, LBHI senior officers circulated
via e-mail a "Back-Up Contingency Plan," wherein it was noted, "JPM as 'clearing bank'
-22-
continues to ask for more cash collateral. Ifwe don't provide the cash, they refuse to clear, we
fail .... "
69.
JPMorgan made this last-minute demand for $5 billion in cash notwithstanding
the fact that it was already overcollateralized and that LBHI was insolvent. In fact, internal
JPMorgan documents demonstrate that it made the improper demand simply because JPMorgan
desired to have an "extra cushion."
70.
JPMorgan promised that it would return the $5 billion at the close-of-settlement
on Friday, September 12, 2008. However, notwithstanding this representation and promise,
JPMorgan had no intention of returning any ofLBHI's collateral, but instead had determined to
deny LBHI access to that collateral- regardless of any request by LBHI for its return.
71.
To have any hope of surviving through the day, Lehman needed JPMorgan' s
clearing services. After struggling to locate such an enormous sum on such short notice, on
September 12, 2008, LBHI delivered what was essentially its last available $5 billion of cash to
JPMorgan. LBHI delivered the $5 billion in cash only by pulling virtually every unencumbered
asset it could deliver.
72.
Upon receiving the approximately $8.6 billion in cash and money market funds
that it extracted from LBHI during this last week, JPMorgan swept those assets out of the LBHI
account on which JPMorgan purportedly had a lien pursuant to the August Agreements and into
other accounts held by JPMorgan. Accordingly, as of September 12,2008, there was a zero
balance in the cash account pledged by LBHI under the August Agreements, and JPMorgan had
forfeited any lien it may have held over the $8.6 billion in cash and money market funds
pursuant to those agreements.
-23-
JPMorgan Prevents LBHl's Access to Its Cash and Other Collateral Held by JPMorgan
73.
As of close-of-trading on Friday, September 12, 2008, after settlement of all intra-
day clearance liabilities, JPMorgan had no clearance exposure whatsoever to Lehman.
Nonetheless, JPMorgan retained billions of dollars in LBHI collateral.
74.
JPMorgan's overreaching collateral grabs destroyed LBHl's remaining liquidity
pool. As JPMorgan was aware, LBHI's ability to access its collateral on September 12,2008
and during the following weekend was critical to Lehman's efforts to stave offbankruptcy long
enough to facilitate a sale of its business or, at the very least, to organize an orderly wind-down
and preserve as much value as possible for creditors. On Friday, September 12,2008, and
throughout the weekend until Monday morning, LBHI repeatedly requested access to this excess
collateral for use overnight and over the weekend. However, during this period, JPMorgan
locked down and denied LBHI access to its collateral.
75.
JPMorgan conceded in its internal communications that, at this time, JPMorgan
held billions of dollars in excess LBHI collateral. Indeed, an internal JPMorgan analysis
concluded that, as of September 12, 2008, JPMorgan was overcollateralized by as much as $6.1
billion for the clearance exposures alone. Nevertheless, JPMorgan refused each demand from
LBHI that it be given access to its own assets. In numerous internal e-mails circulated
throughout the weekend and Monday morning, JPMorgan management gave orders not to allow
LBHI to access its collateral, or to otherwise allow any LBHI cash or securities to be sent out
from JPMorgan, for any reason.
76.
At the same time that JPMorgan was refusing LBHI's requests for access to its
collateral, Dimon was attending a meeting at the New York Federal Reserve with the heads of
the other major United States financial institutions. The purpose of the meeting was ostensibly
to discuss whether the attendees' firms could formulate a plan to avoid the collapse of Lehman
-24-
and the catastrophic impact such a failure would have on the global financial system. Such a
plan never materialized.
77.
At all times, JPMorgan was aware that the failure of one of its key competitors
would redound to JPMorgan's benefit. And these benefits did materialize almost immediately
following Lehman's demise. As Dimon later boasted during JPMorgan's earnings call for the
fourth quarter of 2008, JPMorgan saw "exceptional" market share gains in trading and
investment banking, including equity and debt capital markets, M&A and corporate client
coverage.
LBHI Is Forced to File for Bankruptcy on September 15, 2008
78.
On the morning of Monday, September 15, 2008, London time, a London-based
subsidiary of LBHI, Lehman Brothers International (Europe) ("LBIE"), was short on its capital
requirements and, under United Kingdom law, LBIE could not open for business without its
directors potentially incurring personal liability for that shortfall. In light of this risk, LBIE was
forced to file for administration in London (the u.K. equivalent of bankruptcy) on the morning
of September 15, 2008, London time. That same morning, LBHI filed for bankruptcy under
chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code.
79.
JPMorgan's demands for and receipt ofthe billions of dollars in cash collateral,
and its refusal to allow LBHI to access its own assets, contributed to the exigency of LBHI' s
bankruptcy filing. Had LBHI been able to file a well-prepared and orderly chapter 11, as a
company of Lehman's size and complexity ordinarily would, circumstances would have been
very different for the estate. At the very least, LBHI could have organized a more orderly winddown that could have prevented the destruction of billions of dollars in value to the LBHI estate
that followed the September 15, 2008 filing. JPMorgan's overreaching collateral demands thus
-25-
caused losses of tens of billions of dollars, due to Lehman's inability to engage in pre-filing
measures to preserve estate value.
80.
For example, much of the value destruction came from the bankruptcy filing of
LBHI as parent guarantor, which triggered a cascade of defaults at Lehman subsidiaries that held
trading contracts. This resulted in a termination of hundreds of thousands of separate derivatives
contracts with counterparties, including JPMorgan. Among the terminated contracts were those
in which Lehman was substantially in-the-money. The additional time which would have been
available but for JPMorgan's improper collateral grab, could have allowed Lehman to transfer or
unwind many of its 1.1 million derivatives trades, preserving enormous value.
JPMorgan Continues to Hold Billions of Dollars of LBHI Assets
81.
JPMorgan's demands for, and improper withholding of, the approximately $8.6
billion in cash and money market funds it extracted from LBHI in the week leading up to LBHI's
bankruptcy were made under color of the September Agreements. But those agreements - which
were executed when LBHI and, on information and belief, its subsidiaries were insolvent - are
invalid and unenforceable under the fraudulent conveyance provisions of the Bankruptcy Code.
As set forth below, the September Agreements are not entitled to the "safe harbor" protections of
the Bankruptcy Code. As such, the approximately $8.6 billion of cash and money market funds
that was transferred under color of those agreements are property of the LBHI estate that should
have been in LBHI's possession as of the Petition Date. JPMorgan has no right to keep this
collateral at the expense of LBHI' s other creditors.
82.
Moreover, the September Agreements are invalid and unenforceable pursuant to
the common law, because they were procured by JPMorgan through unlawful economic
coercion, they lacked consideration, and further because the LBHI employee who executed the
September Guaranty lacked the authority to bind LBHI to that contract. Accordingly, JPMorgan
-26-
has no right to continue to withhold or apply the $8.6 billion in cash and money market funds
demanded and received by JPMorgan pursuant to the September Agreements.
83.
Similarly, the August Guaranty and the August Security Agreement are invalid
and unenforceable and are not entitled to the safe harbor protections of the Bankruptcy Code.
Therefore, JPMorgan had no right to demand and withhold the billions of dollars in LBHI
securities that were transferred to JPMorgan to secure obligations purportedly arising under those
agreements.
84.
Even if the August Guaranty and August Security Agreement were valid,
JPMorgan was required to return the $8.6 billion of cash and money market funds because those
assets were not held in any account in which JPMorgan had a security interest pursuant to the
August Agreements. Therefore, LBHI's obligations under the August Guaranty were capped at
the value of the LBHI securities held in the pledged accounts, and JPMorgan had no right to
retain or apply any of the $8.6 billion in cash and money market funds to satisfy those
obligations. JPMorgan would have also breached the August Guaranty as well as the August
Security Agreement, because it locked down and refused LBHI access to the billions of dollars in
LBHI collateral that it held on the evening of September 12, 2008, even though JPMorgan had
no clearance-related exposure at that time. JPMorgan would further be in breach of the August
Agreements because, to the extent those agreements were the purported basis for demanding and
retaining the $8.6 billion of cash and money market funds in the week prior to LBHI's
bankruptcy, the demands for those amounts far exceeded what was reasonably required at the
time to secure the clearance-related obligations arising under those agreements. In fact,
unbeknownst to LBHI, JPMorgan made its demands for the $8.6 billion in cash and money
-27-
market funds with the intent to secure obligations other than the clearance obligations arising
under the August Agreements.
As a result of the foregoing, LBHI's estate is entitled to the return ofLBHI's
85.
assets pursuant to various provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, because the transfers of such
assets are not entitled to safe harbor protections, and they constitute actual or constructive
fraudulent transfers, improper preference payments, and an impermissible build up of collateral
for the purpose of putting JPMorgan in a position of having more assets against which it could
setoff claims. Separate and apart from the relief provided by the Bankruptcy Code, as a result of
JPMorgan's misconduct, LBHI is also entitled to damages.
86.
JPMorgan should not be allowed to retain the benefit of its wrongful conduct.
The billions of dollars in improperly withheld assets should be returned to LBHI's estate, and all
other damages resulting from JPMorgan's misconduct should be awarded, for the benefit of
LBHI's creditors.
CAUSES OF ACTION
COUNT I
(Avoidance of September Agreements as Actually Fraudulent Under
Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code)
87.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 86 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth below.
88.
Within two (2) years ofthe Petition Date, LBHI entered into the September
Agreements.
89.
Entry into the September Guaranty was an obligation incurred by LBHI to or for
the benefit of JPMorgan. Entry into the remainder of the September Agreements was either a
transfer made or an obligation incurred by LBHI to or for the benefit of JPMorgan.
-28-
90.
Entry into each of the September Agreements was made with an actual intent to
hinder, delay, and/or defraud LBHl's creditors. Such an intent can be inferred from the
traditional badges of fraud surrounding LBHI's entry into the September Agreements. Among
other things, on September 10, 2008, the global markets were experiencing a meltdown, LBHI
and many of its subsidiaries were insolvent, LBHI received no consideration in exchange for its
expanded obligations under the September Agreements, and the September Agreements were
executed on a hasty, rushed basis without any meaningful negotiation between LBHI and
JPMorgan.
91.
As a result of LBHI' s entry into the September Agreements, LBHI and its
creditors have been harmed.
92.
The September Agreements are avoidable under Section 548(a)(1)(A) of the
Bankruptcy Code.
COUNT II
(Avoidance of August Guaranty and August Security Agreement as Actually
Fraudulent Under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code)
93.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 92 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth below.
94.
Within two (2) years of the Petition Date, LBHI entered into the August
Agreements.
95.
Entry into the August Guaranty was an obligation incurred by LBHI to or for the
benefit of JPMorgan. Entry into the August Security Agreement was a transfer made by LBHI to
or for the benefit of JPMorgan.
96.
Entry into the August Guaranty and the August Security Agreement was made
with an actual intent to hinder, delay, and/or defraud LBHI's creditors. Such an intent can be
inferred from the traditional badges of fraud surrounding LBHI's entry into the August Guaranty
-29-
and the August Security Agreement. Among other things, on August 29, 2008, the global
markets were experiencing a meltdown, on information and belief LBHI was undercapitalized
and many of its subsidiaries were insolvent and/or undercapitalized, and LBHI received no
consideration in exchange for its expanded obligations under the August Agreements.
97.
As a result ofLBHl's entry into the August Guaranty and the August Security
Agreement, LBHI and its creditors have been harmed.
98.
The August Guaranty and the August Security Agreement are avoidable under
Section 548(a)(I)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code.
COUNT III
(A voidance of Collateral Transfers as Actually Fraudulent Under
Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code)
99.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 98 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth below.
100.
Within two (2) years of the Petition Date, LBHI transferred certain securities to
JPMorgan and JPMorgan retained such securities after the close of business on September 12,
2008 in the absence of the existence of any clearance exposure (the "Securities Transfers").
101.
On September 9,2008, within two (2) years of the Petition Date, LBHI
transferred $2.67 billion in cash and money market funds to JPMorgan and JPMorgan retained
such funds after the close of business on September 12, 2008 in the absence of the existence of
any clearance exposure (the "September 9 Cash Transfer").
102.
On September 10, 2008, within two (2) years of the Petition Date, LBHI
transferred $300 million of cash to JPMorgan and JPMorgan retained such funds after the close
of business on September 12,2008 in the absence of the existence of any clearance exposure (the
"September 10 Cash Transfer").
-30-
103.
On September 11,2008, within two (2) years of the Petition Date, LBHI
transferred $600 million of cash to JPMorgan and JPMorgan retained such funds after the close
of business on September 12, 2008 in the absence of the existence of any clearance exposure
(the "September 11 Cash Transfer").
104.
On September 12,2008, within two (2) years ofthe Petition Date, LBHI
transferred $5 billion of cash to JPMorgan and JPMorgan retained such funds after the close of
business on September 12, 2008 in the absence of the existence of any clearance exposure (the
"September 12 Cash Transfer" and, collectively with the September 9 Transfer, the September
10 Cash Transfer and the September 11 Cash Transfer, the "September Transfers"). The
Securities Transfers and the September Transfers are collectively referred to as the "Collateral
Transfers."
105.
Each of the Collateral Transfers was a transfer made by LBHI to or for the benefit
of JPMorgan.
106.
Each of the Collateral Transfers was made with an actual intent to hinder, delay,
and/or defraud LBHl's creditors. Such an intent can be inferred from the traditional badges of
fraud surrounding LBHl's entry into the Collateral Transfers. Among other things, at the time of
each of the Collateral Transfers, the global markets were experiencing a meltdown, on
information and belief LBHI and many of its subsidiaries were insolvent and/or undercapitalized,
LBHI received no consideration in exchange for the Collateral Transfers, and the Collateral
Transfers were made on a hasty, rushed basis.
107.
As a result of the Collateral Transfers, LBHI and its creditors have been harmed.
108.
Each of the Collateral Transfers is individually avoidable under Section
548(a)(1)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code.
-31-
COUNT IV
(Recovery of Avoided Fraudulent Transfers Under Section 550
of the Bankruptcy Code)
109.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 108 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth below.
110.
The Collateral Transfers are avoidable as actual fraudulent transfers pursuant to
Section 548(a)(1)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code, and accordingly, pursuant to Section 550(a) of the
Bankruptcy Code, LBHI is entitled to recover from JPMorgan the value of the Collateral
Transfers plus interest from the transfer dates, and costs and fees to the extent available, for the
benefit ofLBHI's estate.
COUNT V
(A voidance of September Agreements as Constructively Fraudulent
Under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code)
111.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 110 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth below.
112.
Within two (2) years of the Petition Date, LBHI entered into the September
Agreements.
113.
Entry into the September Guaranty was an obligation incurred by LBHI to or for
the benefit of JPMorgan. Entry into the remainder of the September Agreements was either a
transfer made or an obligation incurred by LBHI to or for the benefit of JPMorgan.
114.
LBHI received less than reasonably equivalent value in exchange for its entry into
the September Agreements.
115.
When LBHI entered into the September Agreements, LBHI was insolvent or
became insolvent as a result of the transfers and/or incurrence of obligations; was engaged in
business or a transaction, or was about to engage in business or a transaction, for which its
-32-
remaining property was unreasonably small capital; and/or intended to incur, or believed that it
would incur, debts that would be beyond its ability to pay as such debts matured.
116.
The safe harbor provisions of Section 546( e) of the Bankruptcy Code do not apply
to the September Agreements.
117.
The September Agreements are avoidable under Section 548(a)(1)(B) of the
Bankruptcy Code.
COUNT VI
(Avoidance of September Guaranty as Constructively Fraudulent
Under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code)
118.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 117 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth below.
119.
Within two (2) years of the Petition Date, LBHI entered into the September
Guaranty.
120.
Entry into the September Guaranty was an obligation incurred by LBHI to or for
the benefit of JPMorgan.
121.
LBHI received less than reasonably equivalent value in exchange for its entry into
the September Guaranty.
122.
When LBHI entered into the September Guaranty, LBHI was insolvent or became
insolvent as a result of the incurrence of the obligation; was engaged in business or a transaction,
or was about to engage in business or a transaction, for which its remaining property was
unreasonably small capital; and/or intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts that
would be beyond its ability to pay as such debts matured.
123.
The safe harbor provisions of Section 546( e) of the Bankruptcy Code do not apply
to the September Guaranty.
-33-
124.
The September Guaranty is avoidable under Section 548(a)(1)(B) of the
Bankruptcy Code.
COUNT VII
(Avoidance of August Guaranty as Constructively Fraudulent
Under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code)
125.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 124 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth below.
126.
Within two (2) years of the Petition Date, LBHI entered into the August
Guaranty.
127.
Entry into the August Guaranty was an obligation incurred by LBHI to or for the
benefit of JPMorgan.
128.
LBHI received less than reasonably equivalent value in exchange for its entry into
August Guaranty.
129.
On information and belief, when LBHI entered into the August Guaranty, LBHI
was engaged in business or a transaction, or was about to engage in business or a transaction, for
which its remaining property was unreasonably small capital.
130.
The safe harbor provisions of Section 546(e) of the Bankruptcy Code do not apply
to the August Guaranty.
131.
The August Guaranty is avoidable under Section 548( a) (1 )(B) of the Bankruptcy
Code.
COUNT VIII
(Avoidance of Collateral Transfers as Constructively Fraudulent
Under Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code)
132.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 131 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth below.
-34-
133.
Within two (2) years of the Petition Date, LBHI transferred the Collateral
Transfers.
134.
Each of the Collateral Transfers was a transfer made by LBHI to or for the benefit
of JPMorgan.
135.
LBHI received less than reasonably equivalent value in exchange for its transfer
of each of the Collateral Transfers.
136.
On information and belief, when LBHI transferred each of the Collateral
Transfers, LBHI was insolvent or became insolvent as a result of the transfers; was engaged in
business or a transaction, or was about to engage in business or a transaction, for which its
remaining property was unreasonably small capital; and/or intended to incur, or believed that it
would incur, debts that would be beyond its ability to pay as such debts matured.
137.
The safe harbor provisions of Section 546( e) of the Bankruptcy Code do not apply
to the Collateral Transfers.
138.
Each of the Collateral Transfers is avoidable under Section 548(a)(1)(B) of the
Bankruptcy Code.
COUNT IX
(Recovery of Avoided Fraudulent Transfers Under Section 550
of the Bankruptcy Code)
139.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 138 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth below.
140.
The Collateral Transfers are avoidable as constructive fraudulent transfers
pursuant to Section 548(a)(1)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code, and accordingly, pursuant to Section
550(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, LBHI is entitled to recover from JPMorgan the value of the
Collateral Transfers plus interest from the transfer dates, and costs and fees to the extent
available, for the benefit ofLBHI's estate.
-35-
COUNT X
(A voidance of September Agreements as Constructively Fraudulent Under
Section 544 and Applicable State Fraudulent Conveyance or Fraudulent
Transfer Law)
141.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 140 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth below.
142.
Pursuant to Section 544(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, LBHI has the rights of an
existing unsecured creditor of LBHI. Section 544(b) permits LBHI to assert claims and causes
of action that such a creditor could assert under applicable state law.
143.
Prior to the Petition Date, LBHI entered into the September Agreements.
144.
Entry into the September Guaranty was an obligation incurred by LBHI to or for
the benefit of JPMorgan. Entry into the remainder of the September Agreements was either a
transfer made or an obligation incurred by LBHI to or for the benefit of JPMorgan.
145.
LBHI did not receive fair consideration, or a fair equivalent, or reasonably
equivalent value in exchange for its entry into the September Agreements.
146.
When LBHI entered into the September Agreements, LBHI was insolvent or
became insolvent as a result of the transfers; was engaged in business or a transaction, or was
about to engage in business or a transaction, for which its remaining property was unreasonably
small capital; and/or intended to incur, or reasonably should have believed that it would incur,
debts that would be beyond its ability to pay as such debts matured.
147.
The safe harbor provisions of Section 546( e) of the Bankruptcy Code do not apply
to the September Agreements.
148.
The September Agreements are avoidable under Section 544 of the Bankruptcy
Code and applicable state law.
-36-
COUNT XI
(A voidance of September Guaranty as Constructively Fraudulent Under
Section 544 and Applicable State Fraudulent Conveyance or Fraudulent
Transfer Law)
149.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 148 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth below.
150.
Pursuant to Section 544(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, LBHI has the rights of an
existing unsecured creditor of LBHI. Section 544(b) pennits LBHI to assert claims and causes
of action that such a creditor could assert under applicable state law.
151.
Prior to the Petition Date, LBHI entered into the September Guaranty.
152.
Entry into the September Guaranty was an obligation incurred by LBHI to or for
the benefit of JPMorgan.
153.
LBHI did not receive fair consideration, or a fair equivalent, or reasonably
equivalent value in exchange for its entry into the September Guaranty.
154.
When LBHI entered into the September Guaranty, LBHI was insolvent or became
insolvent as a result of the incurrence of the obligation; was engaged in business or a transaction,
or was about to engage in business or a transaction, for which its remaining property was
unreasonably small capital; and/or intended to incur, or reasonably should have believed that it
would incur, debts that would be beyond its ability to pay as such debts matured.
155.
The safe harbor provisions of Section 546(e) of the Bankruptcy Code do not apply
to the September Guaranty.
156.
The entry into the September Guaranty is avoidable as a fraudulent incurrence of
an obligation under Section 544 of the Bankruptcy Code and applicable state law.
-37-
COUNT XII
(Declaratory Judgment Invalidating August Security Agreement)
157.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 156 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth below.
158.
There is an actual and justiciable controversy between LBHI and lPMorgan as to
the validity and enforceability of the August Security Agreement.
159.
LBHI is entitled to a declaratory judgment pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 2201 that the
August Security Agreement is invalid and unenforceable. For the reasons set forth above, the
August Guaranty is invalid and unenforceable. The failure of the August Guaranty results in the
invalidity and unenforceability of the August Security Agreement, because the August Security
Agreement is meaningless without the August Guaranty.
COUNT XIII
(Declaratory Judgment Invalidating the September Security Agreement, the
September Amendment, and the Account Control Agreement)
160.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 159 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth below.
161.
There is an actual and justiciable controversy between LBHI and lPMorgan as to
the validity and enforceability of the September Security Agreement, the September
Amendment, and the Account Control Agreement.
162.
LBHI is entitled to a declaratory judgment pursuant to 28 U.S.c. § 2201 that the
September Security Agreement, the September Amendment, and the Account Control
Agreement are invalid and unenforceable. For the reasons set forth above, the September
Guaranty is invalid and unenforceable. The failure of the September Guaranty results in the
invalidity and unenforceability of the September Security Agreement, the September
-38-
Amendment, and the Account Control Agreement, because those agreements are meaningless
without the September Guaranty.
COUNT XIV
(Avoidance of Collateral Transfers as Constructively Fraudulent Under
Section 544 and Applicable State Fraudulent Conveyance or Fraudulent
Transfer Law)
163.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 162 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth below.
164.
Pursuant to Section 544(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, LBHI has the rights of an
existing unsecured creditor of LBHI. Section 544(b) permits LBHI to assert claims and causes
of action that such a creditor could assert under applicable state law.
165.
Prior to the Petition Date, LBHI transferred the Collateral Transfers.
166.
Each of the Collateral Transfers was a transfer made by LBHI to or for the benefit
of JPMorgan.
167.
LBHI did not receive fair consideration, or a fair equivalent, or reasonably
equivalent value in exchange for its entry into each of the Collateral Transfers.
168.
On information and belief, when LBHI transferred each of the Collateral
Transfers, LBHI was insolvent or became insolvent as a result of the transfers; was engaged in
business or a transaction, or was about to engage in business or a transaction, for which its
remaining property was unreasonably small capital; and/or intended to incur, or reasonably
should have believed that it would incur, debts that would be beyond its ability to pay as such
debts matured.
169.
The safe harbor provisions of Section 546(e) of the Bankruptcy Code do not apply
to the Collateral Transfers.
-39-
170.
Each of the Collateral Transfers is avoidable under Section 544 of the Bankruptcy
Code and applicable state law.
COUNT XV
(Recovery of Avoided Fraudulent Transfers Under Section 550
of the Bankruptcy Code)
171.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 170 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth below.
172.
The Collateral Transfers are avoidable as constructive fraudulent transfers
pursuant to Section 544 of the Bankruptcy Code and applicable state law, and accordingly,
pursuant to Section 550(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, LBHI is entitled to recover from JPMorgan
the value of the Collateral Transfers plus interest from the transfer dates, and costs and fees to
the extent available, for the benefit of LBHI' s estate.
COUNT XVI
(Avoidance of Preferential Transfer of September Security Agreement
Under Section 547 of the Bankruptcy Code)
173.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 172 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth below.
174.
Within ninety (90) days prior to the Petition Date, LBHI entered into the
September Security Agreement to or for the benefit of JPMorgan and JPMorgan was a creditor
ofLBHI.
175.
The September Security Agreement was a transfer made by LBHI to or for the
benefit of JPMorgan because it attempted to secure previously unsecured obligations of LBHI.
176.
The September Security Agreement was made for, or on account of, an antecedent
debt (within the scope of Section 54 7(b) of the Bankruptcy Code) owed by LBHI to JPMorgan.
177.
The September Security Agreement was made while LBHI was insolvent or was
presumed to be insolvent pursuant to Section 547(f) of the Bankruptcy Code.
-40-
178.
The September Security Agreement enabled JPMorgan to receive a larger share of
LBHI's estate than if such transfer had not been made and if JPMorgan had received payment of
such debt in a liquidation of the Debtors' assets under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.
179.
The safe harbor provisions of Section 546( e) of the Bankruptcy Code do not apply
to the September Security Agreement.
180.
The September Security Agreement is avoidable as a preference under Section
547(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
COUNT XVII
(A voidance of Preferential Transfer of Account Control Agreement
Under Section 547 of the Bankruptcy Code)
181.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 180 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth below.
182.
Within ninety (90) days prior to the Petition Date, LBHI entered into the Account
Control Agreement to or for the benefit of JPMorgan and JPMorgan was a creditor of LBHI.
183.
The Account Control Agreement was a transfer made by LBHI to or for the
benefit of JPMorgan.
184.
The Account Control Agreement was made for, or on account of, an antecedent
debt (within the scope of Section 547(b) of the Bankruptcy Code) owed by LBHI to JPMorgan.
185.
The Account Control Agreement was made while LBHI was insolvent or was
presumed to be insolvent pursuant to Section 547(t) of the Bankruptcy Code.
186.
The Account Control Agreement enabled JPMorgan to receive a larger share of
LBHI's estate than if such transfer had not been made and if JPMorgan had received payment of
such debt in a liquidation of the Debtors' assets under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.
187.
The safe harbor provisions of Section 546( e) of the Bankruptcy Code do not apply
to the Account Control Agreement.
-41-
188.
The Account Control Agreement is avoidable as a preference under Section
547(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
COUNT XVIII
(Avoidance of Preferential Transfer of September Transfers
Under Section 547 of the Bankruptcy Code)
189.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 188 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth below.
190.
Within ninety (90) days prior to the Petition Date, LBHI, directly or through a
conduit, transferred, or caused to be transferred, each of the September Transfers, to or for the
benefit of JPMorgan and JPMorgan was a creditor of LBHI.
191.
Each of the September Transfers was a transfer made by LBHI to or for the
benefit of JPMorgan.
192.
Each of the September Transfers was made for, or on account of, an antecedent
debt (within the scope of Section 547(b) of the Bankruptcy Code) owed by LBHI to JPMorgan.
193.
Each of the September Transfers was made while LBHI was insolvent or was
presumed to be insolvent pursuant to Section 547(f) of the Bankruptcy Code.
194.
Each of the September Transfers enabled JPMorgan to receive a larger share of
LBHI's estate than if such transfers had not been made and if JPMorgan had received payment of
such debt in a liquidation of the Debtors' assets under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code.
195.
The safe harbor provisions of Section 546(e) of the Bankruptcy Code do not apply
to the September Transfers.
196.
Each of the September Transfers is avoidable as a preference under Section
547(b) of the Bankruptcy Code.
-42-
COUNT XIX
(Recovery of Avoided Preferential Transfers Under Section 550
of the Bankruptcy Code)
197.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 196 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth below.
198.
The September Transfers are avoidable as preferential transfers pursuant to
Section 547 of the Bankruptcy Code, and accordingly, pursuant to Section 550(a) of the
Bankruptcy Code, LBHI is entitled to recover from JPMorgan the value of the September
Transfers plus interest from the transfer dates, and costs and fees to the extent available, for the
benefit of LBHI' s estate.
COUNT XX
(Turnover of Property Held by JPMorgan Under Section 542
of the Bankruptcy Code)
199.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 198 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth below.
200.
On the evening of September 12, 2008, JPMorgan held collateral posted by LBHI
that did not secure any obligations of LBHI to JPMorgan (the "Excess Collateral").
201.
The Excess Collateral is property of the estate because the September Agreements
are void and invalid, and accordingly, JPMorgan did not have a contractual right to hold the
Excess Collateral.
202.
JPMorgan is in possession, custody and/or control of the Excess Collateral, which
is of substantial value or benefit to the estate and which is property belonging to LBHI that may
be used, sold or leased by LBHI. JPMorgan should be ordered to tum over the Excess Collateral
or the value thereof to LBHI immediately.
-43-
COUNT XXI
(A voidance of September Transfers as Transfers Made for Purpose
of Obtaining a Right to Setoff Under Section 553( a)(3) of the
Bankruptcy Code)
203.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 202 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth below.
204.
Within ninety (90) days prior to the Petition Date, LBHI transferred each of the
September Transfers.
205.
At all times on and during the ninety (90) days immediately preceding the Petition
Date, LBHI was insolvent for purposes of Section 553(c) of the Bankruptcy Code.
206.
JPMorgan caused LBHI to transfer the September Transfers for the purpose of
obtaining a right to setoff against LBHI.
207.
The safe harbor provisions of the Bankruptcy Code do not apply to the September
Transfers.
208.
Each of the September Transfers is avoidable under Section 553 of the
Bankruptcy Code.
COUNT XXII
(Avoidance of September Transfers as Improvement in
Position Under Section 553(b) of the Bankruptcy Code)
209.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 208 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth below.
210.
As of ninety (90) days prior to the Petition Date, and at all relevant times prior to
and including the Petition Date, JPMorgan was a creditor of LBHI. JPMorgan has asserted that,
at certain times within ninety (90) days of the Petition Date, it held a claim against LBHI.
211.
Within ninety (90) days prior to the Petition Date, LBHI entered into each of the
September Transfers.
-44-
212.
At all times on and during the ninety (90) days immediately preceding the Petition
Date, LBHI was insolvent for purposes of Section 553(c) of the Bankruptcy Code.
213.
JPMorgan improved its position through LBHl's transfer of the September
Transfers because the amount of the insufficiency on the date of the setoff was less than the
insufficiency on the later of ninety (90) days prior to the Petition Date and the first date during
the ninety (90) days immediately preceding the Petition Date on which there was an
insufficiency. For purposes of this Count, insufficiency means the amount by which any claims
asserted by JPMorgan exceeded any mutual debt owing to LBHI by JPMorgan.
214.
The safe harbor provisions of the Bankruptcy Code do not apply to the September
Transfers.
215.
Pursuant to Section 553(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, JPMorgan is liable for the
amount by which the September Transfers enabled it to improve its credit position with respect
to LBHI in the ninety (90) days preceding the Petition Date.
COUNT XXIII
(Recovery of Avoided Transfers as Impermissible Improvement in
Position Under Section 550 of the Bankruptcy Code)
216.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 215 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth below.
217.
The September Transfers are avoidable as impermissible improvements in
position pursuant to Section 553(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, and accordingly, pursuant to
Section 550(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, LBHI is entitled to recover from JPMorgan the value of
the September Transfers plus interest from the transfer dates, and costs and fees to the extent
available, for the benefit of LBHI' s estate.
-45-
COUNT XXIV
(Equitable Subordination Under Sections 51O(c) and
105(a) of the Bankruptcy Code)
218.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 217 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth below.
219.
JPMorgan engaged in and benefited from inequitable conduct that resulted in
injury to LBHl's creditors and conferred an unfair advantage to JPMorgan. This inequitable
conduct has resulted in harm to LBHI and its entire creditor body because general unsecured
creditors are less likely to recover the full amounts due to them.
220.
JPMorgan's conduct has been inequitable, egregious, unconscionable and/or
outrageous and has harmed LBHI, its employees, creditors and other stakeholders. In equity and
good conscience, any claim or interest of JPMorgan in respect ofLBHI's estate should be
equitably subordinated pursuant to Section 501(c) of the Bankruptcy Code and/or disallowed to
the fullest extent permitted by law. Equitable subordination as requested herein is consistent
with the provisions and purposes of the Bankruptcy Code.
COUNT XXV
(Disallowance of Claims Under Section 502(d) of the Bankruptcy Code and
Avoidance of Liens Securing Such Claims Under Section 506(d))
221.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 220 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth below.
222.
Claims held by JPMorgan against LBHI are subject to disallowance under Section
502( d) of the Bankruptcy Code unless and until JPMorgan has turned over to LBHI all property
transferred, or paid LBHI the value of such property, for which JPMorgan is liable under
Sections 542, 550 or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code.
223.
In the event that (a) the property is recoverable from JPMorgan under
Sections 542,550 or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code, or (b) any of the transfers made to JPMorgan
-46-
are avoidable under Sections 544, 547 or 548 of the Bankruptcy Code, then all of the claims of
JPMorgan against LBHI should be disallowed unless and until JPMorgan has turned over to
LBHI all property transferred, or paid LBHI the value of such property, for which it is liable
under Sections 542, 550 or 553 of the Bankruptcy Code.
224.
Based on the foregoing, to the extent a lien secures a claim that is disallowed,
such liens are void under Section 506(d) of the Bankruptcy Code.
COUNT XXVI
(Imposition of Constructive Trust and Turnover of $5 Billion of Cash)
225.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 224 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth herein.
226.
On September 11, 2008, in the context of the confidential relationship between
JPMorgan and LBHI, JPMorgan demanded that LBHI post $5 billion in cash as purported
collateral by the next day, September 12, 2008.
227.
In connection with this demand, JPMorgan agreed that it would return the $5
billion in cash to LBHI at the end of the settlement day on September 12, 2008.
228.
In reliance upon JPMorgan's representation that it would return the $5 billion in
cash at the close of the settlement day, LBHI posted the $5 billion in cash as collateral with
JPMorgan.
229.
Notwithstanding demands from LBHI that JPMorgan return, inter alia, the $5
billion in cash following the close of settlement on September 12, 2008, JPMorgan breached its
agreement and refused to return the $5 billion to LBHI. To date, JPMorgan is unjustly enriched
by its continual and wrongful withholding of the $5 billion cash.
230.
The $5 billion in cash is property of the estate because JPMorgan holds such
funds in a constructive trust for LBHI.
-47-
231.
JPMorgan is in possession, custody and/or control of the $5 billion in cash, which
is of substantial value or benefit to the estate and which is property belonging to LBHI that may
be used, sold or leased by LBHI. JPMorgan should be ordered to tum over the $5 billion to
LBHI immediately.
COUNT XXVII
(Violation of Automatic Stay)
232.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 231 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth herein.
233.
JPMorgan violated the automatic stay and Section 362(a)(7) of the Bankruptcy
Code when it effected various seizures and setoffs against funds transferred to JPMorgan under
color of the September Agreements to satisfy obligations purportedly owed to JPMorgan and its
related parties under certain derivatives contracts.
234.
The collateral used by JPMorgan to effectuate the setoffs was not posted pursuant
to, and was not sufficiently related to, the derivatives contracts. Thus, any setoff is not protected
by the safe harbor provisions of the Bankruptcy Code. In fact, the $8.6 billion of collateral was
posted by LBHI at a time when JPMorgan did not have the contractual right to demand collateral
under the derivatives contracts.
235.
Pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 2201 and Bankruptcy Rule 7001, LBHI requests that this
Court issue a judgment that JPMorgan's wrongful setoffs against funds transferred in connection
with the September Agreements were willful violations of the automatic stay under Section
362(a)(7).
COUNT XXVIII
(Turnover of Funds Seized in Violation of Automatic Stay)
236.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 235 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth herein.
-48-
237.
The funds that were seized by JPMorgan to satisfy obligations allegedly owed to
JPMorgan and its related parties under certain derivatives contracts are property of LBHI's estate
under Section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code.
238.
JPMorgan should be ordered to tum over the funds seized or their equivalent to
LBHI immediately.
COUNT XXIX
(Declaratory Judgment Invalidating the September Agreements)
239.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 238 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth herein.
240.
LBHI is entitled to a declaratory judgment that the September Agreements never
took effect, and are otherwise invalid and unenforceable, because they were the product of
coercion, were not properly authorized, and lacked consideration.
Coercion and/or Duress
241.
As set forth above, pursuant to the 2000 Clearance Agreement (as amended),
JPMorgan was obligated to provide clearing services to Lehman. JPMorgan had no right to
immediately cease clearing for Lehman. The 2000 Clearance Agreement further provided that
JPMorgan had an obligation to continue to provide intra-day credit to Lehman in connection with
these clearing services, until such time as JPMorgan gave commercially reasonable notice of its
intent to cease extending such credit. JPMorgan was further required by the covenant of good
faith and fair dealing to refrain from immediately ceasing to clear and/or provide credit to
Lehman, especially when fully collateralized at the time, because of the parties' years of prior
practice and the devastating effect such action would have on Lehman's business.
242.
On the evening of September 9, 2008, JPMorgan threatened that, if LBHI did not
execute the proposed agreements before LBHI's earnings call, scheduled for 7:30 a.m. the next
-49-
day, JPMorgan would immediately stop extending intra-day credit to, and clearing trades for,
Lehman.
243.
Notwithstanding the fact that this threatened action, if taken, would have
constituted a violation of the 2000 Clearance Agreement and/or the covenant of good faith and
fair dealing, LBHI could not refuse JPMorgan's demand that it enter into the September
Agreements. If JPMorgan ceased providing clearing services and/or intra-day credit to Lehman,
Lehman's business would have immediately collapsed.
244.
Nor was there an alternative to entering the September Agreements available to
LBHI. As described above, JPMorgan was one of only two banks that could provide the
required clearing services to Lehman (the other being the Bank of New York) - and it would
have been impossible to transfer Lehman's business to the Bank of New York in the eleven
overnight hours between JPMorgan's demand on the night of September 9,2008, and the
deadline given by JPMorgan of7:30 a.m. the next morning.
245.
As a result of JPMorgan's conduct, LBHI involuntarily acceded to JPMorgan's
demand to enter into the September Agreements.
Lack of Authority or Apparent Authority
246.
As set forth above, the individual who executed the September Guaranty on
behalf of LBHI had no authority to do so. JPMorgan was or should have been aware of that fact.
The failure of the September Guaranty results in the invalidity and unenforceability of the
remaining September Agreements, because those agreements all depend upon the September
Guaranty.
Lack of Consideration
247.
As set forth above, the September Agreements lacked consideration. The
September Agreements provided no new rights for LBHI; instead, they purportedly required
-50-
LBHI to give up critical rights and assume expanded obligations. Conversely, JPMorgan did not
incur any new obligations or otherwise provide any new consideration in connection with those
agreements; instead, all of the terms of the September Agreements gave unprecedented and
extraordinary rights to JPMorgan at the expense of LBHI.
*
248.
*
*
There is an actual and justiciable controversy between LBHI and JPMorgan as to
the validity and enforceability of the September Agreements.
249.
For all the reasons set forth above, LBHI is entitled to a declaratory judgment
pursuant to 28 U.S.C. § 2201 that the September Agreements never took effect, and are
otherwise invalid and unenforceable.
COUNT XXX
(Unjust Enrichment: All Collateral)
250.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 249 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth herein.
251.
In the weeks leading up to LBHl's bankruptcy, JPMorgan demanded and received
billions of dollars in LBHI securities pursuant to the August Agreements, and approximately
$8.6 billion in cash and money market funds pursuant to the September Agreements. JPMorgan
has therefore benefited in the amount of billions of dollars, at the expense of LBHI.
252.
For the reasons set forth above, the August Guaranty and August Security
Agreement are invalid and unenforceable. There were no other contracts between the parties that
governed the LBHI securities held as purported collateral under the August Guaranty and August
Security Agreement.
-51-
253.
For the reasons set forth above, the September Agreements are also invalid and
unenforceable. There were no other contracts between the parties that governed the
approximately $8.6 billion held as purported collateral under the September Agreements.
254.
As a result of the foregoing, lPMorgan has been unjustly enriched, and LBHI has
been damaged, in an amount to be detennined at trial. Equity and good conscience demand the
return of these LBHI assets to LBHI, or an award of damages equivalent to the value of such
assets. LBHI is also entitled to any and all damages that resulted from lPMorgan's unauthorized
and unlawful withholding of these assets.
COUNT XXXI
(Conversion: All Collateral)
255.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 254 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth herein.
256.
As of close-of-trading on September 12,2008, lPMorgan locked down billions of
dollars in LBHI assets. For all the reasons set forth herein, both the August Guaranty and
August Security Agreement, as well as the September Agreements, are invalid and
unenforceable. Moreover, even if valid, those agreements did not give lPMorgan any right to be
overcollateralized. Accordingly, JPMorgan has no right to keep the billions of dollars of LBHI
assets.
257.
On Friday, September 12, 2008, and throughout the weekend until LBHI's
bankruptcy filing on Monday, September 15, 2008, LBHI made repeated demands that
JPMorgan return LBHI's assets. Although JPMorgan had no right to withhold these assets, it
wrongfully refused each such demand.
258.
As a result of the foregoing, lPMorgan wrongfully converted billions of dollars in
LBHI assets, and LBHI has been damaged thereby. LBHI is entitled to the return of its assets, or
-52-
an award of damages equivalent to the value of the LBHI assets that JPMorgan wrongfully
converted. LBHI is also entitled to any and all damages that resulted from JPMorgan's
unauthorized and unlawful conversion of these assets.
COUNT XXXII
(Unjust Enrichment: $8.6 Billion in Cash and Money Market Funds)
259.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 258 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth herein.
260.
As described above, JPMorgan demanded and received $8.6 billion in cash and
money market funds as purported collateral from LBHI prior to LBHI's bankruptcy. At least as
of September 12, 2008, JPMorgan had swept the $8.6 billion out of the cash account on which
JPMorgan purportedly had a lien pursuant to the August Security Agreement. Thus, even if the
August Guaranty and August Security Agreement were valid, because the September Security
Agreement is invalid and unenforceable, the $8.6 billion was not in any account over which
JPMorgan had any lien or any other purported rights as against LBHI.
261.
Accordingly, the $8.6 billion in cash and money market funds is not the subject of
any security agreement or other contract between LBHI and JPMorgan. JPMorgan has no right
to the benefit it receives from holding these assets.
262.
As a result of the foregoing, JPMorgan has been unjustly enriched, and LBHI has
been damaged, in an amount not less than $8.6 billion. Equity and good conscience demand the
return of these LBHI assets to LBHI, or an award of damages equivalent to the value of such
assets. LBHI is also entitled to any and all damages that resulted from JPMorgan's unauthorized
and unlawful withholding of these assets.
-53-
COUNT XXXIII
(Conversion: $8.6 Billion in Cash and Money Market Funds)
263.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 262 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth herein.
264.
As described above, JPMorgan demanded and received $8.6 billion in cash and
money market funds as purported collateral from LBHI prior to LBHI's bankruptcy. At least as
of September 12, 2008, JPMorgan had swept the $8.6 billion out of the cash account on which
JPMorgan purportedly had a lien pursuant to the August Security Agreement. Thus, even if the
August Guaranty and August Security Agreement were valid, because the September Security
Agreement is invalid and unenforceable, the $8.6 billion was not in any account over which
JPMorgan had any lien or any other purported rights as against LBHI.
265.
On Friday, September 12, 2008, and throughout the weekend until LBHI's
bankruptcy filing on Monday, September 15, 2008, LBHI made repeated demands that
JPMorgan return at least the $8.6 billion in cash and money market funds. Although JPMorgan
had no right to withhold these assets, it wrongfully refused each such demand.
266.
As a result of the foregoing, JPMorgan wrongfully converted at least $8.6 billion
in LBHI assets, and LBHI has been damaged thereby. LBHI is entitled to the return of its assets,
or an award of damages equivalent to the value of the LBHI assets that JPMorgan wrongfully
converted. LBHI is also entitled to any and all damages that resulted from JPMorgan's
unauthorized and unlawful conversion of these assets.
-54-
COUNT XXXIV
(In the Alternative, Breach of the 2000 Clearance
Agreement: Improper Collateral Demands)
267.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 266 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth herein.
268.
For the reasons set forth above, the September Agreements are invalid and
unenforceab Ie.
269.
Pursuant to the 2000 Clearance Agreement, JPMorgan did not have the right to be
more than fully collateralized, or to demand collateral for anything beyond what was needed to
secure obligations arising under that agreement.
270.
Nevertheless, in the week immediately prior to LBHI's bankruptcy, JPMorgan
demanded and received from LBHI at least $8.6 billion of cash and money market funds, despite
the fact that it was already fully collateralized for current and anticipated obligations. Moreover,
as of the end oftrading on September 12, 2008, JPMorgan could have remained fully
collateralized for all outstanding LBHI obligations arising under the 2000 Clearance Agreement
without retaining the $8.6 billion transferred that week. Notwithstanding this
overcollateralization, JPMorgan locked down the $8.6 billion and prevented LBHI from
obtaining access to it.
271.
As a result of the foregoing, JPMorgan breached the 2000 Clearance Agreement,
and has thereby caused damage to LBHI. LBHI is therefore entitled to an award of billions of
dollars in damages, in an amount to be determined at trial.
COUNT XXXV
(In the Alternative, Breach of the August Agreements: Improper Collateral
Demands)
272.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 271 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth herein.
-55-
273.
For the reasons set forth above, the September Agreements are invalid and
unenforceable.
274.
As set forth above, in response to JPMorgan's repeated and excessive demands in
the weeks leading up to the LBHI bankruptcy, LBHI was forced to post billions of dollars in
LBHI assets with JPMorgan as purported security for LBHI obligations.
275.
However, at the time JPMorgan made these repeated and excessive demands for
collateral, JPMorgan knew that such additional collateral was not reasonably required to secure
JPMorgan with respect to intra-day clearance-related obligations arising under the August
Guaranty. Instead, JPMorgan demanded such collateral as security for potential non-clearance
obligations of LBHI and/or its subsidiaries.
276.
JPMorgan had no right under the August Agreements to demand and withhold
LBHI assets as collateral for obligations other than intra-day clearance obligations. Accordingly,
to the extent any of the collateral demanded and received by JPMorgan for non-clearing
obligations is purportedly governed by the August Agreements, JPMorgan is in breach of those
agreements.
277.
Even if JPMorgan intended to use the billions of dollars of pledged LBHI assets
as security for intra-day clearance obligations, the amount of collateral demanded and received
nonetheless exceeded what was reasonably required to secure JPMorgan for such obligations.
As such, JPMorgan's demands for and withholding of these LBHI assets as security under the
guise of the August Agreements constitutes a breach of those agreements.
278.
As a result of the foregoing, JPMorgan breached the August Agreements, and has
thereby caused damage to LBHI. LBHI is therefore entitled to an award of billions of dollars in
damages, in an amount to be determined at trial.
-56-
COUNT XXXVI
(In the Alternative, Breach of the August Agreements:
Improper Withholding of Collateral)
279.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 278 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth herein.
280.
For the reasons set forth above, the September Agreements are invalid and
unenforceable.
Pursuant to the August Agreements, at the end of any given trading day,
281.
JPMorgan was required to give LBHI access to any LBHI collateral held by JPMorgan, to the
extent such collateral exceeded the obligations of LBHI to JPMorgan under those agreements.
282.
As of the end oftrading on September 12,2008, Lehman had no clearance-related
obligations or debts to JPMorgan whatsoever. At that time, JPMorgan held and locked down
billions of dollars in LBHI assets as purported collateral. To the extent those assets were
governed by the August Agreements, JPMorgan was obligated to allow LBHI to access those
assets that evening.
283.
As a result of JPMorgan's misconduct, JPMorgan breached the August
Agreements, and has thereby caused damage to LBHI. LBHI is therefore entitled to an award of
billions of dollars in damages, in an amount to be determined at trial.
COUNT XXXVII
(In the Alternative, Breach of the Implied Covenant of Good Faith
and Fair Dealing: August Agreements)
284.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 283 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth herein.
285.
For the reasons set forth above, the September Agreements are invalid and
unenforceable.
-57-
286.
New York law recognizes an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing in all
contracts. Pursuant to this principle, lPMorgan owed LBHI a duty of good faith and fair dealing
under the August Agreements.
287.
As described above, in the weeks leading up to LBHI's bankruptcy, lPMorgan
used its dominant bargaining position and improper threats to force LBHI to post billions of
dollars of collateral in excess of what was needed to secure lPMorgan's clearance exposure.
This improper conduct of lPMorgan deprived LBHI of any right under the August Agreements
to refuse unreasonable and excessive collateral demands by lPMorgan. Moreover, lPMorgan
made its demands knowing they would drain LBHI of much-needed liquidity and would severely
impair LBHI's ability to continue to operate.
288.
Then, lPMorgan refused to give LBHI access to its collateral on Friday,
September 12, 2008, and throughout that weekend. lPMorgan made this refusal notwithstanding
its knowledge that the collateral was not required to secure any legitimate exposure of
lPMorgan, and its knowledge that LBHI's access to that collateral was critical to LBHI's efforts
to save its business.
289.
The foregoing conduct of lPMorgan was performed in bad faith, for the improper
purpose of ensuring that lPMorgan would stand ahead of LBHI's other creditors in the event of
LBHI's bankruptcy. For example, lPMorgan's primary purpose in making its collateral demands
was to circumvent derivatives contracts between lPMorgan entities and LBHI subsidiaries that
did not allow for such demands, in an attempt to ensure lPMorgan could pay itself 100 cents on
the dollar for previously unsecured obligations it anticipated could arise under those contracts if
LBHI filed for bankruptcy. Moreover, lPMorgan's collateral demands far exceeded what even
its own risk models suggested was required to secure those anticipated obligations.
-58-
290.
Pursuant to this wrongful conduct, JPMorgan has improperly withheld billions of
dollars in LBHI assets, at the expense of LBHI and its creditors.
291.
As a result of the foregoing, JPMorgan breached its implied covenant of good
faith and fair dealing with LBHI, embodied in the August Agreements, and LBHI has suffered
damages as a result. LBHI is therefore entitled to an award of billions of dollars in damages, in
an amount to be determined at trial.
COUNT XXXVIII
(Coercion and/or Duress With Respect to the September Agreements)
292.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 291 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth herein.
293.
As set forth above, pursuant to the 2000 Clearance Agreement (as amended),
JPMorgan was obligated to provide clearing services to Lehman. JPMorgan had no right to
immediately cease clearing for Lehman. The 2000 Clearance Agreement further provided that
JPMorgan had an obligation to continue to provide intra-day credit to Lehman in connection with
these clearing services, until such time as JPMorgan gave commercially reasonable notice of its
intent to cease extending such credit. JPMorgan was further required by the covenant of good
faith and fair dealing to refrain from immediately ceasing to clear and/or provide credit to
Lehman, especially when fully collateralized at the time, because of the parties' years of prior
practice and the devastating effect such action would have on Lehman's business.
294.
On the evening of September 9, 2008, JPMorgan threatened that, if LBHI did not
execute the proposed agreements before LBHI's earnings call, scheduled for 7:30 a.m. the next
day, JPMorgan would immediately stop extending intra-day credit to, and clearing trades for,
Lehman.
-59-
295.
Notwithstanding the fact that this threatened action, if taken, would have
constituted a violation of the 2000 Clearance Agreement and/or the covenant of good faith and
fair dealing, LBHI could not refuse lPMorgan's demand that it enter into the September
Agreements. If lPMorgan ceased providing clearing services and/or intra-day credit to Lehman,
Lehman's business would have immediately collapsed.
296.
Nor was there an alternative to entering the September Agreements available to
LBHI. As described above, lPMorgan was one of only two banks that could provide the
required clearing services to Lehman (the other being the Bank of New York) - and it would
have been impossible to transfer Lehman's business to the Bank of New York in the eleven
overnight hours between lPMorgan's demand on the night of September 9,2008, and the
deadline given by lPMorgan of7:30 a.m. the next morning.
297.
As a result of the above, the September Agreements never took effect, and are
otherwise invalid and unenforceable, because they are the product of coercion and/or duress.
298.
Under cover of the September Agreements, lPMorgan has improperly withheld
billions of dollars in LBHI assets, notwithstanding LBHl's demand for the return of same.
299.
As a result of the foregoing, LBHI is entitled to rescission of the September
Agreements, as well as damages, in an amount to be determined at trial.
COUNT XXXIX
(In the Alternative, Breach of the Implied Covenant of Good Faith
and Fair Dealing: September Agreements)
300.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 299 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth herein.
301.
New York law recognizes an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing in all
contracts. Pursuant to this principle, lPMorgan owed LBHI a duty of good faith and fair dealing
under the September Agreements.
-60-
302.
As described above, in the weeks leading up to LBHI's bankruptcy, JPMorgan
used its dominant bargaining position and improper threats to force LBHI to post billions of
dollars of collateral in excess of what was needed to secure JPMorgan's exposure. This
improper conduct of JPMorgan deprived LBHI of any right under the September Agreements to
refuse unreasonable and excessive collateral demands by JPMorgan. Moreover, JPMorgan made
its demands knowing they would drain LBHI of much-needed liquidity and would severely
impair Lehman's ability to continue to operate.
303.
Then, JPMorgan refused to give LBHI access to its collateral on Friday,
September 12, 2008, and throughout that weekend. JPMorgan made this refusal notwithstanding
its knowledge that the collateral was not required to secure any legitimate exposure of
JPMorgan, and its knowledge that LBHl's access to that collateral was critical to LBHI's efforts
to save its business.
304.
The foregoing conduct of JPMorgan was performed in bad faith, for the improper
purpose of ensuring that JPMorgan would stand ahead of LBHI' s other creditors in the event of
LBHl's bankruptcy. For example, JPMorgan's primary purpose in making its collateral demands
was to circumvent derivatives contracts between JPMorgan entities and LBHI subsidiaries that
did not allow for such demands, in an attempt to ensure JPMorgan could pay itself 100 cents on
the dollar for previously unsecured obligations it anticipated could arise under those contracts if
LBHI filed for bankruptcy. Moreover, JPMorgan's collateral demands far exceeded what even
its own risk models suggested was required to secure those anticipated obligations.
305.
Pursuant to this wrongful conduct, JPMorgan has improperly withheld billions of
dollars in LBHI assets, at the expense of LBHI and its creditors.
-61-
306.
As a result of the foregoing, JPMorgan breached its implied covenant of good
faith and fair dealing with LBHI, embodied in the September Agreements, and LBHI has
suffered damages as a result. LBHI is therefore entitled to an award of billions of dollars in
damages, in an amount to be detennined at trial.
COUNT XL
(Coercion and/or Duress With Respect to Demands for $8.6 Billion
in Cash and Cash Equivalents)
307.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 306 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth herein.
308.
As described above, on September 9,2008, JPMorgan demanded as additional
collateral, and LBHI posted, $1 billion in cash and $1.67 billion in money market funds. On
September 10, 2008, again at the insistence of JPMorgan, LBHI delivered to JPMorgan
approximately $300 million of cash. Similarly, on September 11, 2008, LBHI posted additional
cash in the amount of $600 million as collateral for JPMorgan. These demands were backed by
the improper threat that, if LBHI did not comply, JPMorgan would immediately stop extending
intra-day credit to, and clearing trades for, Lehman, in violation of its obligations under the 2000
Clearance Agreement.
309.
Then, late in the evening of September 11, 2008, JPMorgan sent to LBHI a
written "Notice" requiring confinnation that LBHI would wire to JPMorgan an additional
$5 billion in cash prior to opening of business on Friday, September 12, 2008. In the Notice,
JPMorgan threatened that, ifLBHI did not comply with JPMorgan's demand, "we intend to
exercise our right to decline to extend credit to you under the [Clearance] Agreement."
JPMorgan's threat was improper and wrongful. JPMorgan had no right to refuse to extend credit
to Lehman on the morning of Friday, September 12, 2008, or to cease providing clearing services
for Lehman with such little notice. As described above, such action, if taken, would have
-62-
constituted a breach of the 2000 Clearance Agreement and/or JPMorgan's duty of good faith and
fair dealing.
310.
Notwithstanding, LBHI was in no position to insist on its contract rights with
respect to any of these demands. Both JPMorgan and LBHI knew that, if JPMorgan carried
through with its threats, Lehman's business would immediately collapse. LBHI had no
alternative but to accede to JPMorgan's demands.
311.
LBHI therefore involuntarily delivered $8.6 billion in cash and money market
funds to JPMorgan.
312.
As a result of the foregoing, LBHI was wrongfully coerced into agreeing to
deliver $8.6 billion in cash and money market funds. LBHI is therefore entitled to rescission of
its agreements to deliver the $8.6 billion in cash and money market funds to JPMorgan and a
return of the $8.6 billion, or entitled to an award of damages in the amount of $8.6 billion, as
well as all other damages resulting from JPMorgan's misconduct, in an amount to be determined
at trial.
COUNT XLI
(Fraud With Respect to the September 12, 2008 Demand for $5 Billion Cash)
313.
The allegations in paragraphs 1 through 312 are incorporated by reference as
though fully set forth herein.
314.
As described above, on September 11, 2008, JPMorgan demanded that LBHI post
$5 billion in cash as purported collateral by the next day, September 12, 2008.
315.
LBHI was not obligated under the September Agreements, or any other agreement
between the parties, to post the $5 billion as demanded by JPMorgan. However, to induce LBHI
to post the $5 billion as additional collateral, JPMorgan represented that it would return the $5
billion to LBHI at the end of the trading day on September 12,2008.
-63-
316.
It was critical to the survival of LBHI's business that it have access to its $5
billion in cash on the evening of September 12, 2008 and throughout the following weekend.
However, in reliance on JPMorgan's representation, LBHI transferred $5 billion in cash as
purported collateral to JPMorgan.
317.
At the time JPMorgan made its representation and induced LBHI to post the $5
billion as collateral, JPMorgan had no intention of returning the $5 billion to LBHI. In fact,
JPMorgan had already determined that it would lock down all LBHI assets, including the $5
billion, as soon as those assets were transferred to JPMorgan.
318.
LBHI is entitled to an award of direct damages in the amount of $5 billion, as
well as all other damages resulting from JPMorgan's misconduct, in an amount to be determined
at trial.
PRAYER FOR RELIEF
WHEREFORE, LBHI demands judgment against JPMorgan, as follows:
a.
Declaring that the August Guaranty and August Security Agreement never
took effect, and are otherwise invalid and unenforceable;
b.
Declaring that the September Agreements never took effect, and are
otherwise invalid and unenforceable;
c.
Ordering JPMorgan to return to LBHI all LBHI assets held by JPMorgan
prior to LBHI's bankruptcy filing;
d.
In the alternative to paragraph (c) above, awarding LBHI damages in an
amount commensurate with the value of all LBHI assets held by
JPMorgan as of September 12, 2008, in addition to statutory interest;
-64-
e.
Awarding LBHI all other damages suffered as a result of JPMorgan's
misconduct, in an amount to be determined at trial, in addition to statutory
interest;
f.
Equitably subordinating and/or disallowing JPMorgan's claims and
interests in respect of LBHI' s estate;
g.
Disallowing the claims and avoiding the liens of JPMorgan against LBHI
unless and until JPMorgan has turned over to LBHI the value of such
transferred property for which JPMorgan is liable under Sections 542, 550
and 553 of the Bankruptcy Code;
h.
Preserving all transfers and liens avoided for the benefit ofLBHI's estate
under Section 551 of the Bankruptcy Code;
1.
Declaring that JPMorgan willfully violated the automatic stay and
ordering them to pay LBHI an amount to be determined at trial for such
violation of the automatic stay;
J.
Awarding LBHI costs and disbursements ofthis action and attorneys'
fees; and
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
-65-
k.
Awarding such other and further relief as this Court deems just and
proper.
Dated: May 26, 2010
New York, New York
CURTIS, MALLET-PREVOST,
COLT & MOSLE LLP
By: /s/ Joseph D. PizZUITO
Joseph D. PizZUITO
L. P. Harrison 3rd
Michael J. Moscato
Nancy E. Delaney
Peter J. Behmke
Cindi M. Eilbott
101 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10178-0061
(212) 696-6000
Counsel for Plaintiff, Debtor Lehman
Brothers Holdings Inc.
QUINN EMANUEL
URQUHART & SULLIVAN, LLP
By: /s/ John B. Quinn
John B. Quinn
Erica Taggart
865 South Figueroa Street, 10th Floor
Los Angeles, California 90017-2543
(213) 443-3000
Susheel Kirpalani
Andrew J. Rossman
James Tecce
Christopher D. Kercher
51 Madison Avenue, 22nd Floor,
New York, New York 10010-1601
(212) 849-7000
Counsel for Proposed Plaintiff/Intervenor,
the Official Committee of Unsecured
Creditors ofLehman Brothers Holdings Inc.
-66-
TAB 16
Steven LimlJPMCHASE <steve.1im@jpmorgan.com>
Monday, September 1, 2008 12:26 AM
Sent:
Steven D. BlackiJPMCHASE <Steven.D.B1ack@jpmorgan.com>
To:
Gaby
A Abdelnour/JPMCHASE <gaby.abdelnour@jpmorgan.com>; Jamie Dimon/lL/ONE <jamie.dil
Cc:
<murlidhar.maiya@jpmorgan.com>; Olivier X de GrivellJPMCHASE <olivier.degrivel@jpmorgan.cc
MainlJPMCHASE <tim.main@jpmorgan.com>
Subject: Re: Lehman I KDB
Attach: InlineImage9. gif;InlineImage8. gif;InlineImage 7. gif;In1ineImage6. gif; Inlinelmage5 .gif;InlineImage4.g
From:
Steve,
After our call Sunday night, called ES Min, CEO of KDB and walked him through
the following key points on "Why JPM as financial advisor":
1. JPM knows Lehman best as the largest liquidity provider and #1 financing
bank for Lehman
2. We can do the most thorough job on necessary due diligence on Lehman's
balance sheet, especially RE related asset quality. We can finish the whole DD
process within a couple of weeks.
3. You and Jamie Dimon know Dick Fuld CEO of Lehman very well, are also close
to Hank Paulson of US Treasury to discuss any potential support to the deallKDB.
ES thanked for our timely follow-up on the issue. He said he needs to sort out
several key issues first with local regulatory bodies on i) how much comfort
KDB should have on Lehman's asset quality, ii) which local private equity
firms/financial institutions can work with KDB as co-investors, ii) draw a firm
consensus among the Blue House, FSC, MOFE and National Assembly on KDB's
controlling acquisition of Lehman.
ES said he will get back to us as soon as appropriate either to meet us or to
have a conf call.
ps) just FYI, ES Mon can be reached at his cell phone 82-10-3759-0600 if
necessary.
Best Regards.
SLim
Steve Suk Jung Lim
JPMorgan
Senior Country Officer & MD, Investment Banking - Korea
Address: 5FL, JP Morgan Plaza, 34-35 Jeong-Dong, Jung-Ku, Seoul 100-120, Korea
Direct: 822-758-5101 GDP:D 859-5101
Fax: 822-758-5214
Email: steve.lim@jpmorgan.com
Olivier X de GrivellJPMCHASE
2008-09-01 <4 ?@<4 @i 02: 12
To
HIGHLY CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-20040006139
Steven D. B1ackfJPMCHASE, Tim MainIJPMCHASE
cc
Murlidhar MaiyaJJPMCHASE, Steven LimlJPMCHASE
Subject
Re: Lehman I kdb
Even better, tks
can you use this dial in : +852 3009 3000
PIN 6557878
From: Steven D. Black
To: Olivier X de Grivel; Tim Main
Cc: Murlidhar Maiya; Steven Lim
Sent: Mon Sep 0100:58:002008
Subject: Re: Lehman 1 kdb
I could do it at 10pm - out to dinner before that.
Sent from my BlackBerry Handheld.
----- Original Message ----From: Olivier X de Grivel
Sent: 09/011200812:21 AM ZE8
To: Steven Black; Tim Main
Cc: Murlidhar Maiy a; Steven Lim
Subj ect: Re: Lehman I kdb
Steve, tim
Could we have a call with you tonight ny time (our monday morning). can do
after 7pm ny time.
kdb seems still interested, wants to know what jpm can offer vs the boutique
advising them now.
From: Steven D. Black
To: Olivier X de Grivel
Cc: Murlidhar Maiya; Peter B Koo; Steven Lim; Tim Main
Sent: Fri Aug 29 19:35:372008
Subject: Re: Lehman / kdb
Olivier - I somehow missed this - apologies. I am in the office now if you guys
want to chat - or am available anytime over the weekend. Regards, Steve
Olivier X de Grivel/JPMCHASE
Olivier X de Grivel/JPMCHASE
08128/2008 01: 12 PM
To
Steven D. BlackfJPMCHASE, Tim Main/JPMCHASE
cc
HIGHLY CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-20040006140
Steven LirnfJPMCHASE, Murlidhar MaiyafJPMCHASE, Peter B Koo/JPMCHASE
Subject
Lehman/kdb
Steve, Tim, can you be available for a conference call later tonight thursday
ny time (from 7pm onwards)
We'd like to update you on recent discussion with kdb reg lehman and discuss
what type of mandate (scope + pricing) we could offer kdb.
Tks
please indicate alternative if
IllGHLY CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-20040006141
lllGHLY CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-20040006142
HIGHLY CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-2004 0006143
HIGHLY CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-20040006144
lllGHLY CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-20040006145
IllGHLY CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-20040006146
HIGHLY CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-20040006147
HIGHLY CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-20040006148
HIGHLY CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-20040006149
HIGHLY CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-20040006150
HIGHLY CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-20040006151
TAB 17
Steven D.
To: "Jamie Dimon NEW YORK" <jamie.dimon@jpmchase.com>, "Bill Winters
Black@JPMCHASELONDON" <bill.t.winters@jpmorgan.coro>, "Tim Main"
<tim.main@jpmorgan.com>
cc:
09/011200806:48
Subject: Fw: Lehman / KDB
AM
I did a call last night with Steve and Olivier - moving along but slowly.
Sent from my BlackBerry Handheld.
·········Steven Lim
----- Original Message -----
From: Steven Lim
Sent: 09/01/2008 01:26 PM ZE9
To: Steven Black
Cc: Olivier X de Grivel/JPMCHASE@JPMCHASE1; Murlidhar Maiya;
Tim Main/JPMCHASE@JPMCHASE1; Tae Jin Park; Jamie Dimon; Gaby
Abdelnour
Subject: Re: Lehman / KDB
Steve,
After our call Sunday night, called ES Min, CEO ofKDB and walked him through the following
key points on "Why JPM as financial advisor":
l. JPM knows Lehman best as the largest liquidity provider and # 1 financing bank for Lehman
2. We can do the most thorough job on necessary due diligence on Lehman's balance sheet,
especially RE related asset quality. We can finish the whole DD process within a couple of weeks.
3. You and Jamie Dimon know Dick Fuld CEO of Lehman very well, are also close to Hank
Paulson of US Treasury to discuss any potential support to the deal/KDB.
ES thanked for our timely follow-up on the issue. He said he needs to sort out several key issues
first with local regulatory bodies on i) how much comfort KDB should have on Lehman's asset
quality, ii) which local private equity firms/financial institutions can work with KDB as coinvestors, ii) draw a fmn consensus among the Blue House, FSC, MOFE and National Assembly
on KDB's controlling acquisition of Lehman.
ES said he will get back to us as soon as appropriate either to meet us or to have a conf call.
ps) just FYI, ES Mon can be reached at his cell phone 82-10-3759-0600 if necessary.
Best Regards.
SLim
HIGHLY CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-20040006152
Steve Suk Jung Lim
JP Morgan
Senior Countty Officer & MD, Investment Banking - Korea
Address: 5FL, JP Morgan Plaza, 34-35 Jeong-Dong, Jung-Ku, Seoul 100-120, Korea
Direct: 822-758-5101 GDP: 859-5101
Fax: 822-758-5214
Email: steve.lim@jpmorgan.com
. . . . . Olivier X de GrivellJPMCHASE
Olivier X de
Grivel/JPMCHASE
2008-09-01 .2. ~
02:12
Steven D. BlacklJPMCHASE, Tim MainlJPMCHASE
To
Murlidhar Maiya/JPMCHASE, Steven LimlJPMCHASE
cc
Re: Lehman 1kdb
Subject
Even better, tks
can you use this dial in : +852 3009 3000
PIN 6557878
From: Steven D. Black
To: Olivier X de Grivel; Tim Main
Cc: Murlidhar Maiya; Steven Lim
Sent: Mon Sep 01 00:58:00 2008
Subject: Re: Lehman / kdb
I could do it at IOpm - out to dinner before that.
Sent from my BlackBerty Handheld.
----- Original Message ----From: Olivier X de Grive1
Sent: 09/0112008 12:21 AM ZE8
To: Steven Black; Tim Main
Cc: Murlidhar Maiya; Steven Lim
Subject: Re: Lehman 1 kdb
Steve, tim
Could we have a call with you tonight ny time (our monday morning). can do after 7pm ny
time.
kdb seems still interested, wants to know what jpm can offer vs the boutique advising
them now.
:::::::::.'.'.' :::',:::' ...... ,
.
.'.'.'::.'.'.'
.... .'.' ... .' ... , ............ .'.'.'.:".. ...............
",
..................
.'.' :::::::::::::::.'.'.'.'.'.'
..... ... ... "' ............... "." ............
.'
.'.",
.';;.'.'.'.'.' :::::::::':
...... , ..' ..' ... .' ..'.: ... .................
~
~
...
~ ~ ~ ~ ~. ~ ~.~~~~~~~~~~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~~~~~
From: Steven D. Black
To: Olivier X de Grivel
HIGHLY CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-20040006153
Cc: Murlidhar Maiya; Peter B Koo; Steven Lim; Tim Main
Sent: Fri Aug 29 19:35:37 2008
Subject: Re: Lehman / kdb
Olivier - I somehow missed this - apologies. I am in the office now if you guys want to chat - or
am available anytime over the weekend. Regards, Steve
. . . . . Olivier X de Grivel/JPMCHASE
Olivier X de
GrivellJPMCHASE
08128/2008 01: 12
Steven D.
TOBlacklJPMCHASE, Tim
MainlJPMCHASE
PM
Steven LimlJPMCHASE,
cCMurlidhar
MaiyalJPMCHASE, Peter
B Koo/JPMCHASE
Lehman/kdb
Subject
Steve, Tim, can you be available for a conference call later
tonight thursday ny time (from 7pm onwards)
We'd like to update you on recent discussion with kdb reg lehman
and discuss what type of mandate (scope + pricing) we could offer
kdb.
Tks
please indicate alternative if
HIGHLY CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-20040006154
TAB 18
Mark G To: Barry L Zubrow/JPMCHASE, Susan F Stevens/JPMCHASE, Jane BuyersDoctoroff Russo/JPMCHASE, Piers Murray/JPMCHASE
cc: Ruth J PetersonlJPMCHASE, Michele p, Annstrong/JPMCHASE, Carol D
Swaby/JPMCHASE, Marie J. Cirello/JPMCHASE
~~:~~~~8 Subject: LEH Briefing Memo - Lowitt/O'MearalTonucci Lunch (Thursday, September 4th)
Enclosed is a memo that provides a brief summary of the agenda/discussion topics for tomorrow's
lunch with Lehman Brothers (Ian Lowitt, CFO; Chris O'Meara, Chief Risk Officer; Paolo Tonucci,
Treasurer).
We should meet at 270 Park Avenue at 12: lOpm to walk over to Lehman's offices for the lunch
meeting at 12:30pm.
Let me know if you require any other information before the meeting. Best, Mark
Mark G. Doctoroff
Executive Director
Financial Institutions
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
277 Park Avenue, 14th Floor
TEL# (212) 622-1878
FAX#(917) 464-6265
Mobile# (917) 885-9268
BM_LEH_0904200B.doc.zip
CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-20040006170
Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.
Briefing Memorandum
Thursday, September 4, 2008
Time / Venue:
Lehman Attendees:
JPM Attendees:
12:30pm
745 7th Avenue, 32nd Floor
Dining Room, 32G
(Meet at 270 Park Avenue lobby @12;10pm)
Ian Lowitt, Chief Financial Officer
Chris O'Meara, Chief Risk Officer (previously CFO)
Paolo Tonucci, MD & Treasurer
Barry Zubrow, EVP & Chief Risk Officer
Susan Stevens, MD & Head of ACB
Jane Buyers-Russo, MD & Head BrokerlDealer Division
Piers Murray, MD, Credit Risk Management
Mark Doctoroff, ACB-Client Executive
Meeting Purpose:
Lehman ("LEH") would like to update us on their upcoming 3Q results which they will
announce September 17th. We expect they will have further significant asset write-downs
primarily originating from their commercial and residential real estate related assets. Their
3Q results will likely also come with announcements regarding the actions they will be
taking to shore-up their balance sheet, bolster capital (beyond the $12Bn in equity/hybrid
equity they have raised so far this year), and to operate successfully in the coming quarters in
the new market environment. Major themes in the press - (i) potential capital injection by
Korea Development Bank (KDB) or other sovereign wealth fund; (ii) sale of all or part of
their Investment Management Division (Neuberger Berman included) valued at between $7lOBn; (iii) sale of real estate assets or formation of a bad bank/good bank with a private
equity sponsorls may be touched on during this discussion.
There is a strong desire at LEH to have open and frank dialogue with JPM at all levels of our
organizations. I. Lowitt and C. O'Meara, would like to have more frequent contact with B.
Zubrow and other members of our senior management. This meeting is partially meant to
foster this dialogue. As LEH's primary operating services provider, LEH management want
to ensure that we are fully briefed on their strategy and challenges as they need our support
to operate their business.
It is important for B. Zubrow to thank the LEH team for their partnership and transparency
with us throughout the discussions we have engaged in during the last few months regarding
margin for the TPR, collateralization of intraday operating exposure where possible, and
overall credit risk management.
In addition to getting a 3Q update, we want to review the following items:
(1) Tri-party repo ("TPR")
Accomplishments
CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-20040006171
-At 100% investor margin; have $8Bn in additional margin to cover price/liquidity risk
($5Bn CLOs [primarily corporate loan CLOs] and $3Bn conduit CP);
Next Steps (JPM's responsibility)
-Introduce intra-day margining calculation (mid-September)
-Tag and stop unwind ofterm repos (timing TBD)
Issues
-Lehman believes we are over collateralized against the intraday risks - wants to go to
intraday margining as they believe this will allow them to take back some margin
(2) Pricing & collateral choice for coverage ofliquidity/price risk in TPR
Next Steps (JPM's responsibility)
-Hire 3rd party pricing service to price the CLOs placed as margin
-Review the pricing with Lehman
Issues
-Likely do not agree on value and may need to substitute collateral (intrinsic vs. liquidation
value);
-Indicative pricing from 3rd party source are @40-50% below the price that Lehman has put
on the $5Bn ofCLOs that they provided - still covering the I-day price/liquidity risk
(@$2.5Bn), but far short ofthe value that they have assigned;
-Wi1l3rd party pricing necessitate the need for Lehman to further mark the assets we hold as
margin;
-These assets are part ofLEH's liquidity pool (classified as ABS, corporates, CMOs),
despite their less than cash liquidity profile - if we are not comfortable with these securities
as margin, we need to develop a plan to replace them quickly
(3) Securing of $2Bn intraday for UK collateral management business
Accomplishments
-Explained the rationale and need to secure the intraday risk associated with the collateral
management business we provide Lehman in the UK
Next Steps (JPM's responsibility)
-Determine whether margin held in the US for TPR is eligible to also be used for securing
the UK collateral management business
-Discuss operational and legal points that will allow this business to be secured
Issues
-Lehman would very much like to use a portion or all oftheir margin held in the US for
collateral for their UK collateral management business
Key Ongoing Risk Management Agenda Items
• Determine pricing and collateral composition for TPR margin (end September);
• Share intraday margin for TPR transparently through the dealers' clearance system
(mid to late September)
• Secure UK collateral management intraday exposure - determine whether US TPR
margin can be used in whole or in part, whether additional collateral is required (midNovember);
• Determine whether JPM can face one LEH entity going forward for FXlDerivatives
and whether historical trades can be reorganized under the same entity (before
CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-20040006172
•
December);
Complete LBHI guarantee review (end October)
Summary Financial Information
(Dollars in millions, except share data)
Net Income
HoIdco Liquidity
Total Assets
Net Assets
Common Stockholders Equity
Total Stockholders Equity
Total Stockholders Equity
+ Jr. Subordinated Debt
Tangible Equity Capital
Total Long-Term Capital
Book Value per Common Share
Leverage Ratio
Net Leverage Ratio
2008
1008
4007
3007
2007
(2,774)
45Bn
639,000
326,899
19,283
26,276
489
35Bn
786,035
396,673
21,839
24,832
886
887
1,273
691,063
372,959
21,395
22,490
659,216
357,102
20,638
21,733
605,861
337,667
20,034
21,129
31,280
27,179
154,458
34.21
29,808
25,696
153,117
39.45
27,230
23,103
145,640
39.44
26,647
22,164
142,064
38.29
25,650
21,881
121,948
37.15
24.3x
12.0x
31.7x
15.4x
30.7x
16.1x
30.3x
16.1x
28.7x
15.4x
Liquidity Pool Details as of 8/30/2008:
Global Treasury
Liquidity Footnote - August 31, 2008
AmOWlts in millions
PRELIMINARY ESTIMATE
II~~~s~l~n~ ±ype
1. Cash
Cash at Banks
Other Cash lnv
Money Funds
Total Cash
A
3,378
553
104
3,378
553
104
4,035
4,035
2. Boxed Inventory
Private llIbel CMO's
454
3,020
16,963
674
8
3,811
Corporates
Governments I Treasuries
Asset Backed
Equities
Agencies
Canadian
Total Boxed Invento!)::
B
C&CEguIVs Available W U<1lqjl)!! ComEiiii~ {Ml!~
CONFIDENTIAL
1,187
10
785
9,470
1,557
17
15
464
3,806
27,620
762
1,565
3,828
15
88
24,930
1,187
11,943
38,060
19,1I~S
1;181
11,943
42,995
JPM-20040006173
Biographies
Ian T. Lowitt
Chief Financial Officer and Co-Chief Administrative Officer
Ian T. Lowitt is chief financial officer (CFO) and co-chief administrative officer (co-CAO) of Lehman Brothers
Holdings Inc. Mr. Lowitt was named CFO in June 2008 and has been co-CAO since October 2006. [n his
role as CFO, Mr. Lowitt oversees the Firm's finance organization, including Financial Control, Investor
Re[ations, Planning and Analysis, Product Control, Tax, and Treasury. [n his role as co-CAO, he is
responsible for the g[obal oversight of Corporate Real Estate, Expense and Sourcing Services, Operations,
Productivity and Process Improvement, Risk Management, and Technology. He is also an executive vice
president of Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. and a member of Lehman Brothers' Executive Committee.
Prior to his current role, Mr. Lowitt was the chief administrative officer of Lehman Brothers Europe. He has
also served as global treasurer and globa[ head of Tax, and chairman of Lehman Brothers Bank FSB, the
Firm's Delaware-based savings bank. Before becoming g[obal treasurer, he was the Firm's head of Strategy
and Corporate Development.
Mr. Lowitt joined Lehman Brothers in 1994 from McKinsey and Company, where he served as an
engagement manager advising clients in a number of industries, including financial services, electronics and
information technology.
Mr. Lowitt has a B.Sc. in electrica[ engineering and an M.Sc. in digital electronics from the University of the
Witwatersrand in Johannesburg, South Africa. He also has a BA in philosophy, politics and economics and
an M.Sc. in economics from the University of Oxford. At Oxford, Mr. Lowitt was a Rhodes Scholar.
Paolo Tonucci
Managing Director
Global Treasurer
Paolo Tonucci is the Global Treasurer of Lehman Brother Ho[ding Inc. Mr. Tonucci was named G[obal
Treasurer in April 2007.
As Globa[ Treasurer, Mr. Tonucci chairs the Firm's Finance Committee, is a member of the Firm's
Commitment Committee, and oversees all international and domestic treasury functions, including all
financing and capital raising.
Mr. Tonucci joined Lehman Brothers in 1996 and since this time has served in various roles across Finance
including: G[oba[ Co-Treasurer, [nternational Treasurer, G[oba[ Head of Asset and Liability Management,
and as a manager within Fixed Income Product Control Department.
Prior to joining Lehman Brothers, Mr. Tonucci was a manager of Derivatives Product Control for Bank of
America in London and prior to that, worked in the Capital Markets Audit and Consultancy area within Ernst
& Young.
Mr. Tonucci graduated from Cambridge University with a Masters in Economics.
Mr. Tonucci is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales and is also a
member of the Association of Corporate Treasurers.
CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-20040006174
TAB 19
JP MORGAN AGENDA
Date
Time
Venue
12:30 -2:00 pm
Luncheon
Meeting
September 4, 2008
Bank
Participants
Barry Zubrow, Chief Risk Officer and EVP, Member of the Operating Committee (Bio attached)
Piers Murray, MD, Global Credit Risk Management (Bio attached)
Jane Buyers Russo, MD - Division Executive of the Broker Dealer and Hedge Funds Division
Mark Doctoroff, Executive Director, Senior RM
Ian Lowitt, , CFO
Chris O'Meara, Chief Risk Officer
Paolo Tonucci, Global Treasurer
Lehman
Participants
Agenda
•
•
•
Introduce Barry Zubrow, CRO to Lehman Senior Management
Review of Lehman business strategy and third quarter results
Review operational risk and credit initiatives
Lehman
Priorities
•
Collateral: Lehman is pushing JP Morgan to increase pricing sources for less liquid collateral,
achieve better transparency in net free equity, and improve real time automation.
JPM Priorities
•
Collateral: Lehman has deposited collateral of $8B+ to support intraday triparty exposures in
the US. Discussions for an additional collateral pool of $2B to support European triparty
exposures are in process in London. JP Morgan has conveyed its appreciation on how
effectively Lehman has worked with them to mitigate intraday exposures.(See attached
analysis).
•
Valuations: JP Morgan has expressed concern about the valuation of some of the collateral
posted, specifically CLO's. JP Morgan is not concerned that the collateral is relatively illiquid,
but that there is no 3rd party pricing available. JP Morgan has agreed to engage Gifford Fong
to undertake valuation of the collateral.
•
Clearance Documentation: JP Morgan has renegotiated and executed amendments to the
clearance agreement, a new security agreement and guaranty from LBHI on August 28, 2008.
•
Derivative Counterparties: JP Morgan is reviewing the number of Lehman derivative
counterparties and has requested we work with them to consolidate the credit exposures to
fewer legal entities (combined Bear, Stearns and Lehman exposures). To date, JP Morgan is
not requiring that the trades be consolidated with a regulated entity and is comfortable with
LBSF. Until completed, JP Morgan has stopped negotiating CSA's with new legal entities, e.g.
Bankhaus Seoul Branch.
•
Guarantees: JP Morgan has requested that new individual guarantees from LBHI be
negotiated, including Aurora and all legal entities guaranteed by Board Resolution. Mark
Doctoroff working internally with Legal to draft a proposed format.
•
Liquidity: Lehman has provided detail on our liquidity position as of quarter end. (See
attached schedule). JP Morgan is holding an internal credit meeting on September 5 to review
the quality of the liquidity composition of all broker dealers.
PLEASE NOTE, JP MORGAN'S INTERNAL BRIEFING MEMO FOR THIS
MEETING IS ATTACHED.
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 445367
TAB 20
,11,:,
'i:.:
Susan F
Stevens
':::
':
Good.
To: Mark G Doctoroff/JPMCHASE, Jane Buyers-Russo/JPMCHASE
cc:
Subject: Re: Rating agency presentation
09/0512008
10:37 AM
How does it look? Susan
Original Message ----From: Mark G Doctoroff
To: Susan F Stevens; Jane Buyers-Russo
Sent: Fri Sep 05 10:22:45 2008
Subject: RE: Rating agency presentation
I have comments from Barry, Brian, and my own that the three of us agreed on early this
AM that I am passing on to Paolo at 10:30 -- will send a summary to you both after the
call
-----Original Message----From: Susan F Stevens
Sent: Friday, September 05, 2008 10:21 AM
To: Mark G Doctoroff; Jane Buyers-Russo
Subject: Fw: Rating agency presentation
Fyi. Susan
----- Original Message ----From: Piers Murray
To: Donna Dellosso; Susan F Stevens; Barry L Zubrow
sent: Thu Sep 04 21:06:07 2008
Subject: Fw: Rating agency presentation
Someone else getting an insight.
Sent from my BlackBerry Handheld.
Original Message
From: Mark G Doctoroff
sent: 09/04/2008 08:57 PM AST
To: Piers Murray; Jane Buyers-Russo
Subject: RE: Rating agency presentation
Piers,
Saw it also:
Lehman May Shift $32 Billion of Mortgage Assets to 'Bad Bank'
By Yalman Onaran
sept. 4 (Bloomberg) -- Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. may shift about $32 billion of
commercial mortgages and real estate to a new company that will be spun off in a move
similar to the good-bank-bad-bank model used in the 1980s banking crisis, two people
briefed on the discussions said.
The bad
Lehman,
several
outside
bank, nicknamed Spinco for now, would have about $8 billion of equity coming from
the people said, speaking on condition of anonymity because the plan is one of
under consideration. Spinco would borrow the remaining $24 billion from Lehman or
investors. The New York-based bank would replace capital put into Spinco, whose
JPM-2004 0006300
CONFIDENTIAL
shares would be owned by current Lehman shareholders.
Lehman Chief Executive Officer Richard Fuld, 62, is under pressure to strip the firm's
balance sheet of hard-to-sell assets. To raise cash needed to cope with losses from a
wholesale disposal, Lehman has been talking with Korea Development Bank about a capital
infusion and with private equity firms interested in buying its asset-management unit.
"The model helps banks get on with their real business, focus on their strengths, after
they put the bad assets aside,"
said Michael Bleier, an attorney at Reed Smith LLP who
was the senior counsel to Bank Mellon during its spinoff of bad assets in 1988. "We'll
see it being used again during this crisis."
Mark Lane, a spokesman for Lehman, declined to comment.
Korea Talks
The Spinco proposal would enable Lehman to dispose of 80 percent of its commercial
mortgages, the people said. Under another plan, the firm would establish a company
capitalized and managed by outside investors to buy some of its mortgage assets. The
Spinco plan would enable Lehman's shareholders to benefit from a turnaround in the
mortgage market.
Korea Development Bank has been in discussions to buy a 25 percent stake in Lehman for $6
billion, according to the people familiar with the talks. That would replace most of the
capital Lehman would put into the bad bank.
The deal must be structured to guarantee enough cash flow from the mortgages being put
into the spun-off entity to repay outside lenders, Reed Smith's Bleier said. That would
force Lehman or another bank using the model to disclose much more detail about the
mortgages and the securities, he said.
Balancing Act
Lehman's $65 billion mortgage-related portfolio has spooked shareholders, driving the
stock price down 77 percent this year on concern that the $2.8 billion loss in the second
quarter wouldn't end the bleeding. The bigger portion of the portfolio, or $40 billion,
is tied to commercial real estate.
Even though defaults of commercial mortgages are still below 1 percent, speculation that
delinquencies will jump in that market has pushed down the prices of the bonds backed by
commercial real estate loans. By spinning off the mortgages to its own shareholders,
Lehman can allow them to benefit from a possible recovery in asset prices when investors
realize commercial mortgages aren't going the way of subprime.
"Management's challenge is not that of discarding a troubled portfolio,"
said David
Trone, an analyst at Fox-Pitt Kelton Cochran Caronia Waller. "Instead, management must
find a way to relieve pressure on the stock without destroying shareholder value by
succumbing to an unwarranted fire sale of commercial mortgages."
KKR, Carlyle
Lehman, the largest underwriter of mortgage bonds last year, has been trying to reduce
assets linked to that market as demand dried up and prices plummeted, generating more
than $8 billion in writedowns and credit losses. BlackRock Inc., the largest publlcly
traded U.S. money manager, was considering a purchase of some of Lehman's commercial
mortgages, people familiar with those discussions said last month.
If talks
capital,
Kohlberg
Lehman's
with the Korean bank fail, Lehman will turn to the other option for raising
the people familiar with the firm's plans said. Private-equity firms including
Kravis Roberts & Co. and carlyle Group have been negotiating to buy a stake in
asset-management business, which includes Neuberger Berman Inc.
JPM-20040006301
CONFIDENTIAL
Fuld removed his associate of 30 years, President Joseph Gregory, 56, in June and
replaced him with Herbert "Bart" McDade, 49, who had run fixed income and equities.
Fuld, McDade and other members of the management team are racing to conclude a deal with
potential investors before the firm reports earnings this month, people familiar with the
situation have said. The company typically announces earnings in mid~September, although
last quarter it released preliminary figures a week before schedule.
The mortgage~bond crisis that spread to Lehman escalated in June 2007, when Bear stearns
Cos. began liquidatlng holdings from one of its hedge funds after losing bets on
securities tied to subprime mortgages. Bear stearns, then the fifth~largest u.s.
securities firm, sold itself to JPMorgan Chase & Co. for $10 a share.
~~~~~Original
Message~~~~~
From: Piers Murray
Sent: Thursday, September 04, 2008 8:53 PM
To: Mark G Doctoroff; Jane Buyers~Russo
Subject: Re: Rating agency presentation
Mark/Jane
~
BBerg has good bank bad bank article when Oi got back to my desk at 5
Sent from my BlackBerry Handheld.
original Message
From: Mark G Doctoroff
Sent: 09/04/2008 08:39 PM AST
To: Barry Zubrow; Piers Murray; Susan Stevens
Subject: FW: Rating agency presentation
Barry / Piers / Susan,
Best, Mark
~~~~~Original
Enclosed is the presentation we spoke about at lunch today.
Message~~~~~
From: Tonucci, Paolo [mailto:paolo.tonucci@lehman.com]
Sent: Thursday, September 04, 2008 8:35 PM
To: Mark G Doctoroff; Jane Buyers~Russo
Subject: Rating agency presentation
This is the presentation we took Fitch through today.
pass on to Barry.
I would be grateful if you could
There is a lot of confidential info so please keep to the minimum people.
Thanks,
Paolo
«JP_Morgan rating presentation.ppt»
This message is intended only for the personal and confidential use of the designated
recipient(s) named above.
If you are not the intended recipient of this message you are
hereby notified that any review, dissemination, distribution or copying of this message
is strictly prohibited.
This communication is for information purposes only and should
not be regarded as an offer to sell or as a solicitation of an offer to buy any financial
product, an official confirmation of any transaction, or as an official statement of
Lehman Brothers.
Email transmission cannot be guaranteed to be secure or error~free.
Therefore, we do not represent that this information is complete or accurate and it
JPM-20040006302
CONFIDENTIAL
should not be relied upon as such.
All information is subject to change without notice.
IRS Circular 230 Disclosure:
Please be advised that any discussion of U.S. tax matters contained within this
communication (including any attachments) is not intended or written to be used and
cannot be used for the purpose of (i) avoiding U.S. tax related penalties or (ii)
promoting, marketing or recommending to another party any transaction or matter addressed
herein.
JPM-20040006303
CONFIDENTIAL
TAB 21
BarryL
Zubrow
To: "Lowitt, Ian T" <ilowitt@lehrnan.com>
cc:
Subject: Re: Follow up to conversation.
0910512008
01:41 PM
Totally appreciate the sensitivity ....
Actually at the Open now.
Have to go to Switzerland tonite, back Sunday am.
Hopefully you will get some time off this weekend.
Original Message ----From: "Lowitt, Ian T" [ilowitt@lehman.com]
Sent: 09/05/2008 12:52 PM AST
To: Barry Zubrow
Subject: Follow up to conversation.
Will get back to you Monday with ideas where JPM might be helpful maybe something will resonate. Appreciate the offer very much.
The materials we sent you are obviously very sensitive, and trust they
will be kept to the limited group we met with and your rating advisory
team.
Enjoy the weekend. will you be at the tennis?
Ian
This message is intended only for the personal and confidential use of the designated
recipient(s) named above.
If you are not the intended recipient of this message you are
hereby notified that any review, dissemination, distribution or copying of this message
is strictly prohibited.
This communication is for information purposes only and should
not be regarded as an offer to sell or as a solicitation of an offer to buy any financial
product, an official confirmation of any transaction, or as an official statement of
Lehman Brothers. Email transmission cannot be guaranteed to be secure or error-free.
Therefore, we do not represent that this information is complete or accurate and it
should not be relied upon as such. All information is subject to change without notice.
IRS Circular 230 Disclosure:
Please be advised that any discussion of U.S. tax matters contained within this
communication (including any attachments) is not intended or written to be used and
cannot be used for the purpose of (i) avoiding U.S. tax related penalties or (ii)
promoting, marketing or recommending to another party any transaction or matter addressed
herein.
JPM-20040006314
CONFIDENTIAL
TAB 22
To: "Lowitt, Ian Til <ilowitt@lehman.com>
cc: Mark G Doctoroff/JPMCHASE@JPMCHASEl, piers.murray@jpmorgan.com
Subject: RE: Follow up to conversation.
BarryL
Zubrow
09/08/2008
07:36AM
Glad meetings are going well; We have kept the rating agency document limited to the team, with the addition
of Brian Keegan (whom we had referenced who heads up our rating agency practice). Not sure if Mark has
shared with you Brian's views over the weekend. I think you will find them helpful, albeit consistent with our
comments to you last week.
Barry
'V"Lowitt, Ian T" <ilowitt@lehman.com>
"Lowitt, Ian Tn
<i1owitt@lehman.com>
To<barry .l.zubrow@jpmchase.com>
cc
SubjectRE: Follow up to conversation.
09/07/200803:56 PM
Meetings with Agencies all went well - happy to provide colour if you'd
like. Will be getting them the timeline and more detailed plan on
capital next week which is obviously critical.
Re materials, please confirm that it is just you and your team that has
reviewed them and has copies (you understand our sensitivity!)
Hope trip to switzerland not too tiring. I got most of Saturday off.
Ian
-----Original Message----From: barry.l.zubrow@jpmchase.com [mailto:barry.l.zubrow@jpmchase.com]
Sent: Friday, September 05, 200B 1:41 PM
To: Lowitt, Ian T
Subject: Re: Follow up to conversation.
Totally appreciate the sensitivity ....
Actually at the open now.
am.
Have to go to switzerland tonite, back Sunday
Hopefully you will get some time off this weekend.
Original Message ----From: "Lowitt, Ian T" [ilowitt@lehman.com]
Sent: 09/05/2008 12:52 PM AST
To: Barry Zubrow
Subject: Follow up to conversation.
will get back to you Monday with ideas where JPM might be helpful maybe something will resonate. Appreciate the offer very much.
The materials we sent you are obviously very sensitive, and trust they
will be kept to the limited group we met with and your rating advisory
team.
Enjoy the weekend. will you be at the tennis?
Ian
JPM-2004 0006317
CONFIDENTIAL
This message is intended only for the personal and confidential use of
the designated recipient[s) named above.
If you are not the intended
recipient of this message you are hereby notified that any review,
dissemination, distribution or copying of this message is strictly
prohibited.
This communication is for information purposes only and
should not be regarded as an offer to sell or as a solicitation of an
offer to buy any financial product, an official confirmation of any
transaction, or as an official statement of Lehman Brothers.
Email
transmission cannot be guaranteed to be secure or error-free.
Therefore, we do not represent that this information is complete or
accurate and it should not be relied upon as such. All information is
subject to change without notice.
IRS Circular 230 Disclosure:
Please be advised that any discussion of U.S. tax matters contained
within this communication (including any attachments) is not intended or
written to be used and cannot be used for the purpose of (i) avoiding
U.S. tax related penalties or (ii) promoting, marketing or recommending
to another party any transaction or matter addressed herein.
This communication is for informational purposes only. It is not
intended as an offer or solicitation for the purchase or sale of any
financial instrument or as an official confirmation of any transaction.
All market prices, data and other information are not warranted as to
completeness or accuracy and are subject to change without notice. Any
comments or statements made herein do not necessarily reflect those of
JPMorgan Chase & Co., its subsidiaries and affiliates.
This transmission may contain information that is privileged,
confidential, legally privileged, and/or exempt from disclosure under
applicable law. If you are not the intended recipient, you are hereby
notified that any disclosure, copying, distribution, or use of the
information contained herein (including any reliance
thereon) is STRICTLY PROHIBITED. Although this transmission and any
attachments are believed to be free of any virus or other defect that
might affect any computer system into which it is received and opened,
it is the responsibility of the recipient to ensure that it is virus
free and no responslbility is accepted by JPMorgan Chase & Co., its
subsidiaries and affiliates, as applicable, for any loss or damage
arising in any way from its use. If you received this transmission in
error, please immediately contact the sender and destroy the material in
its entirety, whether in electronic or hard copy format. Thank you.
Please refer to http://www.jpmorgan.com/pages/disclosures for
disclosures relating to UK legal entities.
This message is intended only for the personal and confidential use of the designated
recipient(s) named above.
If you are not the intended recipient of this message you are
hereby notified that any review, dissemination, distribution or copying of this message
is strictly prohiblted.
This communication is for lnformation purposes only and should
not be regarded as an offer to sell or as a solicitation of an offer to buy any financial
product, an official confirmation of any transaction, or as an official statement of
Lehman Brothers.
Email transmission cannot be guaranteed to be secure or error-free.
Therefore, we do not represent that this information is complete or accurate and it
should not be relied upon as such. All information is subject to change without notice.
IRS Circular 230 Disclosure:
JPM-20040006318
CONFIDENTIAL
Please be advised that any discussion of u.s. tax matters contained within this
communication (including any attachments) is not intended or written to be used and
cannot be used for the purpose of (i) avoiding u.s. tax related penalties or (iil
promoting, marketing or recommending to another party any transaction or matter addressed
herein.
JPM-20040006319
CONFIDENTIAL
TAB 23
Jane
BuyersRusso
To: Tim MainlJPMCHASE
cc:
Subject: Leh
0910912008
07:32PM
Left you a vm. Give me a call 917-679-2680 to get an update. There's a call with Jamie and Steve at 9 tonight to
debrief. Braunstein, Hogan, Dellosso, Wilsey, Zajkowski, Zames, Molluso are meeting with Chi and Leh now
regarding capital raise options. I'll forward the call in details.
Jane Buyers Russo, MD
JPMorgan Investment Bank
ACBIFIG Broker Dealer
383 Madison Ave, 35th FI
NY NY 10179
212-622-8628
917-679-2680
CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-20040006361
TAB 24
From:
Sent:
To:
Cc:
Subject:
Steven D. Black/JPMCHASE <Steven.D.Black@jpmorgan.com>
Tuesday, September 9,20088:24 PM
John J. Hogan/JPMCHASE <JohnJ.Hogan@chase.com>
Bill T Winters/JPMCHASE <bill.t.winters@jpmorgan.com>; Jamie DimonlIL/ONE
<jamie.dimon@jpmchase.com>
Re:
Let's give them an order for the same drugs they have apparently been taking to
think that we would do something like that.
Sent from my BlackBerry Handheld.
----- Original Message ----From: John J. Hogan
Sent: 09/09/2008 07:07 PM CDT
To: Steven Black
They sent the Junior Varsity-they have no proposal and are looking to us for
ideas/credit line to bridge them to the first quarter when they have intend to
spilt into good banklbad bank. We'll call into the dial-in at 9.
CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-2004 0006362
TAB 25
From:
Sent:
To:
Subject:
Fleming, Dan (TSY) <dfleming@lehman.com>
Friday, September 12,2008 12:35 AM (GMT)
Mark G Doctoroff <mark.g.doctoroff@jpmorgan.com>
Collateral
Mark,
While I was tied up with something else, someone in Clearance on our
side was told we had to lock up Ibn of Inv Grade Corp's (same as last
night). As discussed I left an extra 600mm of cash in the LBHI account
this evening (1.9bn total), expecting to lock up only 400mm of
collateral. JPM now has a total of 4.6bn, 600mm more then agreed.
Dan
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 405652
TAB 26
I'
Jane
BuyersRusso
i
~~/~~/;~8
.i,
"
To: Susan Stevens, mark doctoroff
cc:
Subject: Fw: LEH
'Susan--Mark and I are dealing with this, working with Paolo and Dan Fleming to iron out the details. Black
spoke with Fuld who agreed to the $3B. Sorry to miss the offsite!
Jane Buyers Russo, MD
ACBiFIG Broker Dealer
277 Park Avenue, 14th Floor
NY, NY 10172
212-622-8628
917-679-2680
----- Forwarded by Jane Buyers-Russo/JPMCHASE on 09/09/2008 02:35 PM ----JohnJ.
HoganfJPMCHASE
09/09/200802:32 PM
ToSteven D. BlacklJPMCHASE@JPMCHASE, Barry L
Zubrow/JPMCHASE@JPMCHASE
ccDiane M. Genova/JPMCHASE@JPMCHASE,
piers.murray@jpmorgan.com, donna.dellosso@jpmorgan.com, Jane
Buyers-Russo/JPMCHASE@JPMCHASE
SubjectLEH
1) Donna, Piers and Diane are in the process of papering the agreement to get the $3 bio in money mkt account
as collateral pledged to us.
2) I spoke to Chris O'Meara and told him that we needed to clean up the margin dispute today-3) O'Meara said S&P put them on neg watch solely because of stock price action today--not anything from their
discussions with LEH around the business
4) O'Meara said they are discussing pre-releasing earnings tonite or tomorrow morning (they are working on
language they can use around the potential capital raise)--the earnings number has not changed and it the same
as they gave Barry and team last week.
CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-2004 0006331
TAB 27
CI
•
•
:
••
••
••
••
.•
•.
.•
••
••
••
••
••
·(W\k.0f/~
e·u),-e~fr'cL
. . ,is: M.Cd!~
·111
•••••••
Redacted
Redacted
'8
•
HIGHLY CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-EXAMINER00006052
..
~
~
H~
~ cbrnvJ--~ ~
~tfi$~ ((hIMl" 4::
r' CJ;1/ \ '
"'-'1".0_
...
c-ta-
ft-
....
....
....
......
~
"..
.~
~
.
~ jJ I?-ekj ~!VL
fit"..
"..
(~
f//2-t;
~)
HIGHLY CONFIDENTIAL
"..
,...
"...
JPM-EXAMINER00006053
e
••
••
",.o·
,.
•
•
•
D
[I
It
rtdP~.r
{8
II
it
l&
it..
..
..
"S
... .
..,
~C uJ14. ~ de
0vJ](lj){
rfrv(jfig
.' ..
~
A£'
~s~ ~L
: -IHoJ~UuuArJ~ . .
:
'.u-: .~~~ .
•: · SJ-f . ~
..
,.
(I
"y /j;w~ .
. ~ . . 4-hO)~ ..'. , :
~ tvw~ 'AfuIw;
cwf
(,
HIGHLY CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-EXAMINER00006054
Redacted - Privileged
.~ udt / .&¥lW ~
, !DS£ 6&rve- uP· ~
~38 Iifj(!/~ {U1~UI/H~.lp".
rtyjDb I~
t~
Odd
HIGHLY CONFIDENTIAL
f
,2<-11--,.
,
.
JPM-EXAMINER00006055
-1
i
.'
:•
:
I
I
-;John
-ec-- .
e~
3/2-
t-.
.'
...
~ 1!J~ if ~1:::::;;;!;
--=...tt{,
Redacted
.
_ .. ...... .
~s~~~.
-~~.~~
~at1vAa::ti--
I
~~?
o~rE
.~~Jf1k4
. .''. .............'
Redacted
.()~'~.f?/j~:t-'
pt ord~'J"vd
aLe.../ .
M:J Y $-.. C9t-t~~
.. !lA;g/C
Ms
I
I
i;
~. 1/0 .~
HIGHLY CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-EXAMINER00006056
TAB 28
"Aronson, Jl'ITrey -
'1 <l. "Y Cllllt!-. AlldrcII'" <':llldrc\\,.\·clll1t!-:i".lchlll:11l C<.IIll>
cc "1I1:Ih:l. (;:111 "<iI1:lh:U!:lili(/'jPIll(llg;11l C(lIll>. "AI'l'c'l. Nikki
\(E\Chan~c\)"
(i" <'III,.I.:i C; J\ppd'~/,chasc ClIlll>
<.Jdrrc~.Arunsnll:l£;jJlnHlrl!an.l'IlIlJ>SlIh.lcCI SC<':lInly A!!lccllIcnl and (,lIar;'I1I\'
Clllllll1Ullil'ation tlfCOUIlSl'I
119/(),)121)(JX OX· 5(\ I'M
Andrew: As dIscussed, I've attacj",ed fIIarl:ups to show the proposed
Guaranty and Security Agreement as a comparison to the recently executed
Guaranty and Security Agreement.
Thanf:s,
.Jeff
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-2()O~ ()n055'..1~
GUARANTY
GlJAI{ANTY
GUf\RA.NTY dated as of /\ugw:t265t;;p.t.~Jllber. . 9... 2008 made by the
undersigned (the "(iuarantor") in t~1Vor of JPMORGAN CHASI:-: I3ANK, N.A and a:1Y of·its
gfJlUj)1~~\lQSi51i"ilIi_~~.• ".successors or··J$:.i·gnG··(hereinufte:-; t!1e"B:1nk")gll_<i.J:!ssi.gl!::;jh~reiD_<lneJ",~
c:qII.CC:Jiyely ,mdjnqi y;qqglly .a!i. Jhc;,: ..G.Qllte.:<;tmilyreqlJi re, !h.e" Silllk"J.. TI1isGlW.raI1Jy. ~h<.\JJbe i 11
addili.QJLJO .,<1l1dwdQ.e.s IlQLlepLaccthgLC,CrtajJLG.ll;:jranly~,",d. ated..J.\.llgllS.!,2Q, .. 29Q& . ._.madc . . bY-... t.hc
l).nd.\::r~igneJ.j,J . J~v.Qr.Qf.Jr.MQrg.~.ll . C.hg~.t;; . . 8.(l.nk., ..N.A.
N •
PRELIMINARY STATEMENT: Lehman·-Brothers·!nc, Lehman Brothers
Internatiann!· (Et:rGpe),.. ·Lehi~1an Brother:; OTe Deriv~t:'v'e~· !nc.; Lehrn~:l Brother~,· CC:11rnercia!
Paper· Inc.' al~d LehmJ:l -BrotherG Japan··lnc. EaGJLQL.lltl;:.<li):ccL(lr .. i.ll~li.recL.sHbsidjm:iKS.Qf.Jb~.
GuarantQr (collectively, with their respective succeSSOIS, the "Borrowers"), e;:c!J;: v.'ho!!y-ov.':1ed·
direct·or i::dircct 5ub~idinry of the Guarantor, deGi:·edG.~jJcs to transact busincss.~n.q(or.tr~ctc with
(In.dlQL~lltGrj'lIo. ..d~f.iYC:lJi\lgJI)\ns(\Gti.Qns with andlor to obtain credit, clearing advances, clearing
loans or other financial accommodation from the nank mand to continue such b~l~ine~~. . Jq.)di.ngd.eri vat.ive acti v.ity and/or..such. extensions of credit, cleari ng advances, cl eari ng loans or other
financial accollllllodati on ·or·such tm:.i ne5S i J1·-each . case unde:' ,)I" in(;on neet: e:l with the
C!e3rance· /\greement· (as defined···be!o'r'i) or trGn~~actiGns pur~~u~!nt thereto~ and the Bank has
requested that it recei\'esrlYceive the following guaranty of the undersigned before it will consider
extending such credit. The Guarantor derives, and expects to continue to derive, substantial
direct and indirect benetits from the business of the Borrowers and the credit, tr.ading,derivative
tr~n.S.<:l.Ction~.'.clearing advances, clearing loans and other financial accommodations provided by
the Bank to the Borrowers.
THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration and in order to induce
the Bank from ti me to ti me, in its di scretion, to extend or conti nue tQ ..ex.tenq.credi t, cl eari ng
advances, clearing loans or other tinancial accommodations to the Borrowers Hl~derthe
Cl earance /\greement (as herei naner defined )aJldLQf.JQ... t[;;lnSi.lGLbllsj.n~SS, tracl~ ..J,)L~JH.~.LillIQ"
d~.ri . \(iltiv.e.Jra'psacJ!91);:; .wiJhlh.~.. aorro.w~r~ (all or the foregoi ng ex tensions or credi t, advances,
loa n s·er, accorn Illoda ti on sunder·the C lea ranGe Agrecmen t, .bJI.si.l1~S$..... d~riv <:l\i YG.lf<:l.nsac.ti9Jl s. (lJld.
tr.~ding being the "Facilities" and any writing evidencing, suppol1ing or securing a Facility,
consi sli ng of (i) the Clea-rance···Agreement·;<)J1Y agr~.~mGI.lt. b~rweel) ..a.. n9.rr()W~I:.aI1dJb~. I);,mk...
including without limitation illl.Y-1S.I2LL.MJl.s.t~.Agl~.eJJ.1G.Jlt. (ii) this Guaranty. and (iii) the
Security Agreement as of even date hereof (the "Security Agreement") and entered into by
Guarantor for the benefit of the Bank, as each such writing Illay be amended, moclitied or
supplemented from time to time being a "Facility Document"), the Guarantor agrees as foIlO\\ls:
Section I. Guaranty of J'aYll1ent. The Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably
guarantecs to the Bank the punctual paymcnt (lJ...(;l.p..;;.r:.cQJ.lnanC;~.of all obligations and liabilities
(incl t:diggwitl10Ut-·1 imitation the·~·'·O\)ligati{)n~;?'·asdefilled· in· the· Clearance Agreement)-·of thc
Borrowers to the Bank of whatever nature, whether no\V exi sti ng or hereafter incurred, whether
created directly or acquired by the Bank by assignment or otherwise, whether matured or
unmatured and whether absolute or contingent, when the same are due and/or due and payable,
whether on demand, at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, and whether for principal,
interest, fees, expenses, indemnitication or otherwise (all of the foregoing sums being the
#377227\13
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-200400U))'))
"Liabilities!l-)~-purSu3nt-to-the C!e3r~U1Ce l\greelnent~
dated 3$ of June 15,-2000, to \.vhich one or
of the·-BoFm,,'.ers··and·the·8::mk··p.r-e· pa:·\:e~;, as it· may- be· fUFther··amended from··t:me te t·ime
(the "C!e:-:f:-::1Ce ;\greement") and subject to the last sentence of this Section I. The Liabilities
include, without limitation, (~) interest accruing after the commencement ofa case or proceeding
under bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws l)r any jlllisdiction at the rate or rates provided in
the Facility Documents, regardless of whether such interest is allowed or allowable as a claim in
such case or proceeding 3nd -(b;--the Gb!ig::1t;on~ of the- Borro\ver~ under section --15---cf the
Clearance Agreement This Guaranty is a guaranty of payment and not of collection only The
Bank shall not be required to exhaust any right or remedy or take any action against the
Borrowers or any other person or entity or any collateral. All moneys available to the Bank for
application in payment or reduction of'the Liabilities may be applied by the Bank to the payment
or reduction of such of the Liabilities as the l1ank may elect in its sole discretion and in slich
manner and in such amounts and at such time or times as it may see fit. The Guarantor agrees
that, as between the Guarantor and the Bank, the Liabilities may be declared to be due and
payable for the purposes of this Guaranty 1I0tvvithstanding any stay, injunction or other
prohibition which may prevent. delay or vitiate any declaration as regards the Borrowers and that
in the event of a declaration or attempted declaration, the Liabilities shall immediately becoille
due and payable by the Guarantor for the purposes of this Guaranty. The Guarantor's ma:-<ill1ul11
liability under this Guaranty shall dja:;t ea:::h day·u:d f-oreach:;llchdaJ'~,hl'JI be·equa!·te the
dol-Jar anlount ofca~h and-securitie~~ (bn~;ed-on the rnarket value of such 5ecurities-as detenl1ined
by th~Bank··il1 ·itt; reason,~ble discretion·Hi) he!d·on·sU<.;h· day·in·the accollnt~··cf th~GL!ara·nwr
subject·to· the·Clearance·Agreement and the ·Security- l\greementand· (ii)~Ll:iR££'lUL.LJ.o.ti."
Q.QJ".L.A..RS,.{$J ...Q.Q.Q,.Q..Q.Q.,Q.QQtQr.-.~.w::;h.. greal~r.;,1.mQl,!.IJt that the Bank has noti tied the Guarantor to
be del·iveredj.t ...).lw~L....d.diY~r to the Bank oa such day in support of this Guaranty ...
I~lore
.t-lQtiYith.Slao.dll1.g..1iLl:..fuLeg.QiJ}g.Jhe_Gq.a,:aD.I.QLm'lY~~Ull:ULlbJ:.e..ula~,Olic~t\Ltb~,Jl,illlk_w,.i..tl1(!J:a,'r\,~"
;;lI~!Ic:~slt<tmI.::\ec uri.1 i e.~, .vrQ.Y.ide~Llll Mlhe.VLJara/l tQr.~haJl J)Q( .WilhdUOY..i\Iw-.\;as!I.)11l d. sec:u riJi!:'s .
iLt.h9..B..;:)nk.J);:).~ . .c.~.Gr<;:.i.~.cd ..U)1Y-..Q(j(s.r!.gll(s.. l.I.!1Q.9L.th'!3. Q\.Iar;:)Dty..Qr.thcSG.<;:~,.d.ty..Agrcc!:nC!l.I..pri.or .to.
tb.~. .c.:<'lct..QLtIW.Jbr.G~.ct<lY . n.Qli.C;:.~..P~LiQd,..
Section 2. Guaranty Absolute. The Guarantor guarantees that the Liabilities
shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Facilities and any Facility Documents
The liability of the Guarantor under this Guaranty is absolute and unconditional irrespective of
(a) any change in the time, manner or place of payment ot~ or in any other term of, all or any of
the Facilities, the Facility Documents or Liabilities, or any other amendment or waiver of or any
consent to departure from any of the terms of any Facility, Facility Document or Liability
including, without limitation, any increase or decrease in the rate of interest thereon; (b) any
release or amendment or waiver of, or consent to departure from, any other guaranty or support
document, or any exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, for all or any of the
Facilities, Facility Documents or Liabilities; (c) any present or future law, regulation or order of
any jurisdiction (whether of right or in t~lct) or of any agency thereof purporting to reduce,
amend, restructure or otherwise affect any term of any Facility, Facility Document or Liability~
(d) without being limited by the foregoing, any lack of validity or enforceability of any Facility,
Facility Document or Liability, and (e) any other setoff, defense, or counterclaim whatsoever (in
any case, whether based on contract, tOl1 or any other theOlY) or circumstance whatsoever with
respect to the Liabilities, the Facilities or the f<acility Documents contemplated thereby which
might constitute a legal or equitable defense available to, or discharge of, the Borrowers or a
H3·77 2:2 7 '0'-32.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-20040U055!J6
guarantor~ and the Guarantor irrevocably waives the right 10 assel1 such defenses, set-on's or
counterclaims in any litigation or other proceeding relating to the Liabilities, the Facilities or the
Facility Documents contemplated thereby
Section 3. GuaranI)' IlTcvocablc. This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty of
the payment of all Liabilities (absolute or contingent) now or hereafter existing and shall remain
in full force and effect unti I the !3.terl.il.t.e_!it of (herei nafter the "Termi nation Date") (i) payment in
full of all Liabilities and other amounts payable under this Guaranty (ii) the e~;pir~tio:1 0:'
termination of the·ClenmnceAgFcement·r.ndall of the Horrowers' accounts at the Hankin
cennect"ion
\vi~h·
·the C·!ear~nce !\gfee:l1ent~ and (iii) the fulfillnlent of all obligations and
commitments of the Borrowers under the Facilities and any Facility Documents.
Section 4. Reinstatement. This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be
reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Liabilities arising or
incurred prior to the Termination Date is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by the Bank on
the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of'the Borrowers or otherwise (including, without
limitation, on the grounds of preference or fraudulent transfer), all as though the payment had
not been made.
Section 5. Subrogation. The Guarantor shall not exercise any rights which it
may acquire by way of subrogation, by any payment made under this Guaranty or otherwise,
until the Termination Date. If any amount is paid to the Guarantor on account of subrogation
rights under this Guaranty at any time prior to the Tennination Date, the alllounl shall be held in
trust for the benefit or the Bank and shall be promptly paid to the Bank to be credited and
applied to the Liabilities, whether matured or unmatured or absolute or contingent, in accordance
with the terms of the Facilities. If the Guarantor makes payment to the Hank of all or any pali of
the Liabilities and the Termination Date shall have occurred, the Bank shall, at the Guarantor's
request, execute and deliver to the Guarantor appropriate documents, without recourse and
without representation or warranty, necessary to evidence the transfer by subrogation to the
Guarantor of an interest in the Liabilities resulting frolll the payment
Section 6. Subordination. Without limiting the Bank's rights under any
other agreement, any liabilities owed by the Borrowers to the Guarantor in connection with any
extension of credit or tinancial accommodation by the Guarantor to or for the account of the
Borrowers, including but not limited to interest accruing at the agreed contract rate after the
commencement of a bankruptcy or similar case or proceeding (regardless of whether such
interest is allowed or allowable as a claim in such case or proceeding), are hereby subordinated
to the Liabilities, and such liabilities of the Borrowers to the Guarantor, if the Bank so requests,
shall be collected, enforced and received by the Guarantor as trustee for the Bank and shall be
paid over to the Bank on account of the Liabilities but without reducing or affecting III allY
manner the Iiabi Iity of the Guarantor under the other provi sions of this Guaranty.
Section 7 Payments Genen,II)'. All payments by the Guarantor shall be
made in the manner, at the place and in the currency (the "Payment Currency") required by the
racility Documents, provided, however, that if the Payment Currency is other than U.S. dollars
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-2UO-l00055')7
the Guarantor may, at ils oplion (or, if for any reason whatsoever Ihe Guarantor is unable 10
effect payments in the manner required by the F<Jcility Documents, the Guarantor shall be
obligated to) pay to the Bank at its office located at 277 Park Avenue, New York, New 'y'ork
10017 the equivalent amount in U.S. dollars computed at the selling rate of the Bank, 1110st
recently in effect on or prior to the date the Liability becomes clue or if sl1ch rate is unavailable,
at a selling rate chosen by the Bank, tor cable transfers or the Payment Currency to the place
where the Liability is payable In any case in which the Guarantor makes or is obligated to make
payment in U.S. dollars, the Guarantor shall hold the Bank harmless from any loss incurred by
the Bank arising from any change in the value of US dollars in relation to the Payment
Currency between the date the Liability becomes due and the date the Bank is actually able,
following the conversion of the US dollars paid by the Guarantor into the Payment Currency
and remittance or such Payment Currency to the place where such L,iability is payable, to apply
such Payment Currency to such Liability
Section 8. [Intcntionally Omitted J
Section 9 Represelltatiolls ,HId Wan"allties The Guarantor represents and
warrants that: (a) the execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor under this Guaranty
(i) has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action; (ii) does not, contlict with or
violate any material agreement or instrument or any constitutive document, law, regulation or
order applicable to the Guarantor; (iii) does not require the consent or approval ot'any person or
entity, including but not limited to any governmental authority, or any filing or registration of
any kind; and (iv) is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor enlorceable against
the Guarantor in accordance wi th its terms except to the extent that enforcement may be Ii ll1i ted
by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and other similar laws affecting creditor's rights generally:
and (b) in executing and delivering this Guarallty, the Guarantor has (i) without reliance on the
Bank or any information received from the Bank and based upon such documents and
inlonnation it deems appropriate, made an independent investigation of the transactions
contemplated hereby and the Borrowers, the Borrowers' business, assets, operations, prospects
and condition, financial or otherwise, and any circumstances which may bear upon such
transactions, the Borrowers 01 the obligations and risks undertaken herein with respect to the
Liabilities; (ii) adequate means to obtain from the Borrowers on a continuing basis intonnation
concerning the Borrowers; (iii) has full and complete access to the Facility Documents and any
other documents executed in connection with the Facility Documents; and (iv) not. relied and will
not rely upon any representations or warranties of the Bank not embodied herein or any acts
heretofore or hereafter taken by the Bank (including but not limited to any review by the Bank of
the affai rs of the Borrowers) The Guarantor hereby fUJ1her represents and warrants that the
Guarantor owns (di recti y or indi rectly) a substantial amount of the stock or other ownershi p
interests of the Borrowers and is financially interested in its afTairs.
Section 10. Remedies Gellel"ally. The remedies provided In this Guaranty
arc cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.
Section II SetolT The Guarantor agrees that, in addition to (and without
limitation ot) any right of selofC banker's lien or counterclaim the Bank Illay otherwise have, the
Bank shall be entitled, at its option, to offset balances (general or special, time or demand,
H3·7-7:;}.·27v3_~.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATtON
JPM-200-l0U():i59X
provisional or final) held by it for the account of the Guarantor at any of the offices of the Bank,
lP Morgan Securities Inc, or any other affiliate, in US. dollars or in any other currency,
against any amount payable by the Guarantor under this Guaranty which is not paid \vhen due
(regardless of whether such balances are then due to the Guarantor), in which case it shall
promptly notify the Ciuarantor thereof; provided that the Bank's failure to give such notice shall
not affect the validity thereof
Section 12
Formalities. The Guarantor waives presentment, notice of
di shonor, protest, noti ce of acceptance of thi s Guara nty, notice of creation, renewal, extension or
accrual of any Liability and notice of any other kind and any other formality with respect to any
of the Liabilities or this Guaranty. The Guarantor also waives the right 10 require the Bank to
proceed first against the Borrowers upon the Liabilities before proceeding against the Guarantor
hereunder.
Section 13. Amcndll1t"nts :lIId Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any
provision of this Guaranty, nor consent to any departure by the Guarantor therefrom, shall be
effective unless it is in writing and signed by the Bank, and then the waiver or consent shall be
effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given No failure on
the part of the Bank to exercise, and 110 delay ill exercising, any right or remedy under this
Guaranty shall operate as a waiver or preclude any other or further exerci se thereof or the
exercise of any other right or remedy.
Section 14. Exp_cnscs. The Guarantor shall reimburse the Bank on demand
Cor all costs, expenses and charges (including \vithout limitation the reasonable and documenled
fees and charges of external Icgal counsel for the Bank) incurred by the Bank in conncction with
the preparation, performance or enforcement of this Guaranty The obligations of the Guarantor
under this Section shall survive the termination of this Guaranty.
Section 15. Assignmcnt. This Guaranty shall be binding on, and shall inure
to the benetit of the Guarantor, the Bank and their respective successors and assigns; provided
that the Guarantor may not assign or transfer its rights or obligations under this Guaranty.
Section 16 Captions. The headings and captions in this Guaranty are for
convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation or construction of this Guaranty
THIS GllARANTY SHALL BE
Section 17. Governing Law. Etc.
GOVERNED BY TI-IE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE GUARANTOR
CONSENTS TO THE NONI~XCLlJSIVI<: .JUIUSDICTION AND VENllE OF THE STATE
OR FEDERAL COllRTS LOCATED IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK. SERVICE OF
PROCESS BY THE BANK IN CONNECTION WITH ANY StICH D1SPllTE SHALL BE
BINDING ON THE GUARANTOR IF SENT TO TI-IE GUARANTOR BY REGISTERED
MAIL AT THE AUUnESS SI'I~CIFIEU UELOW 01{ AS OTlU':U.WISE SPECIFI.EU BY
THE GUARANTOR FROM TIME TO TII\'l:E. TI-IE GtlARANTOR WAIVES ANY
RIGBT TIlE GllARANTOR MAY H,\ VE TO JURY TRIAL IN ANY ACTION
RELATED TO TI·IIS GllARANTY OR TI-IE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATI<~D
HEREBY AND FURTHER WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO INTERPOSE ANY
H377227'.'3~_
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-200-l- OU05599
COUNTEH.CLAIM RELATED TO THIS GUAI~ANTY OR THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED HEREBY IN ANY SUCH ACTIO~. TO THE EXTENT THAT TI1E
GUARANTOR liAS OR HEREAFTER MAY ACQUIRE ANY IMMUNITY FROM
JURISDICTION OF ANY COlIRT OR FROM ANY LEGAL PROCESS (WUETUER
FROIVI SERVICE OR NOTICE. ATTACIIMENT PRIOR TO .JlIIlGI\,lENT.
ATTACHMENT IN AID OF EXECUTION OF A JUDGMENT, EXECUTION OR
OTHERWISE). THE GUARANTOR HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES SUCU
IMMUNITY IN RESPECT OF ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS GUARANTY.
Section 1H. Integn](ion: Hfcctinness. This Guaranty and the Facility
Documents sets forth the entire understanding of the Guarantor and the Bank relating to the
guarantee of the Liabilities and constitutes the entire contract between the parties relating to the
subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or
written, relating to the subject matter hereof, plovided, however, that notwithstanding anything
to the contrary, this Guaranty shall not effect or impair any other Guaranty made by the
Guarantor in support of any of the obligations or liabilities oCthe Borrowers with respect to or in
connection with extensions of credit or facilities other than those related hereto This Guaranty
shall become effective when it shall have been executed and delivered by the Guarantor to the
Bank. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Guaranty by telecopy shall be etrective as
del ivery of a manually executed signature page of this Guaranty.
IN WITNESS WtlEREOF, the Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be
duly executed and delivered by its authorized officer as of the date first above wrinen
LEHMA.N.J?RQTUERS.JJQ.l.;OJNGS..JNC.
Title:
Address'
#.]·77227· 'J 3.9
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-2004 O()()56110
Document comparison done by DeltaView on Tuesday, September 09, 20088:27: 18
PM
Input:.····
...
Document 1
Document 2
Rendering set
file:lIC:/Documents and
Settingsliavvenir/Desktop/LE GAL3CMP -#377227 -v3Guaranty.DOC
file:IIC:lDocuments and Settings/lavvenir/Oesktop/Lehman
Guaranty 09-09-08DOC
Standard
Legen(j:.
lnsenion.
Deletion
Moved from
Moved to
Style change
Form at change
~~1oved·de!etioB
Inserted cell
Deleted cell
Moved cell
Split/Merged cell
Padding cell
Stati~ti.cs:
......
•
,.
,
.-----.. ..
.,'
. .....
:.'
.........
":.':
....
,
......: ...
. ,,: :: .
Count
Insertions
Deletions
Moved from
Moved to
Style change
Format changed
Total changes
25
30
1
1
0
0
57
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-2004 OU0560 I
SECURITY AGREEMENT
In consideration of one or mo~'e !oans·,!etters of··credit··or.· other.· fin:anclal··accom/llodatio~~·
made, . issued ·or extended· by JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NA ando[ any of its C\ffIIJ.gt~.~,..
sI.J.P?.iqiqri~s,sLlccessors or assigns party· to .the Clearance ,L\greement referred to be!o'.A,t
(hereinafter, the "8ank"}~.91@~,tiy~y._9.L iJJdblLd.u_~ly_qs=1tL~QDt~Xt mEy...L~ql!t[§b1b~L '~B<;ill_KL
~)(t~nding ... cr~qiJJQ . . ~r:)(l(9.f.. tr~n~§GHng.J:?LJsiOG.S$,JrgqlDg.pLeng5'!gio.g..JnqGriyatiy.e.trsmSc:l~tlpn.s
with. tb.~. LH)<:ie.rSignf;q~Dq/or.jt.s.s.l.1p.si.qi~r.i.~s anc:i19L.q.f.fil.i.q.\J~$, the undersigned hereby agree(s)
that the Bank shall have the rights, remedies and benefits hereinafter set forth.
The ",~~ccQ.unt_s." means (j) the securities account -of·the Guarantor at the 83nk knc\'vn -asLeE· or any. subaccount -or replacement ·accounts thereto .(the "Securities· .6.cccunt"), (ii) DD/6~#
066-1-11-605 {the':Cash Accounr) and (iii) any other account at the Bank to which· Guarantor·
transfers· (A) cash ·from· the·Cash ,1I,ccount, (B) ·any ·jntere-st .. ··dividends,·cash·;··instruments··and
other··propertyfrom· ·time··to· time . received" .receivab!e···(including 'Nithou(.··!imitati::m···sales·
n,-nr"corlc\
.ten in
rc.cncrt .nf nr in
Qvrh~n"c. fnr. ':In\l ,nr. ~II "f tho ,r::lch r,,'"
,., ...... ..., .......... --""'/ nr
...... nfhcnft/icQ.
...... ,I ......
.......... rlictrihl
............. , ......................
'.0 .......... t"' .....................
'"
..... " .......
..... '''''" _"} ...... _ ....... u ............................ '
'.~
_I'~
securities ~n the Securities ,l\cccuntcr the Cash ,~\ccount·or (C) any·cash ·or·securities from·the
Secur~t:es ,,6,cccunt· or. the Cash ,A,ccount.during.5L!ch.time 3g·.the ·Guarantor cr-·an·Other Obngcr
has ·an· cutstandingobligation. or· !iabilit~/"·tothe.B:ank.und8r .. the··Guaranty or····.the··.c.Iearance
Agreement.
Tb~ .. ::A~GP.t.)l1t::;" m~9ns ...''l!1...9GC()~f1ts .. .Qf.Jb~ ...G\.I.gr9n.t9r.. i::ltJb~... E39nk..or. ..qnY ... ~. b9.r.~$.. If) .. c;lOY.·
mQll§Y"IJJ9,r,~~Ln:L~I!.!,I9.LfY!1c;U~~lJ~.!;L()LrrL~n,?9§,Q.J),Y,~§QY_SJ1ti1iatSLPlJh~J3.j;lJ:l.k"
The "Guaranty" means the Guaranty of even date herewith made by the undersigned in
favor of the Bank
The "Other Obligors" mean·Lehman Brothers ·Inc., Lehman Brothers· International·
{Europe), Lehman Brothers OTC· Oer-iv3tives· !nc ...,· Lehman Brothers Ccmmercia!··Paper··!nc. and
Lehman Brothers Japan!nc.ffi~~~fl,a~~/).J?L1b~Lcti[eGl.QCJo.~kU1,tQ~J...ctis.!ri~§'_QUb.~j:;;Jl~LqlJ.i9J
and their respective successors.
The ·"ClearanGe A:9r~.emenr·means·the Clearance Agreement· dated as·of June··15,· 2000
to which one or more of the OtherOb!igors and the· Bank are parties (as amended by (i) the
Amendment to Clearance Agreement dated as of May; 30,·2008 and (ji) the j\mendment to
Clearance ,I.\greement··dated··as of even··date herevvith· and as ·it ·may··be further amended fram·
time·to .time).
The term "Liabilities" shall mean (a) all "Liabilities" as defined in the Guaranty, (b) all
obligations of the undersigned under this Security Agreement and (c) without duplication of the
foregoing, all costs, expenses and charges (including without limitation fees and charges of
external legal counsel for the Bank and costs allocated by its internal legal department) incurred
by the Bank in connection with the preparation, performance or enforcement of the Guaranty
and this Security Agreement
The term "Security" means (i) the Accounts, together with any security entitlements
relating thereto and any and all financial assets, investment property, funds and/or other assets
from time to time held in or credited to the Accounts or otherwise carried in the Accounts (or to
be received for credit or in the process of delivery to the Account), (ii) any interest, dividends,
cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise
in
respect
of
or
in
exchange
for
any
or
all
distributed
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
]PM-2()040U05602
of the then existing Security and (iii) all proceeds of any and all of the foregoing Security.
As security for the payment of all the Liabilities, the undersigned hereby grant(s) to the
Bank a security interest in, and a general lien upon and/or right of set-off of, the Security.
Further, for the avoidance of doubt and not in limitation of the rights of the Bank under Sections
9-104(a)(1), 9-106(a) and 8-106(e) of the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted by the State of
New York (the "Code"), the undersigned and the Bank (acting as a bank with respect to any
Accounts consisting of deposit accounts and as a securities intermediary with respect to any
Accounts consisting of securities accounts), acknowledge and agree with respect thereto, that
the Bank, as the secured party hereunder, may issue instructions to direct disposition of any
and all of the funds in the deposit accounts (and acting as the bank will comply with such
instructions) and may issue entitlement orders with respect to any and all securities accounts
(and acting as the securities intermediary will comply with such entitlement orders), in either
case, without the consent of the undersigned. Terms used herein and defined in Articles 1, 8
and/or 9 of the Code shall have the meanings set forth therein. The undersigned and the Bank
agree that the jurisdiction of the Bank (including, without limitation, in its capacities as a bank, a
securities intermediary and a commodity intermediary) for purposes of tile Code is the State of
New York.
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to the Bank as follows: (a) it is duly
organized and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or
organization and has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this agreement; (b)
the execution, delivery and performance of this agreement has been duly authorized by all
necessary corporate action of the undersigned and this agreement constitutes the legal, valid
and binding obligation of the undersigned, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally or by
equitable principles relating to enforceability (whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law),
(c) the execution, delivery and performance of this agreement doesQQ. not and will not conflict
with the provisions of its governing instruments and will not violate any provisions of applicable
law or regulation or any order of any court or regulatory body and will not result in the breach of,
or constitute a default, or require any consent, under any material agreement, instrument or
document to which the undersigned is a party or by which it or any of its property may be bound
or affected: (d) It is the sole owner of the Security; (e) the Security is and will be free and clear
of any lien, charge, security interest, claim, encumbrance or other adverse interest whatsoever,
except for that created by this agreement, .or the Guaranty or· the Clearance .•Cl,greement and
other liens in favor of the Bank arising under applicable laws, and (f) it has not agreed to resell
any of the Security pursuant to a repurchase agreement or similar arrangement.
The right is expressly granted to the Bank, in each case upon the occurrence and during
the continuation of a Default (~.~ .. q~fin~g.....pE;!lowL.or to preserve the Security or its value, to
transfer to or register in the name of jtse!·ftb.~ ... 6.c;l.Q.~ or its nominee any of the Security; to
exchange any of the Security for any other property upon any reorganization, recapitalization or
other readjustment and in connection therewith to deposit any of the Security with any
committee or depositary upon such terms as it may determine; to notify any account debtor or
obligor on an instrument to make payment to the Bank; and to exercise or cause its nominee to
exercise all or any powers with respect to the Security with the same force and effect as an
absolute owner thereof and to file one or more financing statements under the Uniform
Commercial Code naming the undersigned as debtor and the Bank as secured party and
indicating therein the types or describing the items of Security herein specified; all without notice
(except such notice as may be required by applicable law and cannot be waived) and Without
liability except to account for property actually received by it. Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, payments, distributions and/or dividends, in securities, property or cash, including
2
CONFIDENTIAL INfORMATION
JPM-200.t 0005603
without limitation dividends representing stock or liquidating dividends or a distribution or return
of capital upon or In respect of the Security or any part thereof or resulting from any Spilt-up,
revision or reclassification of the Security or any part thereof or received in exchange for the
Security or any part thereof as a result of a merger, consolidation or otherwise, shall be paid
directly to and retained by the Bank and held by It until applied as herein provided, as additional
collateral security pledged under and subject to the terms hereof. Without the prior written
consent of the Bank the undersigned will not file or authorize or permit to be filed in any
jurisdiction any such financing or like statement covering the Security in which the Bank is not
named as the sole secured party.
The Bank upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Default or to preseNe
the Security or its value may, whether any of the Liabilities may be due, in its name or in the
name of the undersigned or otherwise, demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or
property at any time payable or receivable on account of or in exchange for, or make any
compromise or settlement deemed desirable with respect to, any of the Security, but shall be
under no obligation so to do, or the Bank may upon the occurrence and during the continuation
of a Default or to preseNe the Security or its value extend the time of payment, arrange for
payment in installments, or otherwise modify the terms of, or release, any of the Security,
without thereby Incurring responsibility to, or discharging or otherwise affecting any liability of,
the undersigned. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Bank shall not
be required to take any steps necessary to preseNe any rights against prior parties to any of the
Security. The Bank may upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Default or to
preseNe the Security or its value use or operate any of the Security for the purpose of
preseNing the Security or its value in the manner and to the extent the Bank deems
appropriate, but the Bank shall be under no obligation to do so.
Excgpt as otherwise· .provided.herein; at· the end· of.··a· business ·day;... if.the .. undersigned
has·determined· that ·no Obligations (as· defined in the· Clearance Agreement)·remain
0utstanding;theundersigngd may transfer·toan account {the· ::Ovgrnigh!· Account"} anyand·al!
C:::o.t"'1
in
nr"
,....ro~itorl tn ('"'II'" I"\thQ,nuico r~rrio.rI:
............. __trih/
• '''J . hoi';
• ' ....... II'
.............................................................. , ................................. , .............
J
it"' tho. A ,...r-,....,.
', . . . . .
, .....
,
Inf~
u .... :
.........................
11 n\l "'otol"'rnin::=-tinn ,....f tnQ
'",
OJ
................... I I . , ......................... ,
. . . . ......
Innar.c::inn.on
r:'\r .. tho.
flthor
nhliru:,I"'C'
. th";lt
. nn (lhlirl";)finnc rcu''Yl'':Jin ("'\I
ch~11
ont, .................
ho. hinrlinn
.......... I .... I~' , ................
, . , .....
'-" ..... ....,.
' - " ...... ~-' ~
... , ................ '-" ..... "::1 .............. ' ........... , ..........
..........Itc::t"::lnrlinn.
~ .............. , ........ !:'
....
, , ..............
, .... ".::1
..... "
upon the Bank.
The Bank shall have in addition to all other rights and remedies available to it under law
or otherwise, the rights and remedies with respect to the Security of a secured party under the
Uniform Commercial Code (whether or not the Code is in effect in the Jurisdiction where the
rights and remedies are asserted). In addition, with respect to any security or interest issued by
an open-end management or investment company registered as such under the Investment
Company Act of 1940 in which the Bank has a security interest hereunder, the Bank shall have
upon the occurrence and during the continuation of a Default the right to redeem such securities
or interests. Further, with respect to the Security, or any part thereof, upon the occurrence and
during the continuation of a Default, the Bank may sell or cause to be sold in the Borough of
Manhattan, New York City, or elsewhere, in one or more sales or parcels, at such price as the
Bank may deem best, and for cash or on credit or for future delivery, without assumption of any
credit risk, all or any of the Security, at any broker's board or at public or private sale, in any
reasonable manner permissible under the Uniform Commercial Code (except that, to the extent
permissible thereunder, the undersigned hereby waives the requirements of said Code), and the
Bank or anyone else may be the purchaser of any or all of the Security so sold and thereafter
hold the same absolutely, free from any claim or right of whatsoever kind, including any equity
of redemption, of the undersigned, any such demand, notice or right and equity being hereby
expressly waived and released. In this regard, the undersigned recognizes that due to certain
prohibitions contained in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or applicable state securities
3
CONFIDENTIAL rN"FORMATrON
JPM-2(10~
OII0560-l
laws, the Bank may consider it advisable to resort to one or more private sales to a restricted
group of purchasers who will agree to acquire such of the Security consisting of securities for
their own account for investment and not to engage in a distribution or resale thereof, and that
private sales so made may be at prices and on other terms less favorable to the seller than if
such Security were sold at public sale. The undersigned agrees that private sales made under
the foregoing circumstances shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable
manner. The undersigned acknowledges that the Security is of a kind that is customarily sold
on a recognized market and is the subject of widely distributed standard price quotations. The
undersigned will pay to the Bank all expenses (including reasonable and documented attorneys'
fees and legal expenses incurred by the Bank) of, or incidental to, the enforcement of any of the
provisions hereof or of any of the Liabilities, or any actual or attempted sale, or any exchange,
enforcement, collection, compromise or settlement of any of the Security or receipt of the
proceeds thereof, and for the care of the Security and defending or asserting the rights and
claims of the Bank in respect thereof, by litigation or otherwise, including expense of insurance;
and all such expenses shall be Liabilities within the terms of this agreement. The Bank, at any
time, at its option, may apply the net cash receipts from the Security to the payment of principal
and/or interest on any of the Liabilities, whether or not then due, making proper rebate of
interest or discount. Notwithstanding that the Bank, whether in its own behalf and/or in behalf of
another or others, may continue to hold Security and regardless of the value thereof, the
undersigned shall be and remain liable for the payment in full of any balance of the Liabilities
and expenses at any time unpaid. THE RIGHTS OF THE BANK SET FORTH HEREIN ARE
WITHOUT LIMITATION OF, AND IN ADDITION TO, ANY OTHER RIGHT OF THE BANK
UNDER ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EVIDENCING OR EXECUTED IN CONNECTION WITH
THE LIABILITIES.
If at any time any sum payable upon any of the Liabilities shall not be paid when due
(which, for sums payable by the Guarantor in respect of the Liabilities as defined under the
Guaranty, are due on demand); or if the undersigned or ;:lnyo.tthe Other Obligors shall default
in the payment or performance of the Guaranty; the· Clearance· Agreement, any of its
agreements herein or in any instrument or document delivered pursuant hereto, or in connection
herewith; or if a decree or order shall be entered for relief by a court having jurisdiction of the
undersigned or gOY,Qt..the Other Obligors in an involuntary bankruptcy case under the federal
bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or under any other applicable federal or state
bankruptcy, insolvency, or other similar law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
custodian, trustee or sequestrator of the undersigned or .aOY, ..9.f.the Other Obligors or for any
substantial part of its property, or ordering the reorganization, dissolution, winding-up of or
liquidation of its affairs, and the continuation of any such decree or order shall be unstayed and
in effect, or any case or other proceeding seeking any such decree or order shall continue
undismissed, for a period of 60 consecutive days; or if the undersigned or i'lJly..otthe Other
Obligors shall, or (if a corporation) shall take any corporate action to, commence a voluntary
case under the federal bankruptcy laws, or now or hereafter constituted, or seek to take
advantage of any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, or similar law, or
apply for or consent to the appOintment of or taking of posseSSion by a receiver, liqUidator,
assignee, trustee, custodian or sequestrator of the undersigned or ~nY. ...Q.f.Jhe Other Obligors or
for any SUbstantial part of its property, or the making by the undersigned or ;:l.OY.. .9.fthe Other
Obligors of any assignment for the benefit of creditors; or the undersigned or f!nY~Q.Lthe Other
Obligors shall admit in writing its inability, or be generally unable, to pay its debts as they
become due; or if the undersigned or shall suspend the transaction of his, its or their usual
business, or if any governmental authority (including, without limitation, the Securities Investor
Protection Corporation or any successor) or any court at the instance thereof shall, or shall
appoint a receiver or trustee to, take possession of any substantial part of the property of, or
assume control over the affairs or operations of, or a receiver or trustee shall be appointed for,
4
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-2110~
O()05605
or with respect to any substantial part of the property of, or a writ or order of attachment or
garnishment shall be issued or made against any substantial part of the property of, the
undersigned or C3QLQLthe Other Obligors; or if the undersigned or any of the Other Obligors
shall (x) default in the payment of any indebtedness (other than indebtedness incurred under
the Cleara~ce ,1I,greement· Qr·the···Guaranty) having an aggregate principal amount of
$100,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) or more beyond the period
of grace (not to exceed 30 days), if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which
such indebtedness was created, or (y) default in the observance or performance of any
agreement or condition relating to any indebtedness (other than indebtedness incurred under
the Clearance .t'.greemen!.of the··Guaranty) or contained in any instrument or agreement
evidencing. securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition shall exist,
the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause any such indebtedness to
become due prior to its stated maturity in the aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000 (or its
equivalent in any other currency or currencies) or more; or any indebtedness of the
undersigned or any of the Other Obligors in the aggregate amount of $100,000,000 (or its
equivalent in any other currency or currencies) or more shall be declared due and payable prior
to the stated maturity thereof; or if the undersigned.9f... 9nY.Qf th~.OHwL . OQI.igors shall be
dissolved; thereupon, unless and to the extent that the Bank shall otherwise elect, it shall be a
DEFAULT under this agreement.
The undersigned acknowledges and agrees that the Bank may from time to time request
further security or payments on account of any of the Liabilities.
Upon the occurrence and continuation of a Default, the Bank may assign, transfer and/or
deliver to any transferee of any of the Liabilities and/or any or all of the Security; and thereafter
shall be fully discharged from all responsibility with respect to the Security so assigned,
transferred and/or delivered. Such transferee shall be vested witli all the powers and rights of
the Bank hereunder with respect to such Security, but the Bank shall retain all rights and
powers hereby given with respect to any of the Security not so assigned, transferred or
delivered. No delay on the part of the Bank in exercising any power or right hereunder shall
operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any power or right
hereunder preclude other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any otlier power or right.
The rights, remedies and benefits herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of
any rights, remedies or benefits which the Bank may otherwise have. The undersigned hereby
waive(s) presentment, notice of dishonor and protest of all instruments included in or evidencing
the Liabilities or the Security and any and all other notices and demands whatsoever, whether
or not relating to such instruments.
No provision hereof shall be modified or limited except by a written instrument expressly
referred hereto and to the provision so modified or limited. This agreement shall be binding
upon the assigns or successors of the undersigned, shall constitute a continuing agreement,
applying to all future as well as existing transactions applying to all future as well as existing
transactions, whether or not of the character contemplated at the date of this agreement, and if
all transactions between the Bank and the undersigned shall be at any time closed, shall be
equally applicable to any new transactions thereafter; and shall be governed by and construed
according to the internal laws of the State of New York without reference to principles of
conflicts of laws. By the execution hereof the undersigned hereby submits to the jurisdiction of
the Federal and State courts located in New York. The undersigned hereby consents to the
service of process in any action or proceeding brought against it by the Bank by means of
registered mail to the last known address to the undersigned. Nothing herein, however, shall
prevent service of process by any other means recognized as valid by law within or without the
State of New York. Unless the context otherwise requires, all terms used herein which are
5
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-2004 ()()056U6
defined In the Uniform Commercial Code shall have the meanings therein stated. All references
to agreements, guaranties, documents and other writings herein refer to such writings as the
same may be hereafter amended, modified, supplemented and/or restated.
THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY WAIVES AND AGREES TO WAIVE THE RIGHT TO
TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM INSTITUTED WITH
RESPECT TO ANY MATTER WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY
CONNECTED TO THIS AGREEMENT.
New York, New York
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
Dated: As of /\ugust
26,Sgptemp~L;J,
2008
By:
Name:
Title:
6
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-2004 0005607
Document comparison done by DeltaView on Tuesday, September 09,20088:28: 15
PM
..
Input:': .
Document 1
Document 2
Rendering set
file:/IC:lDocuments and
SettingsliavvenirlDesktop/LEGAL3CMP-#377241-v4Security. Agreement. DOC
file:IIC:lDocuments and Settings/lavvenir/Desktop/Lehman
Security Agreement 09-09-08DOC
Standard
.... ...
!;egerid:
111!l.t:IJi.QH
Deletion·
MO'.'ed from
Moved to
Style chan~e
Formal change
de! et: n:1
~~1 ove.d
Inserted cell
Deleted cell
Moved cell
Split/Merged cell
Padding cell
St;;itistic~:
.......
.',
.
...
... ....
' .....•.•• :•. : ... <~. < ;.; •. ,
Count
Insertions
Deletions
Moved from
Moved to
Style change
Format changed
Total chanqes
19
26
0
0
0
0
45
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-2()().l. O()0560X
TAB 29
From:
Aronson, Jeffrey - Communication of COlin sci (Exchange)
<Jeffrey. Aronson@jpmorgan.com>
Sent:
To:
Cc:
Tuesday, September 9,2008 II :38 PM
Bee:
lnaba, Gail <inaba_gail@jpmorgan.com>; Appel, Nikki G
<Nikki.GAppel@chasecom>; Wasserman, Peter J <Peter J Wasserman@chasecom>
SUbject:
Other Agreelllents for Execution
Attach:
LEGAL270-#515257-v2-Lehman _Aurora_Guaranty .doc;LEGAL270-#323008-v2fl)Morgan _Funds_Control_Agreement.doc;LEGAUCMP-#377J75-v 1Amcndment _ to_Clearance _Agreement .doc
Yeung, Andrew <andrew.yeung@lehman.com>
Inaba, Gail <inaba_gail@jpmorgan.com>; Appel, Nikki G
<Nikki.G.Appel@chase.com>; Wassemlan, Peter J <PeterJ .Wasserman@chase.com>
Andrew:
As discussed, attached is the control agreement (money market fund shares), the Aurora guaranty and the amendment
to the clearance agreement. These are also for execution this evening.
Thanks,
Jeff
CONFIDENTIAL fNFORMATION
lPM-2004 lID05!)39
GUARANTY
GUARANTY dated as of September 9, 2008 made by the undersigned (the
"Guarantor") in favor of JPMORGJ\N CHASE BANK, N.A. and/or any of its successors or
assigns (hereinafter, the "Bank"). This Guaranty is in addition to and not as a replacement for any
]
other guaranty made by the undersigned in support of Aurora [
PRELIMINARY STATEMENT: Aurora Loan Services LLC (collectively,
with its Sllccessors, the "Borrower"), a wholly-owned direct or indirect subsidiary of the
Guarantor, desire to transact business with and/or to obtain cash management services or
arrangements and/or extensions of credit or other financial accommodation from the Bank or to
continue receiving slich services, extensions of credit and/or financial accommodations, and the
Bank is unwilling to extend or enter into or continue such services, arranges, extensions of credit,
financial accommodation or business unless it receives the following guaranty of the undersigned.
The Guarantor derives, and expects to continue to derive, substantial direct and indirect benefits
from the business of the Borrower and the services, extensions of credit and/or other financial
accommodations provided by the Bank to the Borrower.
THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration and in order to induce the
Bank from time to time, in its discretion, to provide or extend the aforesaid services,
arrangements, ex1ensions of credit and/or trnancial accommodations to the Borrower (the
"Facilities"; and any writing evidencing, supporting or securing a Facility, including but not limited
to this Guaranty, as such writing may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time
being a "Facility Document"), the Guarantor agrees as follows:
Section I.
Guaranty of Payment. The Guarantor unconditionally and
irrevocably guarantees to the Bank the punctual payment of all obligations and liabilities of the
Borrower to the Balik of whatever nature (including without limitation under, arising in
connection with or resulting from (i) the Facilities; (ii) any overdrafts, (iii) any automated clearing
house funds transfer services, (iv) retumed checks or other instntments and/or (v) withdrawals or
transfers from accounts against uncollected or insufficient funds), whether now existing or
hereafter incurred, whether created directly or acquired by the Bank by assignment or otherwise,
whether matured or unmatured and whether absolute or contingent, when the same are due and/or
due and payable, whether on demand, at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, and
whether for principal, interest, fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise (all of the foregoing
sums being the "Liabilities") The Liabilities include, without limitation, interest accnting after the
commencement of a case or proceeding under bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws of any
jurisdiction at the rate or rates provided in the Facility Documents, regardless of whether sllch
interest is allowed or allowable as a claim in such case or proceeding. This Guaranty is a guaranty
of payment and not of collection only. The Bank shall not be required to exhaust any right or
remedy or take any action against the Borrower or any other person or entity or any collateral. All
moneys available to the Bank for application in payment or reduction of the Liabilities may be
applied by the Bank to the payment or reduction of sllch of the Liabilities as the Bank may elect in
its sole discretion and in such manner and in such amounts and at such time or times as it may see
fit. The Guarantor agrees that, as between the Guarantor and the Bank, the Liabilities may be
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-2004 0005040
declared to be due and payable for the purposes of this Guaranty notwithstanding any stay,
injuJlction 01 other prohibition which may prevent, delay or vitiate any declaration as regards the
Borrower and that in the event of a declaration or attempted declaration, the Liabilities shall
immediately become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purposes of this Guaranty.
Section 2. Guaranty Absolute The Guarantor guarantees that the Liabilities
shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Facilities and any Facility Documents.
The liability of the Guarantor under this Guaranty is absolute and unconditional irrespective of:
(a) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of
the Facilities, the Facility Documents or Liabilities, or any other amendment or waiver of or any
consent to departure from any of the terms of any Facility, Facility Document or Liability
including, without limitation, any increase or decrease in the rate of interest thereon; (b) any
release or amendment or waiver of, or consent to departure from, any other guaranty or support
document, or any exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, for aU or any of the
Facilities, Facility Documents or Liabilities; (c) any present or future law, regulation or order of
any jurisdiction (whether of right or in fact) or of any agency thereof purpol1ing to reduce,
amend, restmcture or otherwise atTect any term of any Facility, Facility Document or Liability; (d)
without being limited by the foregoing, any lack of validity or enforceability of any Facility,
Facility Document or Liability; and (e) any other setotl defense, or counterclaim whatsoever (in
any case, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory) or circumstance whatsoever with
respect to the Liabilities, the Facilities or the Facility Documents contemplated thereby which
might constitute a legal or equitable defense available to, or discharge of, the Borrower or a
guarantor; and the Guarantor irrevocably waives the right to assert such defenses, set-offs or
counterclaims in any litigation or other proceeding relating to the Liabilities, the Facilities or the
racility Documents contemplated thereby
Section 3. Guaranty iI'revocable. This Guaranty is a continuing f,'l.Iaranty of
the payment of all Liabilities (absolute or coIltingent) now or hereafter existing and shall remain in
full force and effect until the later of (i) payment and/or performance in full of all Liabilities and
other amounts payable under this Guaranty, (ii) the expiration or termination of all obligations and
commitments of the Bank under the Facilities and any Facility Documents and (iii) twenty (20)
business days after the Bank has received by hand or certified mail to Henry Steuart, 270 Park
Avenue,
270
Park
Avenue
22 nd
fl,
New York, NY, 10017, with a copy sent at the same time in the same manner to Bank's General
Partner at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10017 ("Effective Date"), written notice from
the Guarantor that this Guaranty is being terminated; provided that any notice given under this
Section shall not release the Guarantor from the obligations hereunder in respect of any Liability
(absolute or contingent) existing prior to the Effective Date or arising out of any Facility or
Facility Document entered into or arising prior to the Effective Date.
Section 4. Reinstatement. This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be
reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Liabilities is rescinded or
must otherwise be returned by the Bank on the insolvency, bankmptcy or reorganization of the
Borrower or otherwise (including, without limitation, on the grounds of preference or fraudulent
transfer), all as though the payment had not been made
2
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-2004 0005041
Section 5. Subrogation The Guarantor shall not exercise any rights which it
may acquire by way of subrogation, by any payment made under this Guaranty or otherwise, until
the Effective Date. If any amount is paid to the Guarantor on account of subrogation rights under
this Guaranty at any time prior to the Effective Date, the amount shall be held in trust for the
benefit of the Bank and shall be promptly paid to the Bank to be credited and applied to the
Liabilities, whether matured or unmatured or absolute or contingent, in accordance with the terms
of the Facilities. If the Guarantor makes payment to the Bank of all or any part of the Liabilities
and the Efiective Date shall have occurred, the Bank shall, at the Guarantor's request, execute and
deliver to the Guarantor appropriate documents, without recourse and without representation or
warranty, necessary to evidence the transfer by subrogation to the Guarantor of an interest in the
Liabilities resulting from the payment.
Section 6. Subordination. Without limiting the Bank's rights under any other
agreement, any liabilities owed by the Borrower to the Guarantor in connection with any
extension of credit or tinancial accommodation by the Guarantor to or for the account of the
Borrower, including but not limited to interest accruing at the agreed contract rate after the
commencement of a bankruptcy or similar case or proceeding (regardless of whether such interest
is allowed or allowable as a claim in such case or proceeding), are hereby subordinated to the
Liabilities, and such liabilities of the Borrower to the Guarantor, if the Bank so requests, shall be
collected, enforced and received by the Guarantor as trustee for the Bank and shall be paid over
to the Bank on account of the Liabilities but without reducing or affecting in any manner the
liability of the Guarantor under the other provisions of this Guaranty.
Section 7. Paymcnts Gellcr·ally. All payments by the Guarantor shall be
made in the manner, at the place and in the currency (the "Payment Currency") required by the
Facility Documents; provided, however, that if the Payment Currency is other than U.S dollars
the Guarantor may, at its option (or, if for any reason whatsoever the Guarantor is lInable to
efiect payments in the manner required by the Facility Documents, the Guarantor shall be
obligated to) pay to the Bank at its office located at 270 Park Avenue, New York, New York
10017 the equivalent amollnt in U.S. dollars computed at the selling rate of the Bank, most
recently in efiect on or prior to the date the Liability becomes due or if such rate is unavailable, at
a selling rate chosen by the Bank, for cable transfers of the Payment Currency to the place where
the Liability is payable. In any case in which the Guarantor makes or is obligated to make
payment in US. dollars, the Guarantor shall hold the Bank harmless from any loss incurred by the
Bank arising Irom any change in the value of U.S. dollars in relation to the Payment Currency
between the date the Liability becomes due and the date the Bank is actually able, following the
conversion of the U S dollars paid by the Guarantor into the Payment Currency and remittance of
such Payment Currency to the place where such Liability is payable, to apply such Payment
Currency to such Liability.
Section 8. Certain Taxes The Guarantor further agrees that all payments to
be made hereunder shall be made without setoff or counterclaim and free and clear of, and
without deduction for, any taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions, withholdings
or restrictions or conditions of any nature whatsoever now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected,
3
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-20040005042
withheld or assessed by any country or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or
therein ("Taxes") If any Taxes are required to be withheld from any amounts payable to the
Bank hereunder, the amounts so paYilble to the Bank shall be increased to the extent necessalY to
yield to the Bank (after payment of all Taxes) the amounts payable hereunder in the full amounts
so to be paid. Whenever any Tax is paid by the Guarantor, as promptly as possible thereafter, the
Guarantor shall send the B3Jlk an official receipt showing payment thereof, together with such
additional docllmentary evidence as may be required from time to time by the Bank.
Section 9. Representations and Warranties. The Guarantor represents and
warrants that: (a) the execution, delivery and performance by the Guarantor under this Guaranty:
(i) has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action; (ii) does not contlict with or violate
any material agreement or instrument or any constitutive document, law, regulation or order
applicable to the Guarantor; (iii) does not require the consent or approval of any person or entity,
including but not limited to any governmental authority, or any filing or registration of any kind;
and (iv) is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor enforceable against the
Guarantor in accordance with its terms except to the extent that enforcement may be limited by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency and other similar laws atTecting creditor's rights generally; and
(b) in executing and delivering this Guaranty, the Guarantor has (i) without reliance on the Bank
or any information received from the Bank and based upon such documents and information it
deems appropriate, milde an independent investigation of the transactions contemplated hereby
and the Borrower, the Borrower' business, assets, operations, prospects and condition, financial
or otherwise, and any circumstances which may bear upon such transactions, the Borrower or the
obligations and risks undertilken herein with respect to the Liabilities: (ii) adequate means to
obtain from the Borrower on a continuing basis information concerning the Borrower; (iii) has full
and complete access to the Facility Documents and any other documents executed in connection
with the Facility Documents: and (iv) not relied and will not rely upon any representations or
warranties of the Bank not embodied herein or any acts heretofore or hereafter taken by the Bank
(including but not limited to any review by the Bank of the affairs of the Borrower) The
Guarantor hereby fi.lrther represents and warrants that the Guarantor owns (directly or indirectly)
a substantial amollnt of the stock or other ownership interests of the Borrower and is financially
interested in its affairs.
Section 10. Remedies Generally. The remedies provided in this Guaranty are
cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.
Section II. SetolI. The Guarantor agrees that, in addition to (and without
limitation of) any right of setoff, banker's lien or counterclaim the Bank may otherwise have, the
Bank shall be entitled, i1t its option, to offset balances (general or special, time or demand,
provisional or final) held by it for the account of the Guarantor at any of the offices of the Bank,
lP. Morgan Securities Inc., or any other affiliate, in U.S. dollars or in any other currency, against
any amount payable by the Guarantor under this Guaranty which is not paid when due (regardless
of whether sllch balances are then due to the Guarantor), in which case it shall promptly notifY the
Guarantor thereof; provided that the Bank's failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity
thereof
4
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
lPM-2004000S043
Section 12
Formalities
The Guarantor waives presentment, notice of
dishonor, protest, notice of acceptance of this Guaranty, notice of creation, renewal, extension or
accrual or any Liability and notice of any other kind and any other formality with respect to any of
the Liabilities or this Guaranty. The Guarantor also waives the right to require the Bank to
proceed first against the Borrower upon the Liabilities before proceeding against the Guarantor
hereunder
Section 13. Amendments and Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any
provision of this Guaranty, nor consent to any departure by the Guarantor therefrom, shall be
effective unless it is in writing and signed by the Bank, and then the waiver or consent shall be
effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given No failure on
the part of the Bank to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right or remedy under this
Guaranty shall operate as a waiver or preclude any other or nlrther exercise thereof or the
exercise of any other right or remedy.
Sect ion 14 Expenses The Guarantor shall reimburse the Bank on demand
for all costs, expenses and charges (including without limitation the reasonable and documented
fees and charges of external legal counsel for the Bank) incurred by the Bank in connection with
the preparation, performance or enforcement of this Guaranty. The obligations of the Guarantor
under this Section shall survive the termination of this Guaranty.
Section 15 Assignment. This Guaranty shall be binding on, and shall inure to
the benefit of the Guarantor, the Bank and their respective successors and assigns; provided that
the Guarantor may not assign or transfer its rights or obligations under this Guaranty ..
Section 16. Captions The headings and captions in this Guaranty are for
convenience only and shall not atTect the interpretation or construction of this Guaranty.
Section 17
Governing Law, Etc.
THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE
GOVKRNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE GUARANTOn
CONSENTS TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISmCTION AND VENUE OF THE STATE
OR FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK. SERVICE OF
PROCESS BY THE BANK IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH DISPUTE SHALL BE
BINDING ON THE GUARANTOR IF SENT TO THE GUARANTOR BY REGISTERED
MAIL AT THE ADDRESS SPECIFIED BELOW OR AS OTHERWISE SPECIFrED BY
THE GUARANTOn FROM TIME TO TIME. THE GUARANTOR WAIVES ANY
RJGHT THE GUARANTOR MAY HAVE TO JURY TRIAL IN ANY ACTION
RELATED TO TlUS GUARANTY OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMl)LA TED
HEREBY AND FURTHER WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO INTEIU)OSE ANY
COUNTERCLAIM RELATED TO THIS GUARANTY OR THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED HEREBY IN ANY SUCH ACTION. TO THE EXTENT THAT THE
GUARANTOR HAS OR HEREAFTER MAY ACQUIRE ANY IMMUNITY FROM
JURISDICTION OF ANY COURT OR FROM ANY LEGAL PROCESS (WHETHER
FROM SERVICE OR NOTICE, ATTACHMENT PRIOR TO JUDGMENT,
ATTACHMENT IN AID OF EXECUTION OF A .JUDGMENT, EXECUTION OR
5
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-21104 000504.t
OTHERWISE), THE GUARANTOR HEREBY nm.EVOCABLY WAIVES
IMMUNITY IN RESPECT 01. ITS OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS GUARANTY.
SUCH
Section 18. Integration; Effectiveness. This Guaranty and the Facility
Documents set forth the entire understanding of the Guarantor and the Bank relating to the
guarantee of the Liabilities and constitutes the entire contract between the parties relating to the
subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or
written, relating to the subject matter hereof.; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything
to the contrary, this Guaranty shall not effect or impair any other Guaranty made by the
Guarantor in support of any of the obligations or liabilities of the Borrower with respect to or in
connection with extensions of credit or facilities other than those related hereto. This Guaranty
shall become effective when it shall have been executed and delivered by the Guarantor to the
Bank. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Guaranty by telccopy shall be effective as
delivery ofa manually executed signature page of this Guaranty
IN W1TNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be
duly executed and delivered by its authorized oflicer as of the date first above written
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC
By:
Name:
Title:
Address:
6
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
lPM-20040005045
STATE OF
ss. :
COUNTY OF
On the
day of
, 20o __ , before me came
. to me known, who. being by me duly sworn. did depose and say that he/she resides at
that
he/she
IS
of
, the corporation described in and which
executed the foregoing ins! rument: and that he/she signed his/her name thereto by like order
Notary Public
CON"FIDENTIAL INFORMATION
jPM-20040005046
I,
, as [Secretary][ Assistant Secretary] of
________ , a corporation duly organized and existing under the
laws of
, hereby certifY that a meeting of the Board of
Directors of said Corporation was duly called and held on the _ _ day of
, 20o_,
and that at said meeting at which a quorum was present and voting throughout, the following
preambles and resolution, upon motion duly made and seconded, were duly and unanimously
adopted·
"WHEREAS,
(hereinafter referred to as the "Borrower"), a corporation organized and eXlstmg
under the laws of
, has obtained or desires or may
desire at some time and/or from time to time to obtain loans or other financial
accommodation from, or conduct transactions with, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
and/or any of its subsidiaries and/or aftlliates (hereinafter referred to as the "Bank");
and
WHEREAS, this Corporation owns directly or indirectly a suhstantial amount of the
stock of the Borrower and/or is financially interested in its affairs and expects to
derive advantage from each and every such loan, accollllllodation and/or transaction,
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT
RESOLVED, that this Corporation guarantee the liabilities and obligations of the
Borrower to the Bank in the manner set forth in the agreement of guaranty presented
to this meeting, which said agreement of guaranty and all of the terms and provisions
thereof are in all respects approved and adopted, and that the ollicers of this
Corporation be and hereby are, and each of them hereby is, authorized and directed to
execute in the name and on behalf of this Corporation and to deliver to the Bank an
agreement of guarant y in said form with slich changes, if any, as the ollicer or olTicers
of tllis Corporation executing the same may approve, and to do such other acts and
things as may be necessary or advisable in order to carry out and perform on the part
of this Corporation the covenants, conditions and agreements on its part Lo be camed
out and performed as provided in said agreement of guaranty and in order to carry
out and effect the full intent and purposes of this resolution_"
As said [Secretary ][Assistant Secretary], I further certi1y that the foregoing preambles
and resolution have not been repealed, annulled, altered or amended in any respect but remain in
full force and elrect and that the annexed instrument is the form of the agreement of guaranty
presented to said meeting and referred to in and approved by the aforesaid resolution_
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set may hand this _ _ day of
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ , 20o_-
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-2004 nOOS047
As [Secretary][ Assistant Secretary]
of Said Corporation
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
jPM-2004 000504R
ACCOUNT CONTROL AGREEMENT
September 9, 2008
The undersigned funds set forth below (each a "Fund". collectively, the "Funds--), JPMorgan
Chase Bank. NA. ("Bank") for and on behalf of itself and each of its subsidiaries and affiliates ("Secured
Partv") ~lIld Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. ("Borrower") hereby agree as follows:
PREAMBLE:
I. Each of the Funds have issued. and may in the future issue additional, uncertlficated shares registered in
the name of Borrower (the "Shares") and have established accounts on their respective books and records
to reflect record ownership of the Shares in the name of Borrower or its nominee, including WIthout
limitation the account designated Waterfcrry 5015137 (such accounts as may from time to time be
established, collectively, the "Accounts").
2.
3.
Borrower h3S granted Secured P3rty a security interest in the Shares and thc Accounts purSu3nt to
a scpa r3 te agreemcnt.
Secured Party, Borro\vcr and the Funds are entering into this Agreelnent to provide for the control
of the Shares and the Accollnts and to perfect the security interest of Secured Party in the Shares
and the Accounts.
TERMS:
Section I. The Shares and the Accounts. Each of the Funds hereby rcpresents and warrants to
Secured Party and Borrower that: (a) Fund is duly authorized to cnter into this Agreement; (b) the Shares
arc rcgistered in thc name of Harrower or its nominee; (c) the Accounts arc maintained in the name of
Borrower or its nominee;; (d) Fund is a series of an investment company registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended; (e) Fund is organized under the laws of Delaware; and (f) cxcept for
the claims and interest of Secured Party and Borrower in the Accounts and the Shares (and subject to any
rights of the Fund under applicable law), Fund does not have any actual knowledge of any claim to or
interest in the Accounts or the Shares.
Section 2. Priority of Lien. Each of thc Funds hereby acknowledges that by separate agreement,
Borrower has granted Secured Party a security mterest in the Accounts and the Shares and all proceeds,
substitutions and replacements thereof. Each of the Funds will not agree with any third party that it will
comply with instructions concerning the Accounts or the Shares originated by such third party without the
prior written consent of Secured Party and Borrower, unless otherwise required by law, nile or regulation
or pursuant to governmental or court order, process or subpoena.
32JO()g·\"OI
323008.v2
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
lPM-2()D.:! 0005049
Section 3. Control. Until written notice to th~ contrarY. from the Secured Palh
is received
b\" the
.
.
Funds. each of the Funds will comply with instructions originated solely by Secured Party concerning the
Accounts and the Sh:Hes, without further consent by BorrO\\cr and \\·ill not comply with any instructions
conccrnll1g the Accounts and the Shares originated by Borrower or its representatives. Any and all cash
payments of interest, dividends and capital gains received on any Shares shall be re-invested in Shares.
Borrower may not exercise voting and/or consent rights with respect to the Accounts and the Shares except
with the written consent of the Secured Party.
Section 4. Statements, Confinnations and Notires of Adve,·se Claims. Each of the Funds will
send copies of all statements, eonfinnations and other correspondence concerning the Accounts
simultaneously to each of Borrower and Securcd Party at the address set forth 111 Section 14 of this
Agreement. If:lIIY person asserts any lien, encumbrance or adverse claim against an" of the Accollnts or in
any financial asset carried therein, the applicable Fund \\'111 plOmptly notify Secured Party and Borrower
thereof
Section 5. Responsibility of the Funds. (a) None or the Funds shall have any responsibility or
liability to Borrower for complying with instructions concerning the Accounts and/or Shares originated by
Secured Party. None of the Funds shall have any duty to investigate or make any dctennination as to
\vhether a default exists under any agreement between Borrower and Seclln::d Party.
(b) Notwithstanding all),thing to the contrary in this Agreement: (i) none oflhe Funds shall have only the duties
and responsibilities with respect to thc matters sct folth herein as is expressly set torth in writing herein alld shall
1I0t be deemed to be an agellt bailee or fiduciary lor an:- pal1y herdo: (ii) NOlle of the Funds shall be liable to ,lilY
party hereto or any other person for ally actioll or failure to act uncler or III connection ,,~th this Agreement except
to tlle extent Stich conduct constitutes its own willful misconduct or gross negligence (and to the maximum ex1ent
pemlined by law, shall lmder no circumstances be liable for any incidental, indirect, special, consequential or
punitive dalnages); allcl (iii) none of the Funds shall not bL: liable for losses or delays callsed by force majeure,
intemlption or malfunction of computer, transmission or communications facilities, labor difficulties, court order
or decrc,'C, tlle commencement of bankmptcy or other similar proceedings or other matters beyond the Fund's
reasonable control.
(c) Borrower and Secured Party, jointly and severally, hereby agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless
each of the Funds (each an "Indemnified Party") against any loss, liability or expense (including reasonable
attomeys and disbursements) incurred in connection Witll thiS Agrcement (except to the extent due to such
Indemnitled Party's willful misconduct or gross negligence as finally detennined by a court of competent
jurisdiction) or in cOlmcction with any interpleader proceeding relating thereto or incurred at Secured
Party's direction or instruction.
Section 6. Tax Reporting. All items of IIlcome, gain, expense and loss recognized in thc
Accounts shall be reported to the Intemal Revenue Service and all state and local taxing authorities under
the name alld taxpayer identification number of Borrower.
Section 7. Customer Agreement. This Agreement supplements, rather than replaces, the
application to purchase shares in the Funds alld any account conditions, terms and conditions and other
standard documentation in effect from time to time with respect to the Shares and the Accounts (the
"Account Documentation"), which Account Documentation will continue to apply to the Accounts and the
Shares and the services to be provided by a Fund in respect thereto, and the respective rights, powers,
duties, obligalions, Iiabililies and responsibilities of the parties tllereto alld hereto, to the ex1ent not
32300S,,{11
323008v2
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-200400050S0
expressly conflIcting with the provisions of this Agreement (however, in the event of any such eontlle!' the
provIsIons of this Agreement shall control).
Section S. Termination. The rights and powers granted herein to Secured Party have been
granted in order to perfect its security interest in the Accounts and thc Shares, are powers coupled with an
interest and will neither be atTected by the death or bankruptcy of Borrower nor by the lapse of time. The
Funds may tenninate this Agreement (a) in their discretion upon the sending of at 1e..'lSt thirty (30) days' advance
wrinen notice to the other parties hereto or (b) because of a material breach by Borrower or Secu red Party of any
of the ternlS of this Agreement or the Account Documentation., upon thc sending of at least five (5) days advance
\\Tinen notice to the other parties hereto. Any other tennination or:my amendment or waiver of this Agreement
shall be effected solely by an instrument m writing executed by all the parties hereto. llle provisions of Section 5
above shall survive an\' such lenninatioll.
Section 9. This Agreement. This Agreement and exhibits hereto and the agreements and
instruments required to be executed and delivered herelmder set forth the entire agreement of the partIes
with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede ;md discharge all prior agreements (written or oral)
and negotiations and all contemporaneous oral agreement concerning such subject matter and negotiations.
There are no oral condItions prccedcnt to the effectivencss of this Agreement.
Section 10. Amendments. No amendment, modification or temlll1atlon of tillS Agreement or
waiver of any right hercunder shall be binding on any party hereto lmless it is in writing and is sib'11ed by
the party to be charged.
Section 11. Severability. If any term or provision set forth in this Agreement shall be invalid or
unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such tenns or provisions to persons
or circumstances, other than those to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall be constmed in all
respects as if such invalid or unenforce..'lble term or provision were omitted.
Section 12. Successors. The ternlS of this Agreement shall be bindmg upon, and shall inure to thc
bendit of, the parties and their respectIve corporate successors or heirs and personal representativcs ;
providcd, further, that a successor to or assignee of Secured Party's rights under any extension of credit
may be assigned the benefits of this Agreement by Secured Party.
Section 13. Rules of Constmction. In this Agreement, words in the singular number include the
plural, and in the plural include the singular; words of the masculine gender include the feminine and the
neuter, and whclI the sense so indicates words of the neuter gender may refer to any gendcr and the word
"or" is disjunctive but not exclusive. The captions and section numbers appearing in this Agreement are
inserted only as a matter of convenience. They do not define, limit or descnbe the scope or intent of the
provisions of this Agreement.
Section 14. Counterparts. 1l1is Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all
of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Agreement by
signing and delivering one or more counterparts.
Section 15. Choice of Law; Waiver of Jury Trial. Notwithstanding any other agreement to the
contrary, the parties hereto agree that this Agrcement and the Accounts shall be governed and constmed in
accordance with those laws of the State of New York which are applicable to agreements which are
negotiated, executed, delivered and perfonned solely in the State of New York. THE UNDERSIGNED
323008:,,01
323008v2
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
IPM-2004 000505 I
HEREBY WAIVES AND AGREES TO WAIVE THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY
ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM INSTITUTED WITH RESPECT TO ANY
MATTER WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED TO THIS
AGREEMENT.
[SIGNA nIRE PAGE FOLLOWS TO CONTROL AGREEMENT DATED SEPTEMBER 9, 2008 AMONG LEI-IMAN
BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC " .IPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N,A_ (for nne! on bd\alf of itself ane! ~ach of its subsidiQri~s and
afliliatcs) AND EACH OF HiE FUNDS SET FORTH IN THE PREAMBLE ABOVE)
3230U~:vOl
323008:v2
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-2()04 0005052
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
By: ______________
Name:
Title:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A (for and on behalf of itself and each of its subsidiaries and
affiliates)
By: __________________
Name:
Title:
ACKNOWLEDGED and AGREED TO:
as a Fund and issuer of Shares
IP Morgan Liquid Assets Money Market Fund-Capital Shares
By:
Its
Date:
ACKNOWLEDGED and AGREED TO:
as a Fund and issuer of Shares
IP Morgan Tax Free Money Market Fund-Institutional Shares
By:
Its:
Date:
ACKNOWLEDGED and AGREED TO.
as a Fund and issuer of Shares
JP Morgan Municipal Money Market Fund-Institutional Shares
By:
Its:
Date:
323008'\'01
323008'v2
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-200" 0005053
323008:vOI
323008:v2
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-20040()05054
AMENDMENT TO CLEARANCE AGREEMENT
WHEREAS, Lehman Brothers Inc, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., Lehman Brothers
Holdings Inc., Lehman Brothers International (Europe), Lehman Brothers OTC Derivatives Inc., and
Lelunan Brothers Japan Inc. (the "Customer" or "Customers")) al,ld JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
(formerly The Chase Manhattan Bank, the "Bank") have entered into that certain Clearance Agreement
dated as of June IS, 2000, as amended by the Amendment to Clearance Agreement dated as of May
30, 2008 and as subsequently amended by the Amendment to Clearance Agreement dated as of August
26,2008 (the "Agreement"): and
WHEREAS, the Customer and the Bank desire to amend the Agreement as set fOlth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of
which are hereby acknowledged, it is hereby agreed as follows:
I.
The first three lines of Section II of the Clearance Agreement shall be deleted in their
entirety and replaced with the following:
"In consideration of any credit, advances, loans or other financial accommodations we may
extend to you and in order to induce us from time to time, in our discretion, to extend or continue
to extend credit, clearing advances, clearing loans or other financial accomlllodations to any of the
Customers or any of their affIliates andlor to transact business, trade or enter into derivative
transactions with any of the Customers or any of their affiliates and as security for the payment of
all of your existing or future indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of any kind to us including,
without limitation, arising in connection with trades, derivative transaction, settlement of
securities hereunder or any other business with the Customers or any of their affiliates (hereinafter
the "Obligations"), you hereby"
'2.
All other tenns and conditions of the Agreement are hereby ratified, and the Agreement
shall, except as expressly modified herein, continue in tllll force and eflect.
3.
This Amendment shall be governed by and constmed in accordance with the laws of
the State of New York without giving effect to the conflict oflaws principles thereof
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the patties have caused their duly authorized representatives to
execute this Amendment as of the 9th day of September, 2008.
LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.
By:. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Name
Title:
II] 77228v]-clcan
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-20040005055
LEHMAN COMMERCIAL PAPER INC
By: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Name:
Title:
#377228v3-c1ean
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-2004 0005056
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDfNGS rNC
By: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Name:
Title:
LEHMAN
(EUROPE)
BROTHERS
INTERNATIONAL
8y: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Name
Title:
LEHMAN BROTHERS OTC DERIY ATIVES INC.
By: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Name:
Title:
LEHMAN BROTHERS JAPAN INC
By _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Name
Title:
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A
By ______________
Name:
Title:
#J7722HvJ-clean
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
lPM-200.t 0005057
TAB 30
From:
Sent:
To:
Subject:
Van Schaick, George V <gvanscha@lehman.com>
Thursday, July 10,20086:34 PM (GMT)
Feraca, John <joferaca@lehman.com>
FW: Federated Sub Custodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
From: Cornejo, Emil
Sent: Thursday, July 10,2008 12:41 PM
To: Guglielmo, Robert; Roberts, Garrett; Shanley, Gail
Cc: Van Schaick, George V; Luglio, Thomas; Webb, Michael A; Fleming, Dan
(TSY); Tonucci, Paolo; Miller, Mmjorie A; Coghlan, John F. (Prime
SelVices); Witek, Charles; Boron, Lisa-Lynn; Lista, William; McMurray,
Locke R
Subject: RE: Federated Sub Custodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
Spoke to Mark. Expect feedback shortly. Thanks
Emil F. Cornejo
LEHMAN BROTHERS
Emil F. Cornejo
Senior Vice President
Treasury
1301 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10019
Phone: 212-320-4495
Fax: 212-520-0838
Email: emi1.comejo@lehman.com
From: Guglielmo, Robert
Sent: Thursday, July 10,2008 12:20 PM
To: Roberts, Garrett; Shanley, Gail
Cc: Van Schaick, George V; Luglio, Thomas; Webb, Michael A; Fleming, Dan
(TSY); Tonucci, Paolo; Millcr, Mmjoric A; Coghlan, John F. (Primc
SelVices); Witek, Charles; Boron, Lisa-Lynn; Lista, William; Cornejo,
Emil; McMurray, Locke R
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 110245
Subject: RE: Federated Sub Custodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
Garrett,
We discussed with Emil Cornejo in Credit & Bank Relations who is
responsible for the JPM Chase relationship. He is following up with
Michael Doctoroff at JP Morgan Chase.
Regards,
Rob
From: Roberts, Garrett
Sent: Thursday, July 10,2008 12:01 PM
To: Guglielmo, Robert; Shanley, Gail
Subject: FW: Federated SubCustodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
From: Van Schaick, George V
Sent: Thursday, July 10,200811:44 AM
To: Van Schaick, George V; Feraca, John
Cc: Roberts, Garrett; Lista, William; Luglio, Thomas; Webb, Michael A;
Fleming, Dan (TSY); Tonucci, Paolo; Miller, MaJjorie A; Coghlan, John F.
(Prime Services)
Subject: RE: Federated Sub Custodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
From: Mocharko, Karl [mailto:KMocharko(o)Jederatedinv.com]
Sent: Thursday, July 10,200811:14 AM
To: Shanley, Gail; Roberts, Garrett;julia.a.fox@jpmorgan.com
Cc: RS: Beneigh, Sara; RS: Zerega, Todd; RS: Dugan, Erin; RS: Whetzel,
James
Subject: RE: Federated Sub Custodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
Because JP Chase the triparty clearing bank is unwilling to negotiate in
good faith with Federated, we will no longer pursue additional business
with Lehman. We will also do as much current REPO as possible with
dealers that utilize BONY as their custodian and only back with JPChase
as necessary.
Karl Mocharko
Assistant Vice President / Senior Trader
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 110245
Federated Investors
Business: 412-288-1975
Personal: 412-288-1447
kmocharko@federatedinv.com
From: Van Schaick, George V
Sent: Thursday, July 10,200811:31 AM
To: Feraca, John
Cc: Roberts, Garrett; Lista, William; Luglio, Thomas; Webb, Michael A;
Fleming, Dan (TSY); Tonucci, Paolo; Miller, MaJjorie A; Coghlan, John F.
(Prime Services)
Subject: FW: Federated SubCustodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
John,
We have been trying to negotiate triparty docs on new Federated funds
with Chase for over 6months now. These new funds would have cash for
"Non-Traditional collateral" (IG and NON-IG ABS, PL, Corps, etc.).
Charles Witek previously outlined the issues below, and we sent to Mike
Scarpa at JPM, after our April meeting Witll tlle111. The issues are all
changes from JPM's previous triparty docs.
Today Federated has notified us that JPM would now like to re-negotiate
all its existing docs with Federated.
Federated has stated they are considering pulling all funding from
Dealers that use JPM as a triparty agent and moving exclusively to BONY.
They are more comfortable with them Legally, Operationally, and from a
Client Service perspective.
They currently fund 900mm NON-IG PLiABS, and would have at least
another 500mm in these new funds.
I think we need to raise the issue again with JPM, but ultimately this
might just be a good candidate to use in the BONY migration.
Thanks.
George
From: Witek, Charles
Sent: Wednesday, April 23, 2008 3:41 PM
To: Van Schaick, George V
Cc: Shanley, Gail
Subject: RE: Federated Sub Custodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 110245
OK.
To avoid confusion, we'll deal with Federated first, as it is a large
issue, then I'll address the others in a third E-mail.
The markup of the Federated agreement, as JPMorgan would change it, is
attached. I'll only discuss the major issues, but the fact that
JPMorgan is choosing to make numerous changes to an agreement it
accepted as recently as November is a problem in itself.
Significant issues include (listed by section):
l(j) JPMorgan added the language "The Margin Value of Securities
shall equal or exceed the Sale Price at the times calculated by Bank
pursuant to this Agreement." In effect, JPMorgan negated the agreement
of the parties to margin on the Repurchase Price and substituted, for
its own operational convenience. its own requirement that collateral be
margined on the Sale (i.e. Purchase) Price. While that would normally
be better for Lehman, as a registered investment company governed by the
Investment Company Act of 1940, Federated feels that it is legally
obligated to margin on the Repurchase Price, and will not enter into an
agreement if margining on the Repurchase Price does not take place.
JPMorgan's position that it will not margin on the Repurchase Price, for
operational reasons, is new, having only arisen in the past month or so.
Lisa-Lynn Boron conducted a substantial investigation into the issue in
relation to one of her accounts, and discovered that there is no
operational impediment at Lehman or at JPMorgan that prevents margining
on the Repurchase Price.
len) Related to l(j), above, JPMorgan deleted the definition of
"Repurchase Price" and substituted its own simplified definition, which
is not amenable to margining a term repo based on the Repurchase Price.
3(b) Again, as in point l(j) JPMorgan changed the actual terms of
the Transaction agreed to by Lehman and Federated, altering "Margin
Value equal to the Repurchase Price" to "Margin Value equal to the Sale
Price." Quite bluntly, whether we choose to margin on the Sale
(Purchase) Price or the Repurchase Price is a business decision arising
out of a negotiation between Lehman and Federated; it is none of
JPMorgan's business and they should not be interfering in the economic
terms of the transaction, particularly when Federated (and most
investment companies) view this as a regulatory issue. Similar changes
also occur in Section 3(c), 3(e).
3(d) JPMorgan inserted language that, in the event that Federated is
undercollateralized or Lehman has insufficient cash to repurchase the
Purchased Securities on the Repurchase Date, JPMorgan can, without
notice to Lehman, advance cash on Lehman's behalf and charge Lehman
interest for such advance. That is contrary to the clearance
arrangement between Lehman and JPMorgan, and JPMorgan Legal has been
reminded of that fact on multiple occasions, yet they persist in
demanding the change.
11
Indemnification provides the most egregious examples of JPMorgan
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 110245
high-handedness. ISSUE 1) The original LelnnanlFederated agreement
provided for Lelnnan giving JPMorgan a full indemnification for any
losses not attributable to the Bank's negligence or willful misconduct,
while Federated only indemnified for its own negligence, breach,
insolvency or instructions, again with the carve-out for JPMorgan's
negligence or willful misconduct. Such a "split indemnification" was
commonly used in custodial undertakings involving a large or
sophisticated counterparty, and has been accepted practice at both
JPMorgan and The Bank of New York for years (and doesn't really harm
Lelnnan, as JPMorgan could, in the event of an insolvent counterparty,
always argue that Lelnnan already had an obligation to fully indemnify
pursuant to the terms of the clearance agreement). However, a few
months ago (I believe it was the late fall of 2007), JPMorgan, without
any prior notice to or discussion with Lelnnan, arbitrarily decided that
"split" indemnification would no longer be acceptable. In the case of
Federated, they insisted that both parties provide a full
indemnification to JPMorgan, a provision wholly unacceptable to
Federated and contrary to prior agreements between JPMorgan and either
Lelnnan or Federated.
ISSUE 2: To make matters worse, JPMorgan is insisting upon a new
provision, which would have both Lelnnan and Federated "absolutely"
indemnify JPMorgan (i.e., no carve out, even for JPMorgan's gross
negligence or willful misconduct) for any losses "incurred as a result
of complying with the instructions of' Lelnnan or Federated, even if
following such instruction "constitutes or is alleged to constitute a
violation of the rights of any party or a violation of an injunction,
stay, order or law"! Pursuant to such agreement, if JPMorgan followed
an instruction, no matter how obviously wrong or even illegal, JPMorgan
would be entitled to full indemnification for any damages or claims that
it suffered as a result. Needless to say, Lehman has never agreed to
such a provision, does not have it in its boilerplate agreement, and is
unwilling to accept it in the Federated document. Federated is equally
opposed.
There are a number of other, lesser changes (although it should be noted
that what seems "lesser" to me may be of greater importance to
Federated.) However, the above points, in which JPMorgan 1) takes it
upon itself to change the terms of the agreement between Lelnnan and
Federated re margin, 2) is, through its Legal Department, insisting on
changing the terms of the business relationship between Lelnnan and
JPMorgan re advances and 3) is insisting on burdensome and unnegotiated
changes in the customary indemnification provisions, should be viewed as
the most offensive positions.
From: Van Schaick, George V
Sent: Wednesday, April 23, 2008 2:37 PM
To: Witek, Charles
Cc: Shanley, Gail
Subject: RE: Federated Sub Custodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
please include all issues (not just Federated). we met with Chase this
afternoon and hopefully that will result in some progress.
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 110245
From: Witek, Charles
Sent: Wednesday, April 23, 2008 2:34 PM
To: Van Schaick, George V
Cc: Shanley, Gail
Subject: FW: Federated SubCustodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
George-Before I send an E-mail outlining the precise legal issues (which I'll
begin preparing immediately upon sending this one), I wanted to forward
the below to you, because it gives a good overview of the issue.
Federated has a proprietary agreement that it negotiated with various
dealers, including Lehman, and JPMorgan many years ago. The agreement
was modified not long before I came to Lehman in order to modernize the
document. As recently as last November, Federated, Lehman and JPMorgan
entered into such document with no problems. However, JPMorgan reversed
course with regard to the current Federated agreement, and refuse to
agree to it without the substantial changes discussed in Todd Zerega's
E-mail.
Although I recognize that Federated is a priority issue, I would point
out that this is not a unique instance. In the past year or so,
JPMorgan has become increasingly uncooperative, reneging on previous
agreements regarding acceptable language, dictating the form of
agreements that they will review (e.g., tlley will no longer review a
.pdfversion of an agreement marked up by the client, but instead insist
that Lehman or the client take the time to convert such .pdf into a
blacklined Word document, in order to save JPMorgan the trouble of
working with an inconvenient file) and taking positions contrary to
either the clearlanguage of an agreement (e.g., refusing to accept cash
as repo collateral, despite a statement in the document that says
"Securities shall always include cash") or refusing to take language
acceptable in the Lehman-boilerplate form if inserted in a different
form provided by the counterparty--something very similar to what is
happening here.
From: marcus.c.johnson@jpmchase.com
[mailto:marclls.c.johnson@jpmchase.com]
Sent: Friday, April 18, 2008 2:06 PM
To: Zerega, Todd P.
Cc: Shanley, Gail
Subject: Re: Federated Sub Custodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
Todd:
We carmot use this form without the changes that we have made. Feel
free to call me if you wish to discuss specific comments.
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 110245
----- Original Message ----From: "Zerega, Todd P." [TZerega@ReedSmith.com]
Sent: 04/1812008 01:28 PM AST
To: Marcus Johnson
Cc: <gai1.shanley@lehman.com>
Subject: FW: Federated SubCustodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
Marcus,
I wanted to get back to you regarding your extensive comments on
Federated's Subcustodial Undertaking. A master form of this
Subcustodial Undertaking specifically for Federated Investors, which I
have attached for reference, was negotiated with your predecessor
Charles Witek. This form of agreement has also been approved by all of
Federated's repo counterparties. The agreement is currently is use for
all Federated repo counterparties. However, due to a change in
custodian on certain Funds Federated needs to put in place the same
agreement as in place currently for its other Funds. Federated does
not wish to renegotiate an agreement that was painstakingly finalized to
the satisfaction of all parties. For example, the indemnification
language, definition provisions, and representations were also discussed
at length among all parties until an acceptable form was drafted. To
revisit this issue would cause Federated to incur unnecessary legal
expenses and costs as well as delay the execution of agreements that
they wish to utilize. Witll tllat being said, it is our understanding
that the language added regarding fund transfers (Section 12) is
something that Federated has agreed to in the form of a side letter and
therefore Federated is willing to agree to add it to the master
agreement.
Please let me know if you would like to discuss further but based on my
conversations with Sara Lehman only had one minor comment on the
sub custodial which Federated accepted and we would like to move forward
with execution.
Best Regards,
Todd
From: Shanley, Gail [mailto:gail.shauleviallelmlau.com]
Sent: Thursday, April 03, 2008 1:53 PM
To: Beneigh, Sara M.
Cc: Roberts, Garrett
Subject: FW: Federated SubCustodial Agreement - JPMC's comments
Sara,
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 110245
I received the attached from Marcus at JPMC. After you have had a
chance to review let's chat.
Thanks
Gail
From: Euisun.Lisa.Lee@chase.com [mailto:Euisul1.Lisa.Lee(alchase.com]
Sent: Thursday, April 03, 200812:14 PM
To: Shanley, Gail
Cc: Janowski, John Patrick; marcus.c.johnson@jpmchase.com
Subject: Fw: Federated Sub Custodial Agreement
Hi Gail: attached please find clean and marked versions of the
acceptable Federated agreement. Thanks!
Redline:
Clean:
Euisun Lisa Lee
Assistant Vice President
JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA
1 Chase Manhattan Plaza, 25th Floor
New York, NY 10005
NYI-A424
Tel: (212) 552-1618
Fax: (212) 383-0250
euisun.lisa.lee@chase.com
- - - - - - - - This message is intended only for the personal and
confidential use of the designated recipient(s) named above. If you are
not the intended recipient of this message you are hereby notified that
any review, dissemination, distribution or copying of this message is
strictly prohibited. This communication is for information purposes only
and should not be regarded as an offer to sell or as a solicitation of
an offer to buy any financial product, an official confirmation of any
transaction, or as an official statement of Lehman Brothers. Email
transmission cannot be guaranteed to be secure or error-free. Therefore,
we do not represent that this information is complete or accurate and it
should not be relied upon as such. All information is subject to change
without notice. -------- IRS Circular 230 Disclosure: Please be advised
that any discussion ofD.S. tax matters contained within this
communication (including any attachments) is not intended or written to
be used and cannot be used for the purpose of (i) avoiding D. S. tax
related penalties or (ii) promoting, marketing or recommending to
another party any transaction or matter addressed herein.
***
This E-mail, along with any attachments, is considered confidential and
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 110245
may well be legally privileged. If you have received it in error, you
are on notice of its status. Please notify us immediately by reply
e-mail and then delete this message from your system. Please do not copy
it or use it for any purposes, or disclose its contents to any other
person. Thank you for your cooperation.
***
To ensure compliance with Treasury Department regulations, we inform you
that, unless otherwise indicated in writing, any U.S. Federal tax advice
contained in this communication (including any attachments) is not
intended or written to be used, and cannot be used, for the purpose of
(1) avoiding penalties under the Internal Revenue Code or applicable
state and local provisions or (2) promoting, marketing or recommending
to another party any tax-related matters addressed herein.
Disclaimer Version RS.US.l.O 1.03
pdcl
This communication is for informational purposes only. It is not
intended as an offer or solicitation for the purchase or sale of any
financial instrument or as an official confirmation of any transaction.
All market prices, data and other information are not warranted as to
completeness or accuracy and are subject to change without notice. Any
comments or statements made herein do not necessarily reflect those of
JPMorgan Chase & Co., its subsidiaries and affiliates. This transmission
may contain information that is privileged, confidential, legally
privileged, and/or exempt from disclosure under applicable law. If you
are not the intended recipient, you are hereby notified that any
disclosure, copying, distribution, or use of the information contained
herein (including any reliance thereon) is STRICTLY PROHIBITED. Although
this transmission and any attachments are believed to be free of any
virus or other defect that might affect any computer system into which
it is received and opened, it is the responsibility of the recipient to
ensure that it is virus free and no responsibility is accepted by
JPMorgan Chase & Co., its subsidiaries and affiliates, as applicable,
for any loss or damage arising in any way from its use. If you received
this transmission in error, please immediately contact the sender and
destroy the material in its entirety, whether in electronic or hard copy
format. Thank you. Please refer to
http://www.jpmorgan.com/pages/disclosures for disclosures relating to UK
legal entities.
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 110245
TAB 31
F.-om:
Sent:
Ycung, Andrew <andrew.ycung@lehman.com>
To:
Wedncsdny, Septembcr 10, :W08 6 30 AM
Inaba, Gail <ill;lba_gnil(2ljplllorgilil COlli>; Appel, Nikki G <Nikki.G Appel@chase com>
Cr:
Aronson, .Ielfrey - COl1ll1lunication orCoullsel (Exchange) <JArunsoll@bcar.colll>;
WaSSCrlll;lII, F'cter.l <PetcrlWasscrman@chase.colll>: Miller, Jessica W
<JMillcr@gc)(ldwillproctcrcolll>, Hespel, Paul W <PHcspei@goudwinprocLer.cLlIll>
Subject:
1·1i
RE: Execution Docuillents
(j ai I.
We hav" 11<\ !"111'11i"1 "(>111111"111-; 1(> Ille
:I~I""lllellls
:lllti I lia\'e -:"111 Ihem '"I III
ollr c.\cClIli\ e officer, I'"r Ih"II' rlll,Ii '1I']1I', 1\',Ii "IIJ sil'-lIatlln: I \\'111
forward th" slgll:llllr" pagcs I"
,"<>11
Ilj"'11 r"celpt.
Best,
I\l1drell'M W Yeul1~
Ldllll:111 13n>llier'
127 I 1\ VClIlIC "I' llie 1\ Il1nl,:'"
New Y"r", NY I!.I(J~()
'1',,1 (212) 52(;-458.J
Fa.\ IM6) X34-0721
I':l1lflil :lIIdlc\\, vellllg,ri;Jc:iIlII:lll ""Ill
-----On~lllal Mc,'agL:----frum: Illaha_b<lil((2'.IPIIlI'll~;11I ''''Ill 1~1]i!'l~II~;LgaIi((I'illil!'ll18!.'--0O!!1.!1
Sel1t· \,vL'dl1esday, SeptenJi1er 11\ 2UIlS 5 56 I\M
To' Y clillg, I\l1drclI'
Cc .1l\rOI1,OIl({'(,l.>c;II·.CI 1111, I 'elcr ..1. \\1 "s'crlllall.'~'cli"'''.''UIII;
inab:Ui.ail(iijplll\1I1~[111
C'IIIl; Millel. ,1e';sic:I W', I-icspci, Paul W:
Roberl.'!' Cullcran(!!jch:lsc:
COlli: ~"II'-'V;I_di:ulc(!!!.Ipmorgim.c' lin:
mark g dnclnrurrC(l)Wllltlrg,11l (''>111, .1<11111 \I'.>IIJ.;"IIIIIIt:I((!1cJIIISC
"Dill
Sllbjec.t: E.\CClltioli 1),'CUIIICllls
AndreI\', All lIchc:d ;1 I C Clc:lIll. ",,'cIII It))] \'cr"il»ls
or IIIC U II"r:llllv _II IC
Aurura Cuar;lIlt\', the Sccurll\, I\grC:(;IIICIII, III,' I\lIIcndmclll III thc Cle:lr:lncc
Agreement
and the Accollnt COllI wi Agreclilclit.
Apologlcs, II'I.! are e:o;pniellcing
systems
issues and c:Jn oilly selld a Clelill I'c:r,inll of thc 1l(;\V GU:lr:lIltv and
Amendment to the Clear:lIlee I\grcC:lllcllt [II thi, timc, We \\'Ill try to send
marked
versions If we c:an recovcr thc J"CllIIlClllS,
Please Idille knt)w If wc
have
any olltst[lndlng ISSLIes.
r apprcClale your assi,;tancc ill cOlllplctlllg this
maller Best, Gail
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-20040002032
(S",; ,1I1;,,:I,c:<I rile' (;11:11:11111 All""" CIc-:lll I)OC)('ic:c: ,,11:lclH:t1 rilc
(iuar<l1111 Alln>r:1 M:II'kcd ')-I),)-tlx IXICII'ic:c <llIaclicd lik Sccurill'
Agrccillcill (,k:1Il 'J-n'J-(tx 1)( )L')I'icc ;,11"chcLi rilc ScclInll' Agrceillcill
M:llkcd 'l-()'I-CiS 1,(I('l\SL'L' ;illaclil,L1 rilc /\IIICI1<1II1Cllll,> Ck:II;IIlCC l'k::111
')-U)-()~,I.l( IC)(SL'c "II,I(,I,cd lik,
("lIlrol !\glcCIlIC:1l1 l'I"::1I1 '.I-0<)-ClS Uc"lC IIScc :1 II:IC 1iL'l I rile COlllr,,1
Agleclllcill 1\,1arked ~.I-o')-nS,I)OC) (Scc "Uaclicd rilc, (ill:II .1111\' 2 CiC;III
~)-(J')-(lX
I)()C)
(icller:dil',lilis C(>illlllllilICal",1I1 '" 1'01 II]I<lIln:lliulI:1i IHlll"»""
i, 11,>1 ill\cllticd
.f'
,,"11
"",1 II
:111 "Ilcr 01 sol'Cllal""1 I'll' Ihc purch:"c or s:de nr
:IIn 1'ln:II]cl:II illsllUlllCll1 '.lr:lS:1I1 ul"i"lcl:d collrirm:ili'''1 ,,1':1111'
Ir:IIlS:lcll"" III Ihe (,I'CIII \'011 arc rL'eci\'illl' Ihe (llfcrlllg lI"Ialcri:,j,
allached L>ei<:,\\' rL'laled \<.> ",-,III' illlLrc,1 III IIcdgc rUlIlh ,II pri \':1 Ie
cCjllill', Ihls e,>IIlIllIIllICall"ll Il I 11\' I,,~ 1I1klldcJ :" <Ill olkr ur ".llicil:II">II
rur llie P"lciJ<Jsc: [II' sak 1Il',ucil l'lIlld(s-,
/\111lI:1I"kc:1 pllC:C:S_ ,1;,1" :Jlld
,)thcr IIll"nf"llJ:lliul1 arc 1101 \\':1I1;Jlltcd :IS Ie) cOlllpletl!lIes> 'x accurael' :lIld
ar(' ""j,j,'c:\ III <'ll:lIlg';
II,
illl",,1 111.1II(,l'
/\IIY COIllll"lellh ur ,;1,lIcllll'lIl,; llI<1dc hcrclll dn Ilol Ilcccs·",,-il\' rerlcd Ih,,,;,,
ur .II'M, II g:1I1 Ch:"" ,,,-
C', , II~ sllb"i.iiarics ;lIId :lIllll;lIes
This Ir;III'lIIi"""1l 111:1\' C'"II:1ill IIJI',>rnl"II<,>nlll<11 i, r<rII'lk~," •.1.
COllrldcl1ll"I, Ic~alll' pllI'liege.!, 1111.1/,,1' c~cllIpl 1"'111 d,,;c1":,lIrc' IIIHkr
"JlI,llc:ll1l" 1:1\\' I I' \ <>11 ;11'" 11,,1 II", 11111:nd,:d I eciJllclll, \'(">" :11 C I,clch\'
1l('llr,,'d liJ:l1 ;IIlY di"cl",all":, COpI'lllg, dislribllliull, or
I.IS('
ut' llie
IIlrurlllall'"1 '~"III"ill~d 1'Ci"elll (iIlCllldllq! aliI' rdialllx
Ihere'.III) i, STRfC J'I,1' l'I':(JI-llliITiTl /\ltli<lligh Ihis Ir:IIl"llIis<,ioli ;lIld nll\'
:l1I:I.:llllIcnls ;Irc hclicn:d t" he- fleL' "I' :1Il\' "iJ'lI~ UI' olher del'eci liial
nllglll :lrlCcl ;IIlY COlllpulcr ,),sl<':1"I1 illl" which il is n::c<:II'cd :lIld opellcd,
II IS III,' rcsp"llsibtlill' "I' til': r,'cipicill I" CllSllle th:11 II is I'lrliS
rrce :IIld Ill' rcsl'L'II;.i1"hly is acccpled by JPMurgan Chase 8:
ell,
liS
sub~l\h:ll"lcs ;1I1d :JlTdi:liL:s, CIS ;Jppli"abk, for 11111' Ins:' or dlllll<lg';
;lIi,sing ill
:1111'
"'aV 1'1"'111 its IISC, Iry"u received Ihls Ir;lIlslllissioll ill
error_ pkasl! 11l11l1L"llwlcl)' eonlDcl Ihe :'cmlcr :lIld d.::,[ro), Ihl' 111.1Iel'l;] I III
liS ,,"llrcly _ \\'hclhcl ill ciccllUllic or hal'd C"I" kllll"lal Th:llik I nil
I'lca"c rcl'cr I" l1!.!J2!!\\'\~J.l.rJ]('rg:IIJ.u'llI/p:I~S!lhscilIslircs f(lf
di,sck"urcs rclallllg lu UK legal ellllllL'S
TiJis IlIl!Ss;lge is inlcndeJ "III)' for lilc pcrs"n:d alld e('III'l\knl"d usc (If Ihe design:llcd reclpicnl!s) 11'1I11"d 'liJUI'<': II' Y"u :Ire lIul Ihe
illlcnded recipiellt ur IllIs l]lCs~"gc ),011 :lrc hClch), IHllil'ICd Ih;" "")' J(~\'ic\\', LiISSI.'llJillali'III, ,lIsll ihllilun ur cnl'VlIlg of IllIs Illcs'''gc '"~
strictiI' prohihiled Till, eOllllllunicatloll IS for III 1<)Jlllat il)1I I"II'pOSCS nilly and ~holiid 11<".1 he reg<lrdcd :IS alllilTer I" s,,11 (>1 :],:1
snllCllalloll "I' an nlTcr I,) huy ;IIlY rlll:lllcial producl. '''1 (>llici;,j enllriJ'llJ:lli"ll of aliI' Ir:II]Sacli"ll, .>1 :1S:1Il ulliclal sl:ilcnll:nl III Lchillilil
8rulhers, EIIl:1I1 lralHlIlissill1l e:III1I<".1 I", guar;lIltcl!d In be sccurc Ul' eIT,>r-frcc Tlicrcr"n;, wc do Ih)1 rcprcsellt Ihal IllIs Inrurlllallull i,
cOlllpktc or ,]ccllrnle ,lIld It "Iwuld not b<: rellcd UpOJl as sucli, AlllIli'urmaliull is suhject t<) chall!!(' wilhout /lIllie.:
IRS Cirelll,lr 230 J)isel(l~ure,
Please be advised Ihal any dlSCUSSloll of U S t~IX Illatkrs contained wilhill this COlllllllllliealiulI (including ;IIlY all:lchmcllls) IS Ilnl
inlended or writtcnln he u"ed alld cannol be used for Ihe purpose
(I) avoiding U,S la:-: rdated pcnallies 01 (Ii) prOfl]Ollng, 1ll:II'kCllllg
or
or recollllllendlllg to anolher p:u1\' any Irallsaction 01 malleI' addressed herclII
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-20040002033
TAB 32
From:
Sent:
To:
Subject:
Fleming, Dan (TSY) <dfleming@lehman.com>
Wednesday, September 10,2008 11:22 AM (GMT)
mark.g.doctoroff@jpmorgan.com
RE: Andrew is on his way to 745 to pick up signed docs from
Paolo/Ian
Andrew has signed doc's in hand, on their way to JPM
> --------------------------------> From:
Fleming, Dan (TSY)
> Sent: Wednesday, September 10, 2008 7:05 AM
> To: mark.g.doctoroff@jpmorgan.com
> Subject:
Andrew is on his way to 745 to pick up signed docs from
> Paolo/Ian
>
>
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 457582
TAB 33
.. Yeung. Andrew"
Tll' <iIl3b3_gail:~jplllorgan.colll>
<andre~"'leung'i!)lehman.coll1>cc. <JJ\fl)Il:'on@bcar.col1l>, "Miller, Jc~sic? Woo ~
<.IMlllcr([!igomh\'lnplOclel com>. <NIUI (I.Appel(~(chase com>.
<Pelel J WasscrmaIl1q'!chase.com>. "Hespcl. Paul W"
09110/200S 07:32 AM
<I 'l-k"pci@gooGwinprocter.com>,
<lllnrk.g.doclorolf@.Ipmolgan com>. 'TleIllUlg. Dan (TSY)"
<dnemingr7!~lehman
corn>
Subject· RE E:-.ecution DoclimeIlls
Gail,
Attached are our slgnature pages to the agreements.
Best,
Andrew
Andrew M.W. Yeung
Lehman Brothers
1271 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10020
Tel: (212) 526-4584
Fax: (646) 834-0721
email: andrew.yeung@lehman.com
-----Original Message----From: lnaba gall@]pmorgan.com [mailto:inaba gail@]pmorgan.coml
Sent: wednesday, September 10, 2008 6:46 AM
To: Yeung, Andrew
Cc: JAronson@bear.com; Miller, Jessica W; NlkkL.G.Appel@chase.com;
Peter.J.Wasserman@chase.com; Hespel, Paul W;
mark.g.doctoroff@jpmorgan.com
Subject: RE: Execution Documents
Many thanks for all your efforts on this.
Best regards, Gall
We will await signed copies.
"Yeung, Andrew"
<andrew.yeung@leh
man.com>
To
09/10/2008 06:30
<lnaba_gail@jpmorgan.com>
<Nikki.G.Appel@chase.com>
AM
cc
<JAronson@bear.com>,
<Peter.J.Wasserman@chase.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-2004 OU0521 R
.. Miller. Jessica W"
<JMi11er@goodwinp~octe~.c
"Hespel,
Paul W"
<PHespel@goodwinp~octer.c
Subject
RE: Execution Documents
Hi Gail,
We have no further comments to the agreements and I have sent them on to
our executive office~s for their final approval and signature. I will
forward the signature pages to you upon receipt.
Best,
And~ew
Andrew M.W. Yeung
LeJunan Brothers
1271 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10020
Tel: (212) 526-4584
Fax: (646) 834-0721
email: andrew.yeung@lehman.com
-----Original Message----From: inaba_gail@jpmorgan.com [rnailto:inaba ga1l@jpmorgan.coml
Sent: Wednesday, September 10, 2008 5:56 AM
To: Yeung, Andrew
Cc: JAronson@bear.com; Peter.J.Wasserman@chase.com;
inaba_gail@jpmorgan.com; Miller, Jessica W; Hespel, Paul W;
Robert.T.Colleran@chase.com; genova_diane@jprnorgan.com;
mark.g.doctoroff@jprnorgan.com; John.Vollkommer@chase.com
SUbject: Execut10n Documents
Andrew, Attached are clean, execution versions of the Guaranty,
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
the
lPM-20040005219
Aurora Guaranty, the Security Agr:eement, the Amendment to the Clear:ance
Agreement
and the Account Control Agreement.
Apologles, we are experlencing
systems
issues and can only send a clean verSlon of the new Guaranty and
We will try to send
Amendment to the Clearance Agreement at this time.
rna r.ked
versions if we can recover the documents.
Please let me know if we
have
any outstanding lssues.
I appreciate your asslstance in completlng this
matter.
Best, Gail
(see attached file: Guaranty Aurora Clean. DOC) (See attached file:
Guaranty Aurora Marked 9-09-08.DOC) (see attached file: security
Agreement Clean 9-09-0B.DOC) (See attached file: Security Agreement
Marked 9-09-08.DOC) (See attached fi.le: Amendment Lo CJ.earance CJeali
9-09-08. DOC) (See attached file:
Contr:ol Agreement Clean 9-09-08. DOC) (See attached file: Control
Agreement Marked 9-09-08.DOC)
(See attached file: Guaranty 2 Clean
9-09-0B.DOC)
Generally, this communicatlon lS for informational purposes only and it
is not intended as an offer or solicitation for the purchase or sale of
any financial lnstrument or as an official conflr:matlon of any
transaction. In the event you are receiving the offering mater.l.als
attached below related to your interest in hedge funds or private
equity, th.i.s communicat.ion lIlay be intended as an offer or so] icj taLioll
for the purchase or sale of such fund(s).
All market prices, data and
other informatlon are not warranted as to completeness or accuracy and
are subject to change without notice.
Any comments or statements made herein do not necessarily reflect those
of JPMorgan Chase & Co., its subsidiaries and affiliates.
This transmisslon may contain information that lS prlvileged,
confidentiil, legally privileged, and/or exempt from d1sclosure undeL
applicable law. If you are not the intended recjpient, you are hereby
notified that any disclosure, copying, distribution, or use of the
.i.nformation contained herein (lnclud1ng any reI lance
thereon) is STRICTLY PROHIBITED. Although this transmission and any
attachments are believed to be free of any virus or other defect that
might affect any computer system into which it is received and opened,
it is the responsibility of the recipient to ensure that it ] S virus
free and no responsibillty is accepted by JPMorgan Chase & Co., its
subsidiaries and affiliates, as applicable, for any loss or damage
arising in any way from its use. If you received this transmission in
error, please immediately contact the sender and destroy the material in
its entirety, whether 1n electronic or hard copy format. Thank you.
Please refer to http://www.jpmorgan.com!pages!disclosures for
disclosures relating to UK legal entities.
This message is intended only for the personal and confidential use of
the designated recipient(s) named above.
If you are not the intended
recipient of this message you are hereby notlfled that any reVlew,
dissemination, distribution or copying of this message lS strlctly
prohibited. This conununication is for lnformation purposes only and
should not be regarded as an offer to sell or as a solicitation of an
offer to buy any financial product, an official confirmation of any
transaction, or as an official statement of Lehman Brothers.
Email
t=ansmission cannot be guaranteed to be secure or error-free.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM·2004 O[)05220
Therefore, we do not represent that this info~mation 1S complete o~
accu~ate and it should not be relied upon as such.
All 1nformation is
sUbject to change without notice.
IRS Circular 230 Disclosure:
please be advised that any discussLon of u.S. tax matters contained
withLn this cOlTUTIunicat10n (Lncluding any attachments) LS not intended or
written to be used and cannot be used for the purpose of (i) avoLding
u.S. tax related penalties or (li) pL·omot.1.ng, marketlng or recommendLng
to another party any transaction or matter addressed herein.
Generally, th1S communicatlon is for informatLonal purposes only and Lt
is not lntended as an offer or solicitatlon for the purchase or sale of
any financLal instrument or as an offLclal confirmatLon of any
transactIon. In the event you are ~eceiving the offerlng materldls
attached below related to your interest in hedge fUllds or prlvate
equity, this communication may be intended as an offer or solicitation
for the purchase or sale of such fund(s).
All market pl:ices, data and
other informatLon are not warranted as to completeness or accuracy and
are subject to change without notice.
Any comments or statements made hereLn do not necessarily reflect those
of JPMorgan Chase & Co., its subsidlarles and affIl1ates.
This transmission may contain lnformatioll that is privileged,
conf1denLj.'l1., legally pr.J.vileged, and/or exelflpl [rom d.lscl.oslJre under·
appllcable law. If you are not the lntended recipient, you are hereby
notified that any disclosure, copying, distrlbut1on, or use of the
information contained herein (including any rellance
thereon) is STRICTLY PROHIBITED. Although thls transm1ssion and any
attachments are believed to be free of any virus or other defect that
might affect any computer system into which it is recelved and opened,
it is the responsLbility of the recipient to ensure that it is Vlrus
free and no responsibility is accepted by JPMorgan Chase & Co., ltS
subsidLaries and affiliates, as applicable, for any loss or damage
arlsLng 1n any way from its use. If you received this transmlssion 1n
erro~,
please Lmmediately contact the sender and destroy the materLal in
its entlrety, whether 1n electronic or hard copy format. Thank you.
Please refer to http://www.jpmorgan.com/pages/disclosures for:
dlsclosures relating to UK legal entities.
This message is intended only for the personal and confidential use of the deslgnated
recipient(s) named above.
If you are not the intended recipient of this message you are
hereby notified that any review, dissemination, dlstributlon or copylng of this message
is strictly prohibited.
This corrununicatlon .1.S for informatIon purposes only and should
not be regarded as an offer to sell or as a solicLtation of an offer to buy any flnanclal
product, an official confirmatlon of any transactlon, or as an offlcial statement of
Lehman Brothers.
Email transmission cannot be guaranteed to be secure or error-free.
Therefore, we do not represent that this information is complete or accurate and it
should not be relied upon as such. All information is subject to change without notice.
IRS Circular 230 Disclosure:
Please be advised that any discussion of u.S. tax matters contalned within this
cOlTUTIunication (including any attachments) is not intended o~ wrltten to be lIsed and
cannot be used for the purpose of (l) avoiding u.S. tax related penaltles or (ll)
promotlng, marketing or recommending to another party any transaction or matter addressed
herein.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-2004 0005221
Deoc1.lmeni.pdi .zip
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-2004 0005222
.-: ..
.,:
~.
:
:.. .- ~.....
.:... ~...
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
IPM-2004 0005223
·:-
.
"
..
~."
.
.. ,
L(.~
..::... " .. : ....
':..:~. "~"
~
;:..
.".
~
,
~
. .....
.
.
:=.'"
:>.. •
;:~::.:~:~~~
~
;: >
~.
1 ',':
'\
:;.,
~
:.::
~::~. '.
':':':':'" .
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
IPM-2004 0005224
\
.•..
.: ~~: :::
.. ::'
'.,:::
:...
'.
~.
': >..
\
'-;':
,::'
~.:; ; : . ; : :
: 1: . >-.: ~ :.::
: .~
=. . ' , '
.,
(\l:--~: :':E:··-;···· ,;::-d '.~": ~·.:~··t:~:!·:~'y' l~~~' ;;:t. r~::·~:·l·~·i~: ~~~ ~iH t~i·.>T)~H'
,~:'::~ ;~:·:t:·d;;~·~.:. . ~':
;""'\;::,;i:"i;,'}r
t~~·;~~:"(.: ;:'~~~~.:bt:::.. ~:·:,-,,: .. <. \)hl:~,:.·~l:I·!~:;';
. ~r::·, :'~~':.;: ;.', :> fr:}::hid:n~:.~ ':.:-·:!~l~1}:.H E:-(~~i:·~!.tnJ\.. :~n~;i.;f~:~ if: :.:':H1~;(X'~~~'L ·;.>..;i!~~ :r:~~k... ~.
. .
:;';
~.;':;'::.~~;.~.~:::!~
.
~;-(,:~.'.:~:-,:,~:~!:l.:;":
. . ~, ~tf::
::)
.
. : ~ '.
l\·j
\\:r·r~._:F~·S;·~ \\'.? ~·~::!::L(·:I·-. ~Lc pHr1i::':~ ~':~;v~ ~"~:;,.::~;..>d 1~';c:r
d:.lly
:1i.~:L:~r~/,~?d :·c~}~;':~"~·~:~::::~\·.;.
'.~:
~.:~":'..\:~;~~.~ :.h~··: :,\:::~·:;r: ..·:L~·h~:·~~ ~;::~ ~:d' ~h~: ~·\h dj:y ;:'f·~\~~);,,::TtbL"~·. ~:(~n~<
: :..: :".,l:' ~: ....•.
:-! ••.•.•'.
';,.,
.
~
~ .~ .';......
...
::':'
'..:
"
..
~
':-' ,
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
jPM-2004 0005225
',:
,",
..
, ;'
...
:. ~",
.
~,
::';:,
:;"
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-20040005226
..........
............:
.... .:
,
".:
~
..
;.,
:':,' .
..
'.'.
'.:
I',
.)
.'.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-21104 0005227
Hy::......................... .
·d:';: ..
·r~~:rn("
Tl:;;'::
il y: __ ._. __ ._ .... _._. ____ .. ""'', '"
N!~;nc,:
litk
H~~: .............................".... _.................. ,,_.._. __ .,
~;(:;::):-:.:
i\,\l:
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
lPM-2004 0005228
;~?:- .. ------.-,,-- ... ~ .. -.~~~-.
~'~~~n~t:
:;" .
\~
...... J .......................... _ ........... _"""' .. _~~ .... ~., •••• , .........................., ... , ••• , ...... .
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
lPM-2004 0005229
.::'.,
~
.
.
~
:,
..<
. . . : '; ; ..:.:"":
:.:......
.':
./..... .
:.'::
::'.:;'
.
'::',
.'..,
:\
• ::
• •'
• (> • ;
~. ~.
=: ~': •....
. ! ~ ': : ~' ..;
.
.,
. ~.
:'
:.. ' .. : ~
~ ....
;l~:=:··: ":' :·~·:~:·r:-:-~ ';. q:.'::~:';'il'n ;::.:~. : i··::..~:.;:'~·:C·: :~~~ a~:d (lthf")i \;'\t'riri:~~H~ !':f-;: ~.!:r: r ~.H ~~!"
:'::~i
'::;.:'!::
.:: t'
~:';"
: :::.--:
•.:.. ~
:·:':'·l,·.;:":,);i
<;;~>::·i;.~:.~(:!
~ :.:.: ~ h~,-.; F~: ;:~!'~ ~~. :.; !'::: !~:~.~. n'~! ::~ /'tj r ;.:;~} ir:1:1:'1 t.
'.:;.<~:.~:; '.:'-~
.; .
:;.:,::~,,~.. , ;:'=~".:
~.~
t (~
~:~Jc! t \'..:r~Ung~;
f':;':-
':
hl.~
r~"~:':d;:';~~~i, ~.: . . q:p;i.:·:·r:;.~:·~t~:.:d ~1n~~/''';~ :~:;~. i~3~("d . .t\~ ;[~e :f~!~:J~,~,>~ cf
i:·H.:.;iu<j ln~J.
c:·:~n~::".~; ~:l.J:~:;P(":f:~d
~.:-.,':
tt J() i. n ~ ?f':' !i t:~ t ~~'.~:).;
I
c;f )j:;:::h\~ :~!::~ B~'1:'!~';- ~:; {.. (~:r':p;:;" \.'/~!': .a::~):
::..:;: t~.~! W:~;: i:: t.{)
()[
~'; ..:.~:J S~ n~;~
:: :: .:~ ~.:.
OF
\;V.~iI\TS(JEVEn
OH
IN
. -:~.'
....:.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
jPM-2004 OOOS230
.::~::':~~ :~~ .:;'<~.
": =~:': ,---1 .
.
l,;:.: .. ~
:":f
,.(
:~:,:: :,=~·,~~.::~...H;~:·n.: ~.~;. j;~;b~~l!:'.:: ~:~~'~L~' ~'h~rni'.~·:.. :r~. ':~:i~h :'<,l~.:p . .·":~ ~t~
~> . .
,F:
~.: :"l~;~,~'~:' ~)~:::..:';' :!::i;: t~l '''''.. r,.'~;d,,'~~ il1..··:·i.::~(l
'rh;"
.'
:.~ ~"·:L,'.'.:~.(.(:·;
i:;~.:.::.:~ .~';1"': ... ~';~~:~ ~\:,:,:(.':j'~:,,:.
, .
~
. ', ,'.
. .. .........
"""~,,~,,,-,-,'.',"
.
,
.
..
~
.
~
.
...: .......
....;; '.~' .'.
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
.... : .. :.:....
IPM-2004 0005231
TAB 34
Jane
BuyersRusso
To: Bryn Thomas/JPMCHASE@JPMCHASEl,MarkG
DoctoroffIJPMCHASE@JPMCHASEl, Kelly A. Mathieson/JPMCHASE@JPMCHASE
cc: Russell Pudney/JPMCHASE@JPMCHASE, Audrey K
Kong/JPMCHASE@JPMCHASE, Jakob StottlJPMCHASE@JPMCHASE, Bill T
Winters/JPMCHASE@JPMCHASE, Tushar R Morzaria/JPMCHASE@JPMCHASE
Subject: Re: Lehman Brothers TriParty Collateral
0911212008
06:53 AM
Jamie Dimon and steve Black spoke with Fuld and Ian Lowitt last night.
Bill--we will be discussing at the 7am call.
Jane Buyers Russo, MD
JPMorgan Investment Bank
ACB/FIG Broker Dealer
383 Madison Ave, 35th FI
NY NY 10179
212-622-8628
917-679-2680
Original Message
From: Bryn Thomas
Sent: 09/12/2008 11:46 AM CET
To: Mark Doctoroff; Jane Buyers-Russo; Kelly Mathieson
Cc: Russell Pudney; Audrey Kong; Jakob stott; Bill Winters; Tushar Morzaria
Subject: Lehman Brothers TriParty Collateral
Please see email received from Lehman this morning.
The intraday line supporting the collateral management business was reduced last night
from $2bn to $1.53bn following a credit and risk conference call late yesterday in NY.
The actual amount of the reduction was not widely communicated internally and was not
communicated to the client, as far as I was aware.
Intraday lines are not normally
communicated but as we know, with this particular business the client can see exactly
what the limit is.
Russ and I informed Lehman in London of the reduction as soon as we were aware of the
amount.
This came as a surprise to the London team.
They advised us yesterday that they
had around $3bn of securities expected to be moving out of triparty and would be looking
to use the $2bn intraday line supplemented by government securities and cash that they
were going to move into the collateral programme to help facilitate the movements.
Without the full $2bn limit they claim that they are blocked on making deliveries into
various international securities markets, all with varying settlement times.
This will
limit their ability to trade and move other securities as well as highten market unease
as Lehman deliveries are delayed.
They asked if there was any flexibility on the limit.
We spoke with Kelly, Henry Steuart and Chris Carlin to see what can be done.
It was
mentioned that there is a 7am NY time credit conference call where this will be
discussed. We informed Lehman what was happening and that decisions had been made at a
very senior level in respect of the line.
Nothing will change until after the 7am
conference call. Whilst I was delivering this message, the attached email was sent from
the Treasury Bank Relations Team at Lehman in London.
I have been speaking with Stirling Fielding, Director Cash and Securities Management,
London Treasury and Huw Rees, Head of European Creditor Relations.
CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-2004 0050095
I have offered my apologies for the events but also reconfirmed that this is a fluid
situation that is being monitored at the highest level within the bank.
I would appreciate your guidance on how we should respond to Lehman.
Thanks and regards, Bryn
Bryn Thomas
Executive Director
Broker Dealer Group
Telephone: 0207 325 6717
-----Original Message----From: Rees, Huw [mailto:hrees@lehman.com]
Sent: 12 September 2008 10:59
To: Audrey K Kong
Cc: Bryn Thomas
Subject: FW: JP Morgan as triparty agent
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
Audrey
We would appreciate your assistance in elevating our concern in the
unadvised restriction in our Triparty settlement limits in Europe.
Your colleague Bryn (copied) is seeking clarification from NY
colleagues, but we need to speak with a senior representative in the
EMEA region to underline the gravity of the situation.
I would like a call to be set up with Andrew Wight - European CFO for
Lehman Brothers with an appropriate contact with JP Morgan,. Andrew's
normal contact is Mark (Garvin) who I understand is travelling
Regards
Huw G. Rees
Head of European Creditor Relations
Lehman Brothers
25 Bank Street, London E14 5LE.
Tel: + 44 (0) 20 7102 2107
Mobile: + 44 (0) 7917 084 034
This message is intended only for the personal and confidential use of the designated
recipient(s) named above.
If you are not the intended recipient of this message you are
hereby notified that any review, dissemination, distribution or copying of this message
is strictly prohibited.
This communication is for information purposes only and should
not be regarded as an offer to sell or as a solicitation of an offer to buy any financial
product, an official confirmation of any transaction, or as an official statement of
Lehman Brothers.
Email transmission cannot be guaranteed to be secure or error-free.
Therefore, we do not represent that this information is complete or accurate and it
should not be relied upon as such. All information is subject to change without notice.
CONFIDENTIAL
JPM-2004 0050096
TAB 35
[I.
,
'Ilk"
~ .
.
Jane
'I u "Paulo TOllucc:i" <pl<'IllICci:ij'ldllll:l1l C(II11>
Bu~'crs-
cc:
Subject: Fw, Lellcr
Russo
10
LehnwlI
0<)11 1/200X
11:40 PM
:
Paolo, as discussed between senior management, attached please find notice from JPM to Lehman, Please feel
free to call me on my cell in the morning to discuss, Thanks, JBR
Jane Buyers Russo, MD
JPMorgan Investment Bank
ACBfFIG Broker Dealer
383 Madison Ave, 35th FI
NY NY 10179
212-622-8628
917-679-2680
"'j'
Gai I I naba
----- Original Message ----From: Gall Inaba
Sent: 09/11/2008 11:32 PM EDT
To: Jane Buyers-Russo
Subject: Letter to Lehman
Attached is the letter.
hin'~
~
r':evised notice re
cred~
extension 9-11-06 Final DOC ,zip
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-2()()4 0005411
Notice
Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc.
1271 Ave of the Americas
New York. NY 10020
Attn: Paolo Tonllcci. Managing Director and Global Treasurer
This will confirm that Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. will wire in immediately available
funds, (i) US$S billion plus (ii) an additional amount equal to or greater than the sum of
all overdrafts incurred by Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc. or any of its affiliates in any
accounts held at JPMorgan Chase Bank or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to
JPMorgan prior to opening of business in New York. New York on Friday, September
12,2008. Such monies will be held by JPMorgan as collateral under the Security
Agreement. dated September 9, 2008 between Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc and
JPMorgan
rrJPMorgan does not receive such monies by opening of business tomorrow in New
York, New York. pursuant to Section 5, Loans and Advances. of the Clearance
Agreement (the "Agreement"), among Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., Lehman Brothers
Inc., Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., Lehman Brothers International (Europe), Lehman
Brothers OTC Derivatives Inc., Lehman 13rothers Japan Inc (collectively, "Lehman"),
and JPMorgan, executed as of June 7.2000 by Lehman, as amended, and any applicable
custodialundertak i ng. we intend to exercise our right to decline to extend credit to yOll
under the Agreement.
This arrangement ill no way atTects or impairs any other rights JPMorgan or any atliliate
or subsidiary ("JPMorgan Entities") may have and the JPMorgan Entities retain all of
their rights and remedies, including but not limited to their rights to make margin calls,
terminate transactions, amend credit tenns, whether committed, advised, or unadvised,
and declare an Event of Default should such event occur at any time.
If you have any questions, please feel free to contact Jane Buyers-Russo, Managing
Director at (212) 622 8628.
By _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Name: Jane Buyers-Russo
CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
JPM-200-t 0005412
TAB 36
From:
Sent:
To:
Subject:
Tonucci, Paolo [paolo.tonucci@lehman.com]
Friday, September 12,2008 10:03 AM (GMT)
Lowitt, Ian T [ilowitt@lehman.com]
Re: Deposit to jpm. Do we have ability to call it back at end of the
day or could they hold it over weekend? Ian
We should be be able to call back.
----- Original Message ----From: Lowitt, Ian T
To: Tonucci, Paolo
Sent: Fri Sep 1205:54:542008
Subject: Deposit to jpm. Do we have ability to call it back at end of the day or could they hold it over
weekend? Ian
FOIA CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED BY
LEHMAN BROTHERS HOLDINGS INC.
LBEX-DOCID 70144
@FedFRASER